Page Range | 35105-35420 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
83 FR 35275 - Information Collections Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated Authority | |
83 FR 35219 - NOAA's Implementation of the Department of Commerce 2018-2022 Strategic Plan; Public Meetings | |
83 FR 35247 - Applications for New Awards; Technical Assistance and Dissemination To Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities-Center on Dispute Resolution | |
83 FR 35203 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Alaska Advisory Committee | |
83 FR 35286 - Certain Load Supporting Systems, Including Composite Mat Systems, and Components Thereof; Commission Determination Not To Review an Initial Determination Granting a Joint Motion To Terminate the Investigation Based on Consent Orders and a Settlement Agreement; Issuance of Consent Orders; Termination of the Investigation | |
83 FR 35256 - Applications for New Awards; Technical Assistance and Dissemination To Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities, School Safety National Activities, and Student Support and Academic Enrichment (SSAE) Grants Programs-National Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports | |
83 FR 35210 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield; Invitation for Applications for Inclusion on the Supplemental List of Arbitrators | |
83 FR 35300 - Securities Exchange Act of 1934; Order Scheduling Filing of Statements on Review; in the Matter of the Investors Exchange LLC; for an Order Granting the Approval of Proposed Rule Change To Establish a New Optional Listing Category on the Exchange, “LTSE Listings on IEX” (File No. SR-IEX-2018-06) | |
83 FR 35216 - Export Trade Certificate of Review | |
83 FR 35273 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Renewal of an Existing Collection (EPA ICR No. 0161.14); Comment Request | |
83 FR 35271 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Renewal of an Existing Collection (EPA ICR No. 0575.16); Comment Request | |
83 FR 35269 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Renewal of an Existing Collection (EPA ICR No. 0574.18); Comment Request | |
83 FR 35136 - Additional Air Quality Designations for the 2015 Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards-San Antonio, Texas Area | |
83 FR 35272 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Reinstatement of an Expired Collection (EPA ICR No. 1198.11); Comment Request | |
83 FR 35308 - In the Matter of the Review of the Designation of al-Shabaab (and Other Aliases) as a Foreign Terrorist Organization Pursuant to Section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as Amended | |
83 FR 35141 - Florasulam; Pesticide Tolerances | |
83 FR 35149 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Sablefish in the Aleutian Islands Subarea of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area | |
83 FR 35307 - In the Matter of the Review of the Designation of al-Shabaab (and Other Aliases) as a Foreign Terrorist Organization Pursuant to Section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as Amended | |
83 FR 35308 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Disclosure of Seat Dimensions To Facilitate the Use of Child Safety Seats on Airplanes During Passenger-Carrying Operations | |
83 FR 35119 - Special Conditions: TCW Technologies, LLC; Piper Aircraft PA-32 Series Airplanes; Installation of Rechargeable Lithium Batteries | |
83 FR 35285 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Recreation Use Data Report | |
83 FR 35287 - Notice of a Change in Status of an Extended Benefit (EB) Period for the United States Virgin Islands | |
83 FR 35285 - Notice of Proposed New Fee Site, Lake Berryessa, Napa, California; Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act | |
83 FR 35278 - Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not To Be Research: 2018 Requirements; Draft Guidance; When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 Through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements; Draft Guidance Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements; Draft Guidance | |
83 FR 35279 - Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing | |
83 FR 35276 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Public Comment Request; New Data Collection; National Center on Law and Elder Rights (NCLER) | |
83 FR 35276 - Administration for Community Living; Notice of Federal Review of the Puerto Rico State Council on Developmental Disabilities (SCDD) and the Protection and Advocacy System (P&A) | |
83 FR 35106 - Small-Scale Natural Gas Exports | |
83 FR 35247 - Exchange of Air Force Real Property for Non-Air Force Real Property | |
83 FR 35301 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt a New NYSE Arca Rule 8.900-E and To List and Trade Shares of the Royce Pennsylvania ETF, Royce Premier ETF, and Royce Total Return ETF Under Proposed NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.900-E | |
83 FR 35202 - Notice of Public Meetings of the Oklahoma Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights | |
83 FR 35246 - Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
83 FR 35313 - Pipeline Safety: Request for Special Permit; Empire Pipeline-a National Fuel Gas Company | |
83 FR 35153 - Processed Raspberry Promotion, Research and Information Order; Continuance Referendum | |
83 FR 35105 - Referendum Procedures Under the Sorghum Promotion, Research, and Information Order and the Lamb Promotion, Research, and Information Order; Removal of Obsolete References | |
83 FR 35287 - New Postal Products | |
83 FR 35204 - Notice of Request for Public Comments on Section 232 National Security Investigation of Imports of Uranium | |
83 FR 35151 - Irish Potatoes Grown in Southeastern States; Termination of Marketing Order 953 | |
83 FR 35315 - Multiemployer Pension Plan Application To Reduce Benefits | |
83 FR 35316 - Multiemployer Pension Plan Application To Reduce Benefits | |
83 FR 35265 - National Assessment Governing Board | |
83 FR 35214 - Citric Acid and Certain Citrate Salts From Belgium, Colombia and Thailand: Antidumping Duty Orders | |
83 FR 35287 - Advisory Committee on the Medical Uses of Isotopes: Meeting Notice | |
83 FR 35212 - Drawn Stainless Steel Sinks From the People's Republic of China: Final Results of the Expedited First Sunset Review of the Countervailing Duty Order | |
83 FR 35205 - Carbon Steel Butt-Weld Pipe Fittings From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Circumvention of the Antidumping Duty Order | |
83 FR 35314 - Multiemployer Pension Plan Application To Reduce Benefits | |
83 FR 35308 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Request for Comments for the Renewal of a Previously Approved Information Collection | |
83 FR 35213 - Certain New Pneumatic Off-The-Road Tires From Sri Lanka: Notice of Court Decision Not in Harmony With Final Affirmative Countervailing Duty Determination, Notice of Amended Final Determination and Revocation of Countervailing Duty Order | |
83 FR 35217 - Multilayered Wood Flooring From the People's Republic of China: Notice of Court Decision Not in Harmony With the Second Amended Final Determination and Notice of Third Amended Final Determination of the Antidumping Duty Investigation | |
83 FR 35240 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; “Rules for Patent Maintenance Fees” | |
83 FR 35275 - Performance Review Board Memberships | |
83 FR 35226 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Seattle Multimodal Project in Seattle, Washington | |
83 FR 35225 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35240 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request; National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's Bay Watershed Education and Training Program National Evaluation System | |
83 FR 35256 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; High School Longitudinal Study of 2009 (HSLS: 09) Panel Maintenance 2018 and 2021 | |
83 FR 35277 - Use of Liquids and/or Soft Foods as Vehicles for Drug Administration: General Considerations for Selection and In Vitro Methods for Product Quality Assessments; Draft Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
83 FR 35284 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
83 FR 35313 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel VINTAGE; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35312 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel SCARLET; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35312 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel REEL NAUTI; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35310 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel LA PEREGRINA; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35309 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel INDECENT PROPOSAL IV; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35310 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel CYNDERELLA; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35311 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel BUEN CAMINO; Invitation for Public Comments | |
83 FR 35289 - IndexIQ ETF Trust, et al. | |
83 FR 35241 - Order Granting Exemption From Certain Provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act Regarding Investment of Customer Funds and From Certain Related Commission Regulations | |
83 FR 35154 - Facilitating Competition and Innovation in the Biological Products Marketplace; Public Hearing; Request for Comments | |
83 FR 35295 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35305 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35303 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35296 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35304 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35295 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35300 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35204 - Notice of Petitions by Firms for Determination of Eligibility To Apply for Trade Adjustment Assistance | |
83 FR 35296 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to Exchange Rule 11.6, Definitions, To Amend the Operation of the Super Aggressive Order Instruction | |
83 FR 35291 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to Exchange Rule 11.13, Order Execution and Routing, To Amend the Operation of the Super Aggressive Order Instruction | |
83 FR 35305 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Extend the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program Through July 18, 2019 | |
83 FR 35302 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 7015(b) To Provide for Port Connectivity the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Chicago | |
83 FR 35288 - Product Change-Priority Mail Negotiated Service Agreement | |
83 FR 35288 - Product Change-Priority Mail Express, Priority Mail, & First-Class Package Service Negotiated Service Agreement | |
83 FR 35288 - Product Change-Priority Mail and First-Class Package Service Negotiated Service Agreement | |
83 FR 35282 - Texas; Major Disaster and Related Determinations | |
83 FR 35281 - New Jersey; Amendment No. 1 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
83 FR 35282 - Changes in Flood Hazard Determinations | |
83 FR 35147 - Suspension of Community Eligibility | |
83 FR 35220 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Port of Kalama Expansion Project on the Lower Columbia River | |
83 FR 35267 - El Paso Natural Gas Company, L.L.C.; Notice of Request Under Blanket Authorization | |
83 FR 35268 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-585); Comment Request; Extension | |
83 FR 35307 - Notice of Determinations: Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Islam and the Classical Heritage” Exhibition | |
83 FR 35275 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35202 - Notice of Public Meeting of the California Advisory Committee | |
83 FR 35203 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Nevada Advisory Committee | |
83 FR 35289 - Unused Label Refunds | |
83 FR 35280 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 35281 - Center for Substance Abuse Treatment: Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 35158 - Children's Television Programming Rules; Modernization of Media Regulation Initiative | |
83 FR 35178 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revision of Regulations for Interagency Cooperation | |
83 FR 35174 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revision of the Regulations for Prohibitions to Threatened Wildlife and Plants | |
83 FR 35193 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Revision of the Regulations for Listing Species and Designating Critical Habitat | |
83 FR 35157 - Safety Improvement Technologies for Mobile Equipment at Surface Mines, and for Belt Conveyors at Surface and Underground Mines | |
83 FR 35208 - Aluminum Extrusions From the People's Republic of China: Final Results of Countervailing Duty Administrative Review; 2016 | |
83 FR 35318 - Secretarial Review and Publication of the National Quality Forum 2017 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services Submitted by the Consensus-Based Entity Regarding Performance Measurement | |
83 FR 35122 - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry Residual Risk and Technology Review |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Economic Development Administration
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Patent and Trademark Office
Air Force Department
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Children and Families Administration
Community Living Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Fish and Wildlife Service
National Park Service
Reclamation Bureau
Employment and Training Administration
Mine Safety and Health Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Maritime Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Direct final rule; request for comments.
This direct final rule will make technical amendments to the Sorghum Promotion, Research, and Information Order (Sorghum Order) and the Lamb Promotion, Research, and Information Order (Lamb Order) to remove obsolete and unnecessary provisions and to make conforming changes affected by the amendatory language revisions.
This rule is effective October 23, 2018 without further action, unless adverse comment is received by August 24, 2018. If adverse comment is received, the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) will publish a timely withdrawal of the rule in the
Comments should be submitted electronically at
Kenneth R. Payne, Director, Research and Promotion Division, by telephone at (202) 720-1118, by fax at (202) 720-1125, or by email at
This direct final rule falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 review. Additionally, because this rule does not meet the definition of a significant regulatory action it does not trigger the requirement contained in E.O. 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing Section 2 of the Executive Order of January 30, 2017, titled `Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs' ” (February 2, 2017).
Pursuant to the requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
USDA's National Agricultural Statistics Service reported in the 2012 Census of Agriculture that there are 31,316 sheep farms in the U.S. and 22,908 farms where grain sorghum is grown. The majority of producers' subject to the Sorghum Order, 7 CFR part 1221, and Lamb Order, 7 CFR part 1280, are small businesses under the criteria established by the Small Business Administration (SBA) (13 CFR 121.201). SBA defines small agricultural producers as those having annual receipts of less than $750,000.
This direct final rule imposes no new burden on the sorghum and lamb industries. It merely reduces the size of the Sorghum and Lamb Orders by removing sections that relate to now obsolete referendum activities. There are no new reporting, recordkeeping, or other compliance requirements as a result of this rule. Accordingly, the Administrator of AMS has determined that this direct final rule does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
AMS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act of 2002 to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to government information and services, and for other purposes. Accordingly, AMS developed options for companies requesting service to do so electronically.
USDA has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this direct final rule.
This direct final rule has been reviewed in accordance with the requirements of E.O. 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments. The review reveals that this action does not have substantial and direct effects on Tribal Governments and does not have significant Tribal implications.
This direct final rule has been reviewed under E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform. It is not intended to have retroactive effect. The Act prohibits States or political subdivisions of a State from imposing any requirement that is in addition to, or inconsistent with, any requirement of the Act. There are no civil justice implications associated with this direct final rule.
This direct final rule also contains no new information collection requirements; therefore, no analysis or approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520) is required.
National agricultural commodity research and promotion programs—also called R&P programs or checkoff programs (checkoff programs)—are designed to maintain and expand existing markets and develop new
Some checkoff programs are authorized by their own commodity-specific Federal statutes. Others, like the sorghum and lamb checkoff programs addressed by this direct final rule, are authorized by the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996, 7 U.S.C. 7401
The Sorghum and Lamb Orders authorize the collection of assessments from, respectively, sorghum producers and importers, and lamb producers, feeders, seedstock producers, first handlers, and exporters. Under both Orders, payers of assessments are entitled to vote in referenda on the continuation, suspension, or termination of their checkoff programs.
The Generic Act provides that two referenda must be conducted in each checkoff program created pursuant to its authority. The first referendum must be conducted either before a checkoff program goes into effect (to ascertain whether the Order is favored by the persons to be covered by it) or, alternatively, within 3 years after assessments begin (to determine whether a majority favors the continuation, suspension, or termination of the program). The second referendum must be conducted within 7 years after assessments begin to determine whether a majority favors the continuation, suspension, or termination of the program. All persons subject to assessments are allowed to vote in referenda.
The Sorghum and Lamb Orders each incorporate provisions for two required referenda, the first within 3 years and the second within 7 years after assessments begin. Both Orders contain provisions for assessment payers to obtain refunds of assessments and for both boards to maintain escrow accounts ahead of these referenda. All of those referenda, two for sorghum and two for lamb, were conducted within the time frames defined by the Orders. In each of the four referenda, a large majority approved the relevant program's continuance. Those referenda will not be repeated. Thus, AMS is removing the sections and paragraphs of the Sorghum and Lamb Orders that relate to refunds and escrow accounts because they are obsolete.
In the Sorghum Order, §§ 1221.112(g), 1221.112(h), 1221.118, 1221.119, and 1221.120, which provided for escrow accounts and refunds in connection with required referenda, will be removed. In § 1221.112, paragraphs (i) through (m) will be redesignated as (g) through (k), respectively. A conforming change will be made to § 1221.128(a) to correct a reference.
In the Lamb Order, §§ 1280.214, 1280.215, 1280.216, and 1280.403, which provided for escrow accounts and refunds in connection with required referenda, will be removed.
AMS is issuing this direct final rule without a preceding proposed rule because this action is a routine, noncontroversial regulatory change that AMS believes will not generate adverse comment. The rule is conditional on the non-receipt of adverse comments. If adverse comment is received, AMS will withdraw the rule before the effective date.
Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Agricultural research, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sorghum.
Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Agricultural research, Meat and meat products, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For reasons set forth in the preamble, AMS is amending 7 CFR parts 1221 and 1280 as follows:
7 U.S.C. 7411-7425 and 7 U.S.C. 7401.
(a) Organizations receiving qualification from the Secretary will be entitled to submit requests for funding to the Board pursuant to § 1221.112(h). Only one sorghum producer organization per State may be qualified.
7 U.S.C. 7411-7425 and 7 U.S.C. 7401.
Office of Fossil Energy, Department of Energy.
Final rule.
The Department of Energy (DOE or the Department) is revising its regulations to provide that DOE will issue an export authorization upon receipt of any complete application that seeks to export natural gas, including liquefied natural gas (LNG), to countries with which the United States has not entered into a free trade agreement (FTA) requiring national treatment for trade in natural gas and with which trade is not prohibited by U.S. law or policy (non-FTA countries), provided that the application satisfies the following two criteria: The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 billion cubic feet (Bcf) per year (Bcf/yr) (equivalent to 0.14 Bcf per day (Bcf/d)), and DOE's approval of the application does not require an environmental impact statement (EIS) or an environmental assessment (EA) under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA). Applications that satisfy these criteria are requesting authorization for “small-scale natural gas exports,” and DOE deems such exports to be consistent with the public interest under the Natural Gas Act (NGA). DOE's regulations regarding
This final rule is effective August 24, 2018.
Amy Sweeney, U.S. Department of Energy (FE-34), Office of Regulation and International Engagement, Office of Fossil Energy Forrestal Building, Room 3E-042, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585; (202) 586-2627; or Cassandra Bernstein or Ronald (R.J.) Colwell, U.S. Department of Energy (GC-76), Office of the Assistant General Counsel for Electricity and Fossil Energy, Forrestal Building, Room 6D-033, 1000 Independence Ave. SW, Washington, DC 20585; (202) 586-9793 or (202) 586-8499.
The Department of Energy is responsible for authorizing exports of domestically produced natural gas to foreign nations pursuant to section 3 of the NGA, 15 U.S.C. 717b. For applications to export natural gas to non-FTA countries under NGA section 3(a), 15 U.S.C. 717b(a),
In this final rule, DOE revises its regulations to expedite the application and approval process for “small-scale” exports of natural gas to non-FTA countries, pursuant to section 3(a) of the NGA. This emerging market involves exports of small volumes of natural gas from the United States to countries primarily in, but not limited to, the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. The small-scale export market has developed as a solution to the practical and economic constraints limiting large-scale natural gas exports to these countries. In contrast to large-scale natural gas exports, small-scale exports typically originate from existing facilities in the United States, are transported shorter distances, and rely on a variety of transportation modes, such as approved ISO IMO7/TVAC-ASME LNG (ISO) containers loaded onto container ships and barges. DOE believes that facilitating small-scale natural gas exports will allow for greater diversity and competition in the natural gas market, consistent with the public interest under NGA section 3(a).
For each small-scale export application submitted to DOE, DOE will first determine if the application is complete under DOE's regulations. If the application is complete, DOE will post the application on DOE's website, consistent with DOE practice. This final rule establishes that, upon receipt of any complete application to export natural gas (including LNG) to non-FTA countries, DOE will grant the application provided that it satisfies the following two criteria: (1) The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 Bcf/yr
Any non-FTA application that satisfies these two criteria will qualify as a “small-scale natural gas export” as that term is defined under this final rule (10 CFR 590.102(p)), and will be deemed to be consistent with the public interest under NGA section 3(a) (10 CFR 590.208(a)). DOE will issue an export authorization granting the application on an expedited basis. Specifically, DOE will not provide notice of each individual application nor apply other procedures typically conducted for non-FTA export applications under DOE's regulations, 10 CFR 590.205 and 10 CFR part 590, subpart C (10 CFR 590.303-10 CFR 590.317).
On September 1, 2017, DOE published the notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR or proposed rule) to revise its regulations to provide for this expedited approval of small-scale export applications (82 FR 41570; Sept. 1, 2017). Publication of the NOPR began a 45-day public comment period that ended on October 16, 2017. DOE received approximately 85 unique
For additional background information on this final rule, please see the proposed rule. In the proposed rule, DOE provides information on DOE's practice of issuing non-FTA export authorizations and the various studies DOE has commissioned to evaluate the reasonably foreseeable economic and environmental impacts of natural gas exports—including those that would qualify as small-scale exports under this final rule.
DOE has evaluated the comments received during the public comment period. In this section, DOE discusses the relevant, significant comments received on the proposed rule and provides DOE's responses to those comments. Some commenters raised a variety of other concerns that are outside the scope of the rule—including criticizing individual LNG export projects currently in operation or pending before DOE and questioning the scope of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) jurisdiction over certain types of LNG export facilities under NGA section 3. DOE does not address these comments in the final rule.
In issuing this final rule, DOE has determined that small-scale natural gas exports are consistent with the public interest under NGA section 3(a). In reaching this conclusion, DOE has considered its obligations under NGA section 3(a), the public comments received on the proposed rule, and a wide range of information bearing on the public interest, including (but not limited to) information on economic impacts, international impacts, security of domestic natural gas supply, and environmental impacts associated with these exports (82 FR 41573-41574; Sept. 1, 2017).
Additionally, DOE has considered the 29 final non-FTA export authorizations issued to date,
In sum, DOE has thoroughly analyzed the many factors affecting the export of U.S. natural gas, as well as the unique characteristics and minimal adverse impacts of the emerging small-scale natural gas market. On this basis (and as discussed in the proposed rule), DOE has determined that the final rule is in accordance with section 3 of the NGA, DOE's interpretation of the public interest standard set forth in NGA section 3(a), and DOE's long-standing policy of minimizing federal control and involvement in energy markets and promoting a balanced and mixed energy resource system. Based on this evidence, 10 CFR 590.208 of the final rule establishes that small-scale natural gas exports, as defined in 10 CFR 590.102(p), are deemed to be consistent with the public interest under NGA section 3(a).
Many commenters expressed overall support for DOE's authorization of LNG exports and, specifically, for DOE's efforts to expedite the approval of applications for small-scale natural gas exports to non-FTA countries. Several commenters agreed that small-scale natural gas exports are an important emerging market that DOE should facilitate through a streamlined approval process for qualifying applicants. They commented that small-scale exports will provide a variety of benefits both to the United States and to the anticipated importing countries primarily located in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Benefits identified for the United States include stimulating the natural gas market, generating economic growth, strengthening the global natural gas market, and enhancing U.S. national security interests abroad. Benefits identified for the importing countries include expanding natural gas markets and providing access to cleaner and more reliable sources of energy. Commenters also expressed support for DOE's regulatory definition of “small-scale natural gas export,” such that qualifying applications are deemed consistent with the public interest; as well as DOE's efforts to reduce regulatory burdens for these applicants. DOE generally agrees with these comments and recognizes the variety of important benefits that are expected to occur under the final rule.
Some commenters remarked that this rulemaking is an important step, yet encouraged DOE to liberalize
Based on findings from
Several commenters disagreed with various aspects of DOE's public interest analysis generally. For example, some commenters disagreed with DOE's position that NGA section 3(a) creates a
As an initial matter, section 3 of the NGA (as amended by section 201 of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-486)) distinguishes between exports to non-FTA countries under section 3(a) and FTA countries under section 3(c).
In every non-FTA authorization to date,
Although section 3(a) establishes a broad public interest standard and a presumption favoring export authorizations, Congress has not defined the phrase “public interest” or identified specific criteria that must be considered in issuing a non-FTA authorization under that statute. As a result, DOE has identified a range of factors, described above, that it considers when determining whether a proposed export of natural gas is consistent with the public interest. The D.C. Circuit has upheld DOE's non-FTA export authorizations granted on the basis of this public interest evaluation.
In this rulemaking, DOE has followed its established approach in interpreting NGA section 3(a) to determine that qualifying small-scale natural gas exports are consistent with the public interest after considering all relevant factors (82 FR 41573). There is nothing fundamentally unique about small-scale exports that would alter DOE's analysis of the public interest in this context.
Numerous commenters disagreed as to whether the United States has sufficient natural gas supplies to support the expedited approval of small-scale exports under this rule. Some commenters asserted that the United States has sufficient natural gas supplies to meet both increased natural gas exports and increased domestic natural gas demand, as DOE set forth in the proposed rule (82 FR 41573-41574). Other commenters asserted that the United States does not have sufficient natural gas supplies to meet current demand, much less increased demand associated with this rulemaking. One commenter, for example, argued that approvals for natural gas exports to FTA and non-FTA countries combined already exceed 71% of domestic demand, thereby calling into question the sufficiency of U.S. natural gas supplies.
First, DOE notes that the volumes authorized for export to FTA and non-FTA countries are not additive to one another. The 71% figure cited by the commenter for “combined LNG exports” fails to acknowledge this fact, which is reflected in DOE's orders. Rather, each authorization grants authority to export the entire volume of a facility to FTA or non-FTA countries, respectively, to provide the authorization holder with maximal flexibility in determining its export destinations.
Next, to date DOE has issued 29 final non-FTA authorizations in a cumulative volume of exports totaling 21.35 Bcf/d of natural gas.
By DOE's standard measures of supply, there are adequate natural gas resources to meet demand associated with the final rule. EIA's most recent natural gas estimates of future production, price, and other domestic industry fundamentals set forth in AEO 2017 and AEO 2018 support this conclusion. For example, the AEO 2017 Reference case projection of lower-48 states dry natural gas production in 2035 increased significantly (by 27.9 Bcf/d) as compared with AEO 2011, while the AEO 2018 Reference case projection of that figure was higher still, an increase of 33.8 Bcf/d over AEO 2011. Projections of domestic natural gas consumption in 2035 also increased in both AEO 2017 and AEO 2018, as compared to AEO 2011 (by 11.3 Bcf/d in AEO 2017 and by 13.3 Bcf/d in AEO 2018). Even with higher production and consumption, the 2035 projected natural gas market price in the Reference case declined from $8.04/MMBtu (2017$) in AEO 2011 to $5.20/MMBtu (2017$) in AEO 2017 and to $4.26/MMBtu (2017$) in AEO 2018. The implication of the latest EIA projections in AEO 2017 and AEO 2018 is that a significantly greater quantity of natural gas is projected to be available at a lower cost than was estimated seven years ago.
Proved reserves of natural gas—
EIA's estimates of technically recoverable reserves point to the availability of domestic natural gas for decades to come. These reserves are resources in accumulations (both proved and unproved) that are producible using current recovery technology but without reference to economic profitability. EIA's estimates of lower-48 natural gas technically recoverable reserves total 1,796 Tcf in AEO 2017.
Next, the 2014 and 2015 Studies concluded that, for the period of the analysis (through 2040), the United States is projected to have ample supplies of natural gas resources that can meet domestic needs for natural gas and the LNG export market. Further, most projections of domestic natural gas resources extend beyond 20 to 40 years. Although not all technically recoverable resources are currently economical to produce, it is instructive to note that EIA's recent estimate of technically recoverable resources as of January 1, 2015, equates to nearly 66 years of natural gas supply at the 2015 domestic consumption level of 27.24 Tcf.
Based upon this record evidence and the discussion in the proposed rule, DOE finds that the small-scale exports will not adversely affect the availability of natural gas supplies to domestic consumers, such as would negate the net economic benefits to the United States.
Several commenters asserted that DOE must account for cumulative impacts in various ways as part of its public interest determination for this final rule. Some commenters urged DOE to provide a “cap” or other language in the final rule to halt automatic approval of small-scale exports if the cumulative volume of exports exceeds the scope of existing cumulative impact analyses (which the commenters acknowledge is 28 Bcf/d of exports based on the 2015 LNG Export Study, 82 FR 41572), or if other circumstances arise that would render these exports inconsistent with the public interest. Commenters suggested, for example, that DOE should cease approval of small-scale export applications if the United States loses its competitive price advantage in exporting LNG, or if exporting natural gas above a certain volume would have negative economic impacts or threaten the security of domestic natural gas supplies. Other commenters expressed concern that U.S. natural gas production could not meet “unlimited” LNG exports as might occur under the proposed rule, and therefore urged DOE to implement a “safety net” in the rule allowing DOE to halt approvals of small-scale applications.
DOE declines to adopt a mechanism in the final rule that would automatically halt approvals of small-scale applications if the cumulative volume of approvals exceeds the scope of DOE's cumulative impact analyses to date. The 2015 Study considered export volumes ranging from 12 to 20 Bcf/d of natural gas, as well as a high resource recovery case examining export volumes up to 28 Bcf/d of natural gas. By comparison, to date DOE has issued final non-FTA authorizations in a cumulative volume of exports totaling 21.35 Bcf/d of natural gas
For this final rule, DOE has determined that domestic supplies of natural gas will be adequate to supply small-scale exports of natural gas while meeting domestic demand. In so doing, DOE considered the economic impacts of higher natural gas prices, potential increases in natural gas price volatility, and the security of domestic natural gas supplies, among other factors. DOE also explained that the prospect of “unlimited” exports of U.S. natural gas is not realistic, as discussed in the 2015 LNG Export Study.
As to the commenter's concern that the global natural gas market for U.S. LNG exports could change in the future, DOE notes that the 2015 LNG Export Study included several assumptions about the global market for the time period covering 2015 to 2040. Nonetheless, DOE's long-standing policy is to minimize federal control and involvement in energy markets (82 FR 41571, 41574), such that even a change in the competitive status of U.S. LNG globally would not affect DOE's
Next, commenters stated that the proposed rule is deficient because DOE has neither: (i) Attempted to predict the potential cumulative size of the U.S. small-scale export market, nor (ii) identified the potential LNG demand in the importing Caribbean, Central American, and South American countries that are the target of this rule.
DOE explained in the proposed rule that foreign demand for imports of U.S. natural gas has increased as many countries, such as those in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America, seek to import cleaner sources of energy. Based on the record evidence and the small volumes at issue in this rulemaking, DOE has determined that domestic supplies of natural gas will be adequate both to meet domestic needs and to supply small-scale exports of natural gas (82 FR 41572-41574). We therefore disagree with the comment that DOE was required to consider projections of the potential cumulative size of the U.S. small-scale market and/or the market demand of the importing regions among the many factors evaluated as part of its public interest determination.
Several commenters agreed with DOE's position that small-scale natural gas exports will not lead to a detectable impact on domestic natural gas prices (82 FR 41574), whereas other commenters disputed this position. The dissenting commenters expressed concern that this rulemaking will increase exports of U.S. natural gas (including LNG), leading to increases in natural gas prices. They further argued that even very small increases in natural gas prices are likely to lead to the loss of employment in energy-intensive industries. In sum, they asserted that, if there are any economic or job-creation impacts associated with this final rule, these impacts are likely to be negative.
First, as discussed in the proposed rule, the 2014 and 2015 LNG Export Studies
Next, for the proposed rule, DOE reviewed EIA's AEO 2017. The Reference case of this projection includes the effects of the Clean Power Plan (CPP) final rule,
For the year 2040, the AEO 2017 Reference case anticipates 3% more natural gas production in the lower-48 than AEO 2014. It also projects an average Henry Hub natural gas price that is lower than AEO 2014 by 38% in 2017$. In the AEO 2017 no-CPP case, for the year 2040, lower-48 production is 2% higher than in AEO 2014, with the price differential being approximately the same. Both higher production and lower prices in both AEO 2017 cases illustrate a market environment supportive of LNG exports.
On February 6, 2018, EIA issued AEO 2018. For this final rule, DOE has considered AEO 2018 to determine whether EIA's most recent projections present any material difference in terms of price impacts. AEO 2018, which does not include the CPP in its Reference case, is even more supportive of exports than AEO 2017 and AEO 2014, showing Henry Hub prices of $4.50 in 2040, which is 46% lower than AEO 2014 and 13% lower than AEO 2017 in 2017$. Production levels are also increased in 2040 in AEO 2018 over AEO 2014 and AEO 2017—with AEO 2018 showing lower-48 dry production at 109.1 Bcf/d over lower-48 production levels of 99.7 and 102.5 in AEO 2014 and 2017, respectively, as shown in the table below.
In sum, the conclusion of the 2015 LNG Export Study is that the United States will experience net economic benefits from issuance of authorizations to export domestically produced LNG. The 2015 LNG Export Study projected that an increase in U.S. natural gas exports will generate small declines in output at the margin for some energy-
DOE has reviewed both the evidence in the record and relevant precedent, and has not found evidence to support the commenters' claims of negative economic impact. Nor have those commenters presented sufficient evidence to support their assertions of economic harm.
In reviewing the potential environmental impacts of the proposed rulemaking, DOE has considered both its obligations under NEPA (discussed in Section II.B.2) and its obligation under NGA section 3(a) to ensure that the proposal is not inconsistent with the public interest.
In the context of NGA section 3(a), several commenters contended that this rulemaking is inconsistent with the public interest on environmental grounds. According to these commenters, expediting the approval of small-scale natural gas exports will lead to increased natural gas production and transmission which, in turn, will result in negative environmental impacts. They cite, for example, the possibility of accelerated climate change and increased greenhouse gas emissions, both in the United States and in the importing countries, as a result of these increased small-scale exports. These commenters contend that, rather than facilitating small-scale exports, DOE should closely scrutinize or ban natural gas exports to non-FTA countries altogether.
As discussed in Section II.B.2 and in the proposed rule, qualifying applications for small-scale exports must not require an environmental impact statement (EIS) or an environmental assessment (EA) under NEPA. That is, the application must be eligible for a categorical exclusion. Further, DOE has determined—and the D.C. Circuit has agreed
Specifically, DOE determined that the current rapid development of natural gas resources in the United States will continue, with or without the export of natural gas to non-FTA nations. DOE also found that fundamental uncertainties constrain its ability to foresee and analyze with any particularity the incremental natural gas production that may be induced by permitting exports of LNG (or CNG) to non-FTA countries—whether from unconventional shale gas formations or otherwise. Nevertheless, a decision by DOE to authorize exports to non-FTA countries—including the small-scale exports at issue here—could accelerate that development by some increment.
For these reasons, and because DOE previously had received comments regarding the potential environmental impacts associated with unconventional production, DOE produced a document in 2014 entitled
The Addendum shows that there are potential environmental issues associated with unconventional natural gas production as a whole that need to be carefully managed, especially with respect to emissions of volatile organic compounds and methane, and the potential for groundwater contamination. These environmental concerns do not lead DOE to conclude, however, that the proposed small-scale exports of natural gas are not in the public interest and/or should be prohibited. Rather, DOE believes the public interest is better served by addressing these concerns directly—through federal, state, or local regulation, or through self-imposed industry guidelines where appropriate—rather than by prohibiting exports of natural gas. Unlike DOE, environmental regulators have the legal authority to impose requirements on natural gas production that appropriately balance benefits and burdens, and to update these regulations from time to time as technological practices and scientific understanding evolve. Declining to approve (or to expedite) small-scale natural gas exports would cause the United States to forego the economic and international benefits discussed herein, but would have little more than a small, incremental impact on the environmental issues identified by these commenters. This is particularly true because—as the Addendum illustrates—DOE is unable to predict at a local level where any additional natural gas production would occur and in what quantity to support the small-scale exports.
Next, one commenter questioned whether small-scale exports will, in fact, facilitate the transition of importing countries away from the use of diesel and fuel oil, and argued that DOE has not provided sufficient evidence of this displacement to justify the final rule. We emphasize that foreign demand for U.S. natural gas has increased as countries in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America seek to import cleaner sources of energy. DOE further observes that many of these countries are currently dependent on diesel and/or fuel oil for their generation needs. These energy needs are challenging from both a cost- and emissions-perspective. By importing
Additionally, increased diversity of fuel supplies and sources used for generating electricity are expected to make these importing countries more, not less, resilient against energy outages after hurricanes, earthquakes, and other natural disasters. At the same time, the United States will facilitate stronger relationships with these importing countries, while promoting U.S. leadership in the global energy market. In sum, the commenter's argument as to DOE's lack of “evidence” of this expected transition to U.S. natural gas misconceives DOE's public interest analysis and seeks to impose a burden of proof where none exists, although DOE anticipates numerous environmental benefits to the importing countries from this rulemaking.
Finally, some commenters argued that DOE should be focused on encouraging renewable sources of energy, rather than facilitating exports of natural gas through this rulemaking. They asserted that renewable sources of energy are more environmentally friendly than natural gas, whereas (in their view) the proposed exports of natural gas are not in the public interest. DOE notes, however, that imports of U.S. LNG can work in concert with the development of renewable generation in importing countries. Imported natural gas can provide reliable standby energy supply available immediately, while renewable development is occurring. Imported LNG also can provide continued reliability to enhance solar or other renewable sources once they are developed. For these reasons, small-scale natural gas exports approved under this rule may provide indirect benefits to the use of renewable energy in importing countries.
Some commenters argued that DOE cannot, in interpreting the phrase “in the public interest” in NGA section 3(a), remove public notice and comment procedures for individual small-scale export applications. According to these commenters, the phrase “opportunity for hearing” in NGA section 3(a) means that members of the public must be afforded the opportunity to present evidence to DOE regarding each non-FTA export application on a case-by-case basis. These commenters expressed concern that the proposed rule would frustrate the design of the NGA by eliminating the opportunity for public comment on individual small-scale applications.
Some commenters also asserted that the final rule is inconsistent with the NGA's judicial review provisions set forth in NGA section 19 (15 U.S.C. 717r) and the implementing regulation (10 CFR 590.501(a)). They argued that these judicial review provisions are available only to a “party” to a proceeding, yet under the proposed rule, there would be no clear way for a member of the public to intervene in an individual small-scale application proceeding and become a party to that proceeding. In their view, absent the availability of this remedy, judicial review would be provided by the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 704) and thus lie in the district courts—creating tension with the NGA's intent to provide for direct review in the federal courts of appeals under NGA section 19(b).
As to the administrative concerns, we note that under NGA section 3(a), the Secretary of Energy “shall” issue an order upon application unless, after “opportunity for hearing,” DOE finds that the proposed export will not be consistent with the public interest.
As to the judicial review comments, to the extent that small-scale export authorizations are reviewable, NGA section 19(b) vests exclusive jurisdiction in the appropriate federal court of appeals.
In the final rule, DOE establishes a regulatory definition for “small-scale natural gas export,” to be codified at 10 CFR 590.102(p). Under this provision, a small-scale natural gas export is any export of natural gas to non-FTA nations, provided that the application for the export authority satisfies both the volume and NEPA criteria identified in 10 CFR 590.102(p)(1) and (2).
10 CFR 590.102(p)(1) establishes the volume limitation for small-scale natural gas exports. Under this criterion, a qualifying application must propose to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 Bcf/yr—an annualized figure that corresponds to the 0.14 Bcf/d volume criterion proposed by DOE. In the proposed rule, DOE stated that this volume criterion is consistent with industry practice for the emerging small-scale export market, but invited comment on any other appropriate volume limitation (82 FR 41573; Sept. 1, 2017).
Some commenters generally disagreed with this volume criterion, asserting that exports up to and including 0.14 Bcf/d (51.75 Bcf/yr) are substantial and cannot reasonably be considered “small scale.” These commenters, however, neither presented evidence supporting their claims in the context of small-scale natural gas exports nor suggested a
One commenter expressed concern that the volume criterion is too large for a single project. This commenter pointed out that, of DOE's seven non-FTA export authorizations identified in the proposed rule as falling under this volume threshold (82 FR 41572), the volumes authorized in those orders were, in fact, smaller than 0.14 Bcf/d even if all of the volumes are combined. Specifically, the commenter states that the proposed volume criterion is approximately 25% larger than the combined total of those seven authorizations—0.14 Bcf/d for a single project, as opposed to a combined 0.112 Bcf/d for the seven authorizations identified in the proposed rule.
The seven authorizations identified in the proposed rule were not intended to suggest a limiting parameter for this rulemaking. Rather, they provide context in showing small-scale LNG export authorizations previously issued by DOE—particularly as compared to the large-scale LNG export authorizations issued by DOE in volumes up to and exceeding 2.0 Bcf/d of natural gas for a single project.
The same commenter argued that the proposed rule is overbroad insofar as it may apply in export circumstances beyond those identified by DOE as justifying the rule. The commenter therefore urged DOE to expand the mandatory criteria for small-scale exports to include specific export characteristics beyond the volume criterion—such as the exporter's use of ISO containers or other non-traditional transport, destination countries in specific regions, and evidence that the exports will displace diesel or fuel oil in the importing markets. DOE has considered this proposal but sees no reason to unnecessarily confine the development of the small-scale export market by adding criteria that are, in fact, already market-driven.
As explained in the proposed rule, many of the countries in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America do not generate enough demand to import the large volumes of natural gas supplied by the large-scale natural gas import/export market. Given these diseconomies of scale, a gap has emerged in the regional natural gas import/export market, and small-scale natural gas exports represent a market-driven response to fill this gap. Because the small-scale market already reflects the specific characteristics identified by the commenter, imposing these characteristics as additional mandatory criteria is unlikely to benefit the public interest or otherwise enhance the objectives or implementation of this final rule. Further, imposing such criteria would be at odds with DOE's long-standing practice of minimizing regulatory impediments to a freely operating market and promoting market competition (82 FR 41571, 41574; Sept. 1, 2017). DOE has concluded that the volume criterion, in addition to the NEPA criterion discussed below, is sufficient in defining and regulating the small-scale export market.
Commenters asked DOE whether the proposed rule would allow exporters to submit multiple applications, each below the 0.14 Bcf/d (51.75 Bcf/yr) volume limitation, as a way to expand the authorized export volumes for their facilities without triggering the jurisdiction of FERC or the U.S. Maritime Administration (MARAD) under NEPA. These types of applications—commonly referred to as “design increases” or expansions—typically arise from the improved engineering of proposed or existing LNG facilities that allows for additional LNG production without new construction. Some commenters asked DOE to add language to the final rule that would expressly allow this practice, so as to encourage investment in and innovation at LNG export facilities. Other commenters suggested that this practice, if allowed, would effectively change the nature of this rule by encouraging “segmentation” of additional export volumes at large-scale facilities, as opposed to the intended small-scale facilities.
DOE declines to add the requested language to this final rule. DOE emphasizes that the final rule is intended to facilitate small-scale exports of natural gas for the reasons discussed herein. This rule does not preclude applicants from applying for more than one authorization for small-scale natural gas exports. Such flexibility may be useful, for example, for authorization holders seeking to export small-scale volumes from different facilities. DOE, however, will not accept requests by authorization holders seeking to combine more than one small-scale export authorization as an indirect means of expanding the DOE-approved export volume from their facility, including from large-scale facilities.
Further, DOE notes that, in the non-FTA export authorizations issued to date, DOE has approved an applicant's export volume from a specific facility (or facilities), based on the approved production (or export) capacity of that facility.
10 CFR 590.102(p)(2) establishes the NEPA criterion for small-scale natural gas exports. As the second criterion for this final rule, DOE's approval of the application must not require an EIS or EA under NEPA—that is, the application must be eligible for a categorical exclusion under DOE's NEPA regulations.
As explained in the proposed rule, DOE's environmental review process under NEPA usually results in the preparation or adoption of an EIS or EA describing the potential environmental impacts associated with the application. In some cases, DOE may determine that an application is eligible for a categorical exclusion pursuant to DOE's
This NEPA criterion is very conservative. Based on DOE's experience, this criterion will limit application of this final rule to a small subset of all export applications. For example, of the 29 final non-FTA export authorizations for LNG (and CNG) issued as of the date of this final rule, only seven would meet
Nonetheless, some of the comments on the proposed rule reflected widespread confusion about the meaning and applicability of a categorical exclusion under NEPA. Several commenters expressed concern that this criterion will result in small-scale natural gas exports that have no environmental protections or oversight because they are not subject to an EIS or EA under NEPA. These commenters asserted that an EA or EIS must be prepared in every instance to consider a variety of perceived risks to the environment, public safety, and public health posed by natural gas exports. In their view, an export application approved by DOE on the basis of a categorical exclusion under NEPA will lead to “unregulated” natural gas export facilities and infrastructure.
DOE emphasizes that its determination that a particular application qualifies for a DOE categorical exclusion is the result of a thorough NEPA assessment process. A categorical exclusion does not circumvent or “relax” the NEPA review process (as some commenters suggest) but, in fact, is a means to comply with NEPA. Indeed, categorical exclusions facilitate NEPA by allowing federal agencies to focus their environmental review and resources on actions that could have significant impacts. The Council on Environmental Quality's NEPA regulations provide for categorical exclusions when an agency has identified a “category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and which have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a federal agency. . .”
In determining that an export application is eligible for a categorical exclusion under DOE's NEPA regulations, DOE must not only determine that the application fits within a specific categorical exclusion, but it must also determine that “there are no extraordinary circumstances related to the proposal that may affect the significance of the environmental effects of the proposal.”
Finally, regardless of whether DOE determines that an application is subject to an EIS, an EA, or is eligible for a categorical exclusion under NEPA, DOE expressly conditions all of its non-FTA authorizations on the authorization holder's ongoing compliance with all preventative and mitigative measures at the facility imposed by federal, state, and/or local agencies.
For these reasons, DOE does not agree that this criterion of this rule—whereby an application must be eligible for a categorical exclusion under NEPA—will lead to natural gas exports lacking in environmental protection and/or to unregulated LNG export facilities. DOE is committed to a thorough NEPA assessment process and, accordingly, DOE is not changing this criterion in the final rule.
Below, DOE addresses a variety of other comments on the proposed rule. To the extent commenters have urged DOE to take some different type of action with respect to natural gas exports, DOE notes that it may consider additional measures under section 3(a) of the Natural Gas Act as part of its regulatory reform efforts and welcomes suggestions, data, and information on this topic through its regulatory reform email inbox at
One commenter asserted that this rulemaking is arbitrary and capricious because it lacks substantive analysis and viable alternatives. Under the APA, an
One commenter characterized this rulemaking as imposing redundant, burdensome administrative requirements and compliance costs, but did not specify the basis for that claim. DOE emphasizes that it is not imposing any administrative requirements or compliance costs through this rulemaking. To the contrary, as explained in the proposed rule (82 FR 41570), the regulation promulgated in this final rule is intended to expedite DOE's processing of small-scale applications, thereby reducing administrative burdens and costs for the small-scale natural gas market.
On the other hand, another commenter asserted that this rulemaking is not deregulatory because it creates a new regulation to define small-scale natural gas exports according to specified criteria. This commenter claimed that DOE is limiting its ability to adapt to market changes, should the parameters of the small-scale natural gas market change. As stated above, however, this rulemaking qualifies as a deregulatory action because DOE is reducing or eliminating administrative requirements and compliance costs for the small-scale export market under NGA section 3(a). DOE is satisfied that the criteria for this rulemaking, which are based in part on industry practice, are appropriate for this developing market. Nonetheless, should unforeseeable changes in the small-scale export market require DOE to amend this regulation, DOE retains the regulatory authority to do so.
One commenter asserted that the 45-day public comment period for the proposed rule should be extended because the link for submitting comments on the Federal eRulemaking Portal was not working when the commenter attempted to submit comments. In the proposed rule, DOE identified a variety of methods that could be used to submit comments, including email (82 FR 41570; Sept. 1, 2017). DOE also notes that no other commenter raised this issue and many commenters submitted comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal. DOE therefore declines to extend or re-open the public comment period in this rulemaking.
One commenter argued that DOE failed to provide sufficient notice of this rule in local media outlets, print media, and online publications. As a matter of law, however, DOE provided sufficient notice of this rulemaking by publishing it in the
Finally, separate from the NEPA regulatory criterion for small-scale natural gas exports, several commenters disagreed with DOE's application of categorical exclusion A6 under NEPA for this rulemaking itself, as discussed in the “Regulatory Review” portion of the proposed rule (82 FR 41575, “National Environmental Policy Act”) and set forth below. In the proposed rule, DOE explained that neither an EIS nor an EA was required to support this rulemaking. These commenters disagreed with that assessment, asserting that DOE violated NEPA by not preparing an EIS or an EA that addressed all potential environmental impacts associated with this rulemaking and that considered reasonable alternatives to the proposed rule.
As explained in the proposed rule (as well as in this final rule), DOE has determined that this regulation “fall[s] into a class of actions that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant impact on the human environment as set forth under DOE's regulations implementing [NEPA]” (82 FR 41575). Specifically, DOE has determined that this rulemaking falls under categorical exclusion A6 (10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix A6).
Categorical exclusion A6 applies to “rulemakings that are strictly procedural.”
This regulatory action has been determined to be an “economically significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (October 4, 1993). Accordingly, this action was subject to review under that Executive Order by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget.
DOE has also reviewed this regulation pursuant to Executive Order 13563, issued on January 18, 2011. (76 FR 3281, Jan. 21, 2011.) E.O. 13563 is supplemental to and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, agencies are required by Executive Order 13563 to: (1) Propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess
DOE concludes that this final rule is consistent with these principles. Specifically, this final rule provides that DOE will issue an export authorization upon receipt of any complete application that seeks to export natural gas, including LNG, to non-FTA countries, provided that the application satisfies the following two criteria: (1) The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 Bcf/yr, and (2) DOE's approval of the application does not require an EIS or EA under NEPA. DOE's regulations regarding notice of applications, 10 CFR 590.205, and procedures applicable to application proceedings, 10 CFR part 590, subpart C (10 CFR 590.303 to 10 CFR 590.317), do not apply to small-scale natural gas exports. The final rule is intended to expedite DOE's processing of these applications, thereby reducing administrative burdens for the small-scale natural gas export market.
On January 30, 2017, the President issued Executive Order 13771, “Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs.” That Order stated the policy of the executive branch is to be prudent and financially responsible in the expenditure of funds, from both public and private sources. The Order stated it is essential to manage the costs associated with the governmental imposition of private expenditures required to comply with Federal regulations. This final rule is expected to be an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action.
Additionally, on February 24, 2017, the President issued Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda.” The Order required the head of each agency designate an agency official as its Regulatory Reform Officer (RRO). Each RRO oversees the implementation of regulatory reform initiatives and policies to ensure that agencies effectively carry out regulatory reforms, consistent with applicable law. Further, E.O. 13777 requires the establishment of a regulatory task force at each agency. The regulatory task force is required to make recommendations to the agency head regarding the repeal, replacement, or modification of existing regulations, consistent with applicable law. At a minimum, each regulatory reform task force must attempt to identify regulations that:
(i) Eliminate jobs, or inhibit job creation;
(ii) Are outdated, unnecessary, or ineffective;
(iii) Impose costs that exceed benefits;
(iv) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with regulatory reform initiatives and policies;
(v) Are inconsistent with the requirements of Information Quality Act, or the guidance issued pursuant to that Act, in particular those regulations that rely in whole or in part on data, information, or methods that are not publicly available or that are insufficiently transparent to meet the standard for reproducibility; or
(vi) Derive from or implement Executive Orders or other Presidential directives that have been subsequently rescinded or substantially modified.
Finally, on March 28, 2017, the President signed Executive Order 13783, entitled “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth.” Among other things, E.O. 13783 requires the heads of agencies to review all existing regulations, orders, guidance documents, policies, and any other similar agency actions (collectively, agency actions) that potentially burden the development or use of domestically produced energy resources, with particular attention to oil, natural gas, coal, and nuclear energy resources. Such review does not include agency actions that are mandated by law, necessary for the public interest, and consistent with the policy set forth elsewhere in that order.
Executive Order 13783 defined burden for purposes of the review of existing regulations to mean to unnecessarily obstruct, delay, curtail, or otherwise impose significant costs on the siting, permitting, production, utilization, transmission, or delivery of energy resources.
DOE concludes that this final rule is consistent with the directives set forth in these executive orders. Specifically, this final rule is a deregulatory action that requires DOE to issue an export authorization upon receipt of any complete application that seeks to export natural gas, including LNG, to non-FTA countries, provided that the application satisfies the following two criteria: (1) The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 Bcf/yr, and (2) DOE's approval of the application does not require an EIS or an EA under NEPA. Applications that satisfy these criteria are requesting authorization for “small-scale natural gas exports” and, as such, the exports are deemed to be consistent with the public interest under NGA section 3(a). DOE's regulations regarding notice of applications and procedures conducted on applications do not apply to applications that satisfy these criteria. The final rule will expedite DOE's processing of these applications, thereby reducing administrative burdens for the small-scale natural gas export market.
DOE has determined that adoption of this final rule falls into a class of actions that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant impact on the human environment as set forth under DOE's regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
DOE has reviewed this final rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. This final rule will require DOE to issue an export authorization upon receipt of any complete application that seeks to export natural gas, including LNG, to non-FTA countries, provided that the application satisfies the following two criteria: (1) The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 Bcf/yr, and (2) DOE's approval of the application does not require an EIS or an EA under NEPA. DOE's regulations regarding notice of applications and procedures conducted
To date, DOE has received—and granted—eight applications to export LNG in volumes below 51.75 Bcf/yr of natural gas to non-FTA countries.
DOE received no comments on this certification. Comments regarding the economic impact of the proposed rule are responded to in Section II of the preamble, and for the reasons explained in Section II, those comments did not affect this certification, or result in any changes from the proposal in this final rule.
Therefore, DOE certifies that this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, DOE did not prepare an IRFA for this rulemaking. DOE's certification and supporting statement of factual basis was provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
The final rule does not change any requirements subject to review and approval by OMB pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) generally requires Federal agencies to examine closely the impacts of regulatory actions on tribal, state, and local governments. Subsection 101(5) of title I of that law defines a Federal intergovernmental mandate to include any regulation that would impose upon tribal, state, or local governments an enforceable duty, except a condition of Federal assistance or a duty arising from participating in a voluntary Federal program. Title II of that law requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on tribal, state, and local governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, other than to the extent such actions merely incorporate requirements specifically set forth in a statute. Section 202 of that title requires a Federal agency to perform a detailed assessment of the anticipated costs and benefits of any rule that includes a Federal mandate which may result in costs to tribal, state, or local governments, or to the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation). 2 U.S.C. 1532(a) and (b). Section 204 of that title requires each agency that proposes a rule containing a significant Federal intergovernmental mandate to develop an effective process for obtaining meaningful and timely input from elected officers of tribal, state, and local governments. 2 U.S.C. 1534.
This final rule will streamline procedures for small-scale natural gas exports. DOE has determined that the final rule will not result in the expenditure by tribal, state, and local governments in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. Accordingly, no assessment or analysis is required under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any final rule that may affect family well-being. The final rule will not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999) imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt state law or that have Federalism implications. Agencies are required to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the states and carefully assess the necessity for such actions. DOE has examined this final rule and has determined that it will not preempt state law and will not have a substantial direct effect on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996), imposes on Executive agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; and (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard and promote simplification and burden reduction. With regard to the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6)
The Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides for agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB.
OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001) requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to the OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any proposed significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgated or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. This regulatory action, which is intended to streamline the application and approval process for small-scale natural gas exports, will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, and therefore is not a significant energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that it has been determined that the rule is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
The Secretary of Energy has approved the publication of this final rule.
Administrative practice and procedure, Exports, Natural gas, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE amends part 590, chapter II of title 10, subchapter G, Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:
Secs. 301(b), 402(f), and 644, Pub. L. 95-91, 91 Stat. 578, 585, and 599 (42 U.S.C. 7151(b), 7172(f), and 7254), Sec. 3, Act of June 21, 1938, c. 556, 52 Stat. 822 (15 U.S.C. 717b); E.O. 12009 (42 FR 46267, September 15, 1977); DOE Delegation Order Nos. 0204-111 and 0204-127 (49 FR 6684, February 22, 1984; 54 FR 11437, March 20, 1989).
(p)
(1) The application proposes to export natural gas in a volume up to and including 51.75 billion cubic feet per year, and
(2) DOE's approval of the application does not require an environmental impact statement or an environmental assessment under the National Environmental Policy Act, 42 U.S.C. 4321
(a)
(b)
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions; request for comments.
These special conditions are issued for the Piper Aircraft Model PA-32-series airplanes. These airplanes, as modified by TCW Technologies, LLC, will have a novel or unusual design feature associated with the installation of a rechargeable lithium battery. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature.
The effective date of these special conditions is July 25, 2018.
We must receive your comments by September 10, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2018-0678 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Ruth Hirt, Federal Aviation Administration, Aircraft Certification Service, Small Airplane Directorate, AIR-694, 901 Locust, Room 301, Kansas City, MO; telephone (816) 329-4108; facsimile (816)-329-4090.
The FAA has determined that notice and opportunity for prior public comment are unnecessary because the substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the public comment process in several prior instances with no substantive comments received. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the substance contained herein. The FAA therefore finds that good cause exists for making these special conditions effective upon issuance. The FAA is requesting comments to allow interested persons to submit views that may not have been submitted in response to the prior opportunities for comment.
We invite interested
We will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed late if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change these special conditions based on the comments we receive.
On May 5, 2017, TCW Technologies, LLC (TCW) applied for a supplemental type certificate (STC) to install a rechargeable lithium battery on Piper Aircraft Model PA-32-series airplanes. These airplanes are normal category airplanes with a maximum of 7 seats (including flightcrew), powered by a Lycoming O-540-series engine with 3,400 to 3,600 pounds maximum takeoff weight, depending on the specific model.
The current regulatory requirements for part 23 airplanes do not contain adequate requirements for use of rechargeable lithium batteries in airborne applications. This type of battery possesses certain failure and operational characteristics with maintenance requirements that differ significantly from that of the nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) and lead-acid rechargeable batteries currently approved in other normal, utility, acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes. Therefore, the FAA is issuing this special condition to address—
• All characteristics of the rechargeable lithium batteries and their installation that could affect safe operation of the modified PA-32-series airplanes; and
• Appropriate Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) that include maintenance requirements to ensure the availability of electrical power from the batteries when needed.
Under the provisions of § 21.101, TCW must show that the PA-32 series-airplanes, as changed, continue to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate Data Sheet (TCDS) No. A3SO
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in § 11.19, under § 11.38 and they become part of the type certification basis under § 21.101.
Special conditions are initially applicable to the models for which they are issued. Should the applicant apply for an STC to modify any other model(s) included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same novel or unusual design feature, the FAA would apply these special conditions to the other model(s) under § 21.101.
The Piper PA-32-series airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features:
The installation of a rechargeable lithium battery as backup power for avionics systems.
The applicable regulations governing the installation of batteries in general aviation airplanes were derived from Civil Air Regulations (CAR) 3 as part of the recodification that established 14 CFR part 23. The battery requirements identified in § 23.1353 were a rewording of the CAR requirements. Additional rulemaking activities—resulting from increased incidents of Ni-Cd battery fire or failures—incorporated § 23.1353(f) and (g), amendments 23-20 and 23-21, respectively. The FAA did not envision the introduction of lithium battery installations at the time these regulations were published.
The proposed use of rechargeable lithium batteries prompted the FAA to review the adequacy of these existing regulations. We determined the existing regulations do not adequately address the safety of lithium battery installations.
Current experience with rechargeable lithium batteries in commercial or general aviation is limited. However, other users of this technology—ranging from personal computers, to wireless telephone manufacturers, to the electric vehicle industry—have noted safety problems with rechargeable lithium batteries. These problems, as described in the following paragraphs, include overcharging, over-discharging, flammability of cell components, cell internal defects, and hazards resulting from exposure to extreme temperatures.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the PA-32-series airplanes. Should TCW apply at a later date for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model added to Type Certificate No. A3SO with the same novel or unusual design feature, the FAA would apply these special conditions to that model as well.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on the PA-32-series airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability and affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplane.
The substance of these special conditions has been subjected to the notice and comment period in several prior instances and has been derived without substantive change from those previously issued. It is unlikely that prior public comment would result in a significant change from the subject contained herein. Therefore, notice and opportunity for prior public comment hereon are unnecessary and the FAA finds good cause, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B) and 553(d)(3), for making these special conditions effective upon issuance. The FAA is requesting comments to allow interested persons to submit views that may not have been submitted in response to the prior opportunities for comment described above.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Signs and symbols.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44704; Pub. L. 113-53, 127 Stat 584 (49 U.S.C. 44704) note; 14 CFR 21.16 and 21.101; and 14 CFR 11.38 and 11.19.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Piper Aircraft PA-32-series airplanes modified by TCW Technologies, LLC.
The FAA adopts the following special conditions for lithium battery installations on Piper Aircraft PA-32-series airplanes in lieu of the requirements in § 23.1353(a), (b), (c), (d), and (e), amendment 23-62.
Lithium battery installations on PA-32-series airplanes must be designed and installed as follows:
(1) Safe cell temperatures and pressures must be maintained during—
i. Normal operations;
ii. Any probable failure conditions of charging or discharging or battery monitoring system; and
iii. Any failure of the charging or battery monitoring system shown to not be extremely remote.
(2) The rechargeable lithium battery installation must be designed to preclude explosion or fire in the event of a failure under (1)(1)(ii) and (1)(1)(iii) above.
(3) Design of the rechargeable lithium batteries must preclude the occurrence of self-sustaining, uncontrolled increases in temperature or pressure.
(4) No explosive or toxic gasses emitted by any rechargeable lithium battery in normal operation or as the result of any failure of the battery charging system, monitoring system, or battery installation, which is shown to not be extremely remote, may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the airplane.
(5) Installations of rechargeable lithium batteries must meet the
(6) No corrosive fluids or gases that may escape from any rechargeable lithium battery, may damage surrounding structure or any adjacent systems, equipment, electrical wiring, or the airplane in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition, in accordance with § 23.1309, amendment 23-62, and applicable regulatory guidance.
(7) Each rechargeable lithium battery installation must have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on structure or essential systems that may be caused by the maximum amount of heat the battery can generate during a short circuit of the battery or of its individual cells.
(8) Rechargeable lithium battery installations must have a system to automatically control the charging rate of the battery to prevent battery overheating and overcharging, and either:
i. A battery temperature sensing and over-temperature warning system with a means for automatically disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event of an over-temperature condition; or
ii. A battery failure sensing and warning system with a means for automatically disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event of battery failure.
(9) Any rechargeable lithium battery installation, the function of which is required for safe operation of the aircraft, must incorporate a monitoring and warning feature that will provide an indication to the appropriate flight crewmembers whenever the state of charge of the batteries has fallen below levels considered acceptable for dispatch of the aircraft.
Reference § 23.1353(h) for dispatch consideration.
(10) The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) required by § 23.1529 must contain maintenance requirements to assure that the battery has been sufficiently charged at appropriate intervals specified by the battery manufacturer and the equipment manufacturer that contain the rechargeable lithium battery or rechargeable lithium battery system. The lithium rechargeable batteries and lithium rechargeable battery systems must not degrade below specified ampere-hour levels sufficient to power the aircraft system. The ICA must also contain procedures for the maintenance of replacement batteries to prevent the installation of batteries that have degraded charge retention ability or other damage due to prolonged storage at a low state of charge. Replacement batteries must be of the same manufacturer and part number as approved by the FAA.
Maintenance requirements include procedures that check battery capacity, charge degradation at manufacturers recommended inspection intervals, and replace batteries at manufacturer's recommended replacement schedule/time to prevent age-related degradation.
The term “sufficiently charged” means that the battery must retain enough charge, expressed in ampere-hours, to ensure that the battery cells will not be damaged. A battery cell may be damaged by low charge (
Replacement battery in spares storage may be subject to prolonged storage at a low state of charge.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This action finalizes the residual risk and technology review (RTR) conducted for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category regulated under national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants (NESHAP). These final amendments include no revisions to the numerical emission limits of the rule based on the RTR. The amendments reflect corrections and clarifications of the rule requirements and provisions. While the amendments do not result in reductions in emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAP), this action results in improved monitoring, compliance, and implementation of the rule.
This final action is effective on July 25, 2018.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0442. All documents in the docket are listed on the
For questions about this final action, contact Mr. Brian Storey, Sector Policies and Programs Division (D243-04), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-1103; fax number: (919) 541-4991; and email address:
Table 1 of this preamble lists the NESHAP and associated regulated industrial source category that is the subject of this final rule. Table 1 is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding the entities that this action is likely to affect. The rule standards will be directly applicable to the affected sources. Federal, state, local, and tribal government entities are not affected by this action. As defined in the
To determine whether your facility is affected, you should examine the applicability criteria in the appropriate NESHAP. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of any aspect of this NESHAP, please contact the appropriate person listed in the preceding
In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this final action will also be available on the internet. Following signature by the EPA Administrator, the EPA will post a copy of this final action at:
Additional information is available on the RTR website at
Under Clean Air Act (CAA) section 307(b)(1), judicial review of this final action is available only by filing a petition for review in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (the Court) by September 24, 2018. Under CAA section 307(b)(2), the requirements established by this final rule may not be challenged separately in any civil or criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to enforce the requirements.
Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA further provides that only an objection to a rule or procedure which was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment (including any public hearing) may be raised during judicial review. This section also provides a mechanism for the EPA to reconsider the rule if the person raising an objection can demonstrate to the Administrator that it was impracticable to raise such objection within the period for public comment or if the grounds for such objection arose after the period for public comment (but within the time specified for judicial review) and if such objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the rule. Any person seeking to make such a demonstration should submit a Petition for Reconsideration to the Office of the Administrator, U.S. EPA, Room 3000, EPA WJC South Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460, with a copy to both the person(s) listed in the preceding
Section 112 of the CAA establishes a two-stage regulatory process to address emissions of HAP from stationary sources. In the first stage, we must identify categories of sources emitting one or more of the HAP listed in CAA section 112(b) and then promulgate technology-based NESHAP for those sources. “Major sources” are those that emit, or have the potential to emit, any single HAP at a rate of 10 tons per year (tpy) or more, or 25 tpy or more of any combination of HAP. For major sources, these standards are commonly referred to as maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standards and must reflect the maximum degree of emission reductions of HAP achievable (after considering cost, energy requirements, and non-air quality health and environmental impacts). In developing MACT standards, CAA section 112(d)(2) directs the EPA to consider the application of measures, processes, methods, systems, or techniques, including, but not limited to, those that reduce the volume of or eliminate HAP emissions through process changes, substitution of materials, or other modifications; enclose systems or processes to eliminate emissions; collect, capture, or treat HAP when released from a process, stack, storage, or fugitive emissions point; are design, equipment, work practice, or operational standards; or any combination of the above.
For these MACT standards, the statute specifies certain minimum stringency requirements, which are referred to as MACT floor requirements, and which may not be based on cost considerations. See CAA section 112(d)(3). For new sources, the MACT floor cannot be less stringent than the emission control achieved in practice by the best-controlled similar source. The MACT standards for existing sources can be less stringent than floors for new sources, but they cannot be less stringent than the average emission limitation achieved by the best-performing 12 percent of existing sources in the category or subcategory (or the best-performing five sources for categories or subcategories with fewer than 30 sources). In developing MACT standards, we must also consider control options that are more stringent than the floor under CAA section 112(d)(2). We may establish standards more stringent than the floor, based on the consideration of the cost of achieving the emissions reductions, any non-air quality health and environmental impacts, and energy requirements.
In the second stage of the regulatory process, the CAA requires the EPA to undertake two different analyses, which we refer to as the technology review and the residual risk review. Under the technology review, we must review the technology-based standards and revise them “as necessary (taking into account developments in practices, processes, and control technologies)” no less frequently than every 8 years, pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(6). Under the residual risk review, we must evaluate the risk to public health remaining after application of the technology-based standards and revise the standards, if necessary, to provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health or to prevent, taking into consideration costs, energy, safety, and other relevant factors, an adverse environmental effect. The residual risk review is required within 8 years after promulgation of the technology-based standards, pursuant to CAA section 112(f). In conducting the residual risk review, if the EPA determines that the current standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health, it is not necessary to revise the MACT standards pursuant to CAA section 112(f).
The EPA initially promulgated the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry NESHAP on June 14, 1999 (64 FR 31898), under title 40, part 63, subpart LLL of the CFR. The rule was amended on April 5, 2002 (67 FR 16614); July 5, 2002 (67 FR 44766); December 6, 2002 (67 FR 72580); December 20, 2006 (71 FR 76518); September 9, 2010 (75 FR 54970); January 18, 2011 (76 FR 2832); February 12, 2013 (78 FR 10006); July 27, 2015 (80 FR 44772); September 11, 2015 (80 FR 54728); and July 25, 2016 (81 FR
Portland cement manufacturing is an energy-intensive process in which cement is made by grinding and heating a mixture of raw materials such as limestone, clay, sand, and iron ore in a rotary kiln. The kiln is a large furnace that is fueled by coal, oil, gas, coke, and/or various waste materials. The product, known as clinker, from the kiln is cooled, ground, and then mixed with a small amount of gypsum to produce portland cement.
The main source of air toxics emissions from a portland cement plant is the kiln. Emissions originate from the burning of fuels and heating of feed materials. Air toxics are also emitted from the grinding, cooling, and materials handling steps in the manufacturing process. Pollutants regulated under the 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, are particulate matter (PM) as a surrogate for non-mercury HAP metals, total hydrocarbons (THC) as a surrogate for organic HAP other than dioxins and furans (D/F), organic HAP as an alternative to the limit for THC, mercury, HCl (from major sources only), and D/F expressed as toxic equivalents (TEQ). The kiln is regulated for all HAP and raw material dryers are regulated for THC or the alternative organic HAP. Clinker coolers are regulated for PM. Finish mills and raw mills are regulated for opacity. During periods of startup and shutdown, the kiln, clinker cooler, and raw material dryer are regulated by work practice standards. Open clinker storage piles are regulated by work practice standards. The emission standards for the affected sources are summarized in Table 2.
On September 21, 2017, the EPA published a proposed rule in the
This action finalizes the EPA's determinations pursuant to the RTR provisions of CAA section 112 for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category. This action also finalizes other changes to the NESHAP including amendments to correct and clarify rule requirements and provisions.
The EPA proposed no changes to 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, based on the risk review conducted pursuant to CAA section 112(f). Specifically, we determined that risks from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category are acceptable, that the standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health, and that it is not necessary to set a more stringent standard to prevent an adverse environmental effect. The EPA received no new data or other information during the public comment period that changed this determination. Therefore, we are not requiring additional controls under CAA section 112(f)(2).
The EPA proposed no changes to 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, based on the technology review conducted pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(6). Specifically, we determined that there are no developments in practices, processes, and control technologies that warrant revisions to the MACT standards for this source category. The EPA received no new data or other information during the public comment period that affected the technology review determination. Therefore, we are not requiring additional control under CAA section 112(d)(6).
In the September 21, 2017, proposed rule, we proposed additional revisions, which included changes to clarify monitoring, testing, and recordkeeping, and reporting requirements and the correction of typographical errors. Based on the comments received, we are now finalizing the following amendments to the rule:
• We correct a paragraph in the reporting requirements that mistakenly required that affected sources report their 30-operating day rolling average for D/F temperature monitoring.
• We correct a provision that required facility owners or operators to keep records of both daily clinker production and kiln feed rates.
• We clarify that the submittal dates for semiannual summary reports required under 40 CFR 63.1354(b)(9) are 60 days after the end of the reporting period.
• We resolve conflicting provisions that apply when a sulfur dioxide (SO
• We clarify that the requirement in 40 CFR 63.1349(b)(1)(vi) only applies to kilns with inline raw mills.
• We clarify that the 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL D/F standards were developed based on toxic equivalency factors (TEFs) developed in 1989, as referenced in the TEQ definition section of the rule (40 CFR 63.1341).
• We clarify that the performance test requirements for affected sources that have been idle through one or more periods that required a performance test to demonstrate compliance.
• We remove 40 CFR 63.1343(d) and Table 2 that contain emission limits that were applicable prior to September 2015.
• We revise Equation 18 of the rule to include a missing term in the equation.
• We revise 40 CFR 63.1350(g)(4) to say “record” instead of “report.”
Because these amendments only provide corrections and clarifications to the current rule and do not impose new requirements on the industry, we are making these amendments effective and are requiring compliance upon promulgation of the final rule.
This section provides a description of our proposed action and this final action, the EPA's rationale for the final decisions and amendments, and a summary of key comments and responses. Other comments, comment summaries, and the EPA's responses can be found “National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Portland Cement Manufacturing (40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL) Residual Risk and Technology Review, Final Amendments: Summary of Public Comments and Responses on Proposed Rules,” which is available in the docket for this action (EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0442).
Pursuant to CAA section 112(f), the EPA conducted a residual risk review and presented the results of this review, along with our proposed decisions regarding risk acceptability, ample margin of safety, and adverse environmental effects, in the September 21, 2017, proposed rule (82 FR 44254). The results of the risk assessment are presented briefly in Table 3, and in more detail in the document titled “Residual Risk Assessment for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Source Category in Support of the July 2018 Final Rule,” available in the docket for this rulemaking (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0442).
The results of the chronic inhalation cancer risk assessment based on actual emissions from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category indicate that the maximum lifetime individual cancer risk posed by the 91 facilities is 1-in-1 million or less. The total estimated cancer incidence from this source category is 0.01 excess cancer cases per year, or one excess case in every 100 years. Regarding the noncancer risk assessment, the maximum chronic noncancer target organ-specific hazard index (TOSHI) for the source category could be up to 0.02 (for respiratory health effects) from the portland cement manufacturing processes. Regarding short-term (acute) health hazards posed by actual baseline emissions, the highest screening acute hazard quotient (HQ) for the source category is estimated to be 0.2. No facilities were found to have an acute HQ greater than 1 for any of the acute benchmarks examined.
Potential multipathway health risks under a fisher and farmer scenario were identified using a 3-tier screening analysis of HAP known to be persistent and bio-accumulative in the environment emitted by facilities in this source category and, if necessary, a site-specific assessment utilizing TRIM.FaTE. Based on the results of the multipathway cancer screening analyses of arsenic and dioxin emissions, we conclude that the cancer risk from ingestion exposure to the individual most exposed is less than 1-in-1 million for arsenic, and, based on a tier 3 analysis, less than 20-in-1 million for dioxins. Based on the tier 1 multipathway screening analysis of cadmium emissions and the refined site-specific multipathway analysis of mercury emissions, the maximum chronic noncancer TOSHI due to ingestion exposure is less than 1 for actual emissions.
Finally, potential differences between actual emission levels and the maximum emissions allowable under the EPA's standards (
In determining whether risk is acceptable, the EPA considered all available health information and risk estimation uncertainty, as described above. The results indicate that inhalation cancer risk to the individual most exposed under both actual and allowable emissions scenarios are considerably less than 100-in-1 million, which is the presumptive limit of acceptability. The maximum chronic noncancer TOSHI due to inhalation exposures is less than 1 for both actual emissions and up to 1 due to allowable emissions. The multipathway analysis indicates a cancer risk less than 20-in-1 million from ingestion based upon our tier 3 screening analysis, while a refined site-specific multipathway analysis indicates that the HI for ingestion exposures is less than 1. Finally, the conservative evaluation of acute noncancer risk concluded that acute risk is below a level of concern. Taking into account this information, we proposed that the risks remaining after implementation of the existing MACT standards for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry were acceptable.
As directed by CAA section 112(f)(2), we also evaluated whether the existing MACT standards for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health. In addition to considering all of the health risks and other health information considered in the risk acceptability determination, in the ample margin of safety analysis we evaluated the cost and feasibility of available control technologies and other measures (including the controls, measures, and costs reviewed under the technology review) that could be applied in this source category to further reduce the risks due to emissions of HAP. Our inhalation risk analysis indicated very low risk from the facilities in the source category based upon actual emissions (1-in-1 million), and just slightly higher risk based upon allowable emissions (4-in-1 million). Therefore, very little reduction in inhalation risk could be realized regardless of the availability of control options.
The HAP risk drivers contributing to the inhalation maximum individual risk (MIR) were gaseous organic HAP: formaldehyde, benzene, naphthalene, and acetaldehyde. More than 62 percent of the mass emissions of these compounds originated from kiln operations. The first technology we considered in our ample margin of safety analysis was a regenerative thermal oxidizer (RTO) used to control organic HAP emissions from the kiln exhaust. It is expected that an RTO, when used in conjunction with the existing activated carbon injection (ACI), only offers an additional 50-percent removal efficiency of organic HAP from the kiln exhaust, due to the reduced THC concentration leaving the ACI. ACI control devices are currently used by industry, and the addition of an RTO as control would include configuring the RTO in series, following the ACI. We found that the use of an RTO in series with the existing ACI control was not cost effective for this industry, and given the small reduction in organic HAP emissions, the addition of an RTO would have little effect on the source category risks.
Other technologies evaluated included the use of an existing ACI with the addition of wet scrubbers to help
Although our multipathway screening analysis results did not indicate risks of concern from mercury emissions, we also performed an evaluation of halogenated carbon injection as a control of mercury emissions from the kiln exhaust. In the May 6, 2009, beyond-the-floor analysis for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry NESHAP, we determined that, based on the costs of control, and the negligible level of mercury emission reduction achieved by the controls, the costs of using a halogenated carbon injection system were not justified (74 FR 21149). As we determined in the 2009 rule, we do not consider the use of halogenated carbon injection system to be cost effective for the industry to use to reduce mercury emissions, and it would have little effect on the low risks identified for this source category.
Due to the low risk, the minimal risk reductions that could be achieved with the various control options that we evaluated, and the substantial costs associated with additional control options, we proposed that the current standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health.
The EPA conducted a screening assessment to examine the potential for an adverse environmental effect as required under section 112(f)(2)(A) of the CAA. Section 112(a)(7) of the CAA defines “adverse environmental effect” as “any significant and widespread adverse effect, which may reasonably be anticipated, to wildlife, aquatic life, or other natural resources, including adverse impacts on populations of endangered or threatened species or significant degradation of environmental quality over broad areas.” Based on the results of the environmental risk screening assessment, the EPA concluded that there was not an adverse environmental effect from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category.
We received comments both supporting and opposing the proposed residual risk review and our proposed determination that no revisions are warranted under CAA section 112(f)(2). After review of these comments, we determined that no changes to our risk review are necessary. The following section provides a summary of the major comments received and our responses to those comments. All comments and our specific responses can be found in the document titled “National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Portland Cement Manufacturing (40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL) Residual Risk and Technology Review, Final Amendments: Summary of Public Comments and Responses on Proposed Rules,” which is available in the docket for this action.
Generally, comments that were not supportive of the proposed determination suggested changes to the underlying risk assessment methodology. One comment specific to the source category stated that the EPA's National Emissions Inventory (NEI) data from 2014 documented 1,447.25 tons of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) emitted by the source category, yet PAH emission data were not included in Table 3.1-1, “Summary of Emissions from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Source Category and Dose-Response Values Used in the Residual Risk Assessment” (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0442-0153), nor were PAH quantitatively assessed elsewhere in the risk assessment.
The EPA disagrees with the commenter that the risk assessment did not address PAH. The Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry NESHAP regulates organic HAP emissions indirectly with an emissions limit for THC. As an alternative, the EPA established an emissions limit for non-dioxin organic HAP. In developing the MACT standard, the EPA reviewed the results of 18 test reports where organic HAP were measured (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2002-0051-3429). Naphthalene was the only PAH reported. Based on a review of emissions test data where organic HAP were measured simultaneously with THC, the EPA found that, on average, organic HAP emissions comprise about 35 percent of the THC. In the test data reviewed for the 2009 proposed rule (74 FR 21136), nine specific organic HAP were identified and are the pollutants that must be tested for when choosing to comply with the organic HAP limit. One of the nine organic HAP identified was the PAH naphthalene. No other PAH species were present in measurable amounts in the test data reviewed. Naphthalene is one of the PAH listed in Table 3.1-1 of the risk assessment report. Based on our review of the test data for organic HAP, the only PAH emitted above detection limits is naphthalene.
The EPA also disputes the commenter's claim that PAH emissions, as reported in the 2014 NEI, totaled over 1,400 tons. Our inspection of the 2014 NEI data for total PAH from the cement sector showed annual emissions of 1,449 pounds, not tons. That is less than 1 tpy for total PAH, whereas our risk assessment used total naphthalene emissions of 38 tpy from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category. Furthermore, no additional PAH emissions data were submitted to the EPA by the commenter or other commenters to support their claims.
EPA also received comments and information from representatives of portland cement manufacturing facilities who, while supportive of EPA's residual risk determination, stated that the EPA's risk estimates were based on flawed data, such that emission rates were overestimated for several pollutants. In response, the EPA acknowledges that our risk assessment results for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category are dependent on the emission rates used in the assessment. If we were to lower emission rates based on more accurate data, we expect lower risk estimates. Because the EPA has determined that the risk is acceptable, and that the existing standards provide an ample margin of safety to protect public health, using the emissions data provided by the commenters would potentially reduce risk further but would not change our determinations under the risk review. Accordingly, we concluded that it was reasonable to not update the risk assessment following proposal. We, therefore, finalized the risk assessment report and re-submitted it to the docket as “Residual Risk Assessment for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Source Category in Support of the July 2018 Final Rule.”
For the reasons explained in the proposed rule, the Agency determined that the risks from the Portland Cement
Pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(6), the EPA conducted a technology review and summarized the results of the review in the September 21, 2017, proposed rule (82 FR 44277). The results of the technology review are briefly discussed below, and in more detail in the memorandum, “Technology Review for the Portland Cement Production Source Category,” which is available in the docket for this action (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0442-0189). The technology review focused on identifying and evaluating developments in practices, processes, and control technologies for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category. We reviewed technologies currently available to industry, and reviewed previous beyond-the-floor analyses, to determine if there had been any developments in existing technologies, or whether previous conclusions made by the EPA had changed. Additionally, we reviewed new developments in control technologies and determined the availability of each control, the costs associated with the installation and annual maintenance associated with each control, and the effectiveness of each technology in reducing HAP emissions. Based on information available to the EPA, the technologies reviewed do not provide sufficient reductions in HAP to support changing the standard to reflect technological developments (82 FR 44277).
The technology review for the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category has not changed since proposal. As proposed, the EPA is not making changes to the standards pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(6).
We received comments in support of the proposed determination that no revisions to the standards are necessary under CAA section 112(d)(6).
We also received comments opposing our proposed technology review determination. Of the comments received, one commenter specifically opposed the technology review determination, and suggested that the EPA did not consider or recommend the use of selective catalytic reduction technologies (SCR) as mercury control, to control D/F emissions, as THC and volatile organic compound control, and as metallic HAP control.
The EPA disagrees with the commenter's argument that EPA failed to accurately assess SCR as a technology development capable of controlling HAP emissions. SCR technology is used to control nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions from gas turbines, internal combustion engines, and fossil fuel-fired utility boilers. The use of SCR by the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry source category is, however, problematic for various reasons. For example, the chemical composition of raw materials used to manufacture portland cement varies by location across the United States. This variability in raw materials means that the stack gas chemistry also varies across cement plants, often requiring plant-specific controls for certain pollutants, such as NOx. The presence of pyritic sulfur in raw materials and the resulting SO
Review of comments on our technology review did not change our proposed determination under CAA section 112(d)(6), These comments and our specific responses to those comments can be found in the comment summary and response document titled, “National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Portland Cement Manufacturing (40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL) Residual Risk and Technology Review, Final Amendments: Summary of Public Comments and Responses on Proposed Rules,” which is available in the docket for this action.
For the reasons explained in the preamble to the proposed rule, we determined there were several technologies that have the potential for reducing HAP emissions from cement kiln. However, as stated in the proposed rule, most of these technologies have not been widely used in the United States by the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry, so source category-specific data on their long-term performance and costs are lacking (82 FR 44278). Since proposal, neither the technology review nor our determination as a result of the technology review has changed, and we are not revising 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, pursuant to CAA section 112(d)(6).
In the September 21, 2017, action, we proposed the following amendments to the rule to clarify monitoring, testing, and recordkeeping and reporting requirements and to correct typographical errors:
• We proposed to remove the reference to the D/F temperature monitoring system in 40 CFR 63.1354(b)(9)(vi).
• We proposed to correct a provision that requires facility owners or operators
• We proposed to clarify that the submittal dates for semiannual summary reports required under 40 CFR 63.1354(b)(9) are 60 days after the end of the reporting period consistent with the Agency's statement in the October 2016 rule guidance for 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL.
• We proposed to resolve conflicting provisions in 40 CFR 63.1349(b)(8)(x) and 40 CFR 63.1350(l)(3).
• We proposed to clarify the requirement in 40 CFR 63.1349(b)(1)(vi) to state that the provision of the section only applies to kilns with inline raw mills.
• We proposed that the 1989 TEFs be incorporated into the rule to clarify that they are the appropriate factors for calculating TEQ.
• We proposed to clarify the performance test requirements after extended shutdowns of existing kilns.
• We proposed to remove 40 CFR 63.1343(d) and Table 2 that contain emission limits that were applicable prior to September 2015.
Several commenters stated they generally supported the September 21, 2017, proposed rule, with several stating that the proposed revisions to 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, would improve monitoring, compliance, and implementation of the rule.
There were some comments that favored, and some that opposed the EPA's proposal to allow facilities 180 days to demonstrate that a kiln can comply with the standards when coming out of an extended idle period (82 FR 44279). These comments are discussed in the following paragraphs.
One commenter in favor of the proposal requested that the EPA clarify that units that were idled during the time when compliance was required to be demonstrated, have 180 days
In contrast, the EPA received comments opposed to our decision to allow facilities 180 days to demonstrate that a kiln can comply with the rule standards when coming out of an extended idle period. The commenter took issue with the fact that the regulatory language does not make clear whether the 180-day non-compliant period would be just a 6-month exemption or could be even longer, and requested a clear trigger start or end-date, or sources could use this repeatedly after any shutdown, simply by citing the new provision. Further, the commenter noted that the proposed rule does not define the term “due to being idled,” nor does it include language to limit the use of this exemption. The commenter stated that the EPA's proposal would contravene the CAA's requirement for “enforceable” emission limits, and any cement plant that took advantage of the EPA's proposed 180-day compliance exemption would violate its permit requirements. As stated by the commenter, a facility that restarted operations after being idled and then ran for 6 months without demonstrating compliance could not possibly certify that it was “in compliance” with permit requirements because it would not know if it was in compliance; likewise, it could not “promptly report any deviations” because it would not know if deviations occurred.
The EPA's response regarding the commenter's concerns regarding the 180-day exemption is based, in part, on the decision made on March 16, 1994 (59 FR 12425), and promulgated in 40 CFR 63.7(a)(2) to allow new facilities 180 days to demonstrate initial compliance. The provisions of 40 CFR 63.1348(a) are to allow previously idled kilns to reach a steady-state condition and schedule and perform compliance testing, as provided for new emission sources in 40 CFR 63.7(a)(2). It is reasonable to expect that a kiln operating the same controls that previously resulted in compliance would continue to be in compliance when operating the same equipment in the same manner, and the 180-day extension is simply a period during which they must complete the process of demonstrating compliance. There is no change to the facilities obligation to operate in compliance.
Additionally, it is unreasonable to assume that portland cement manufacturing facilities would cease operations of a kiln for a period of time in order to circumvent compliance demonstration requirements. It is our opinion that this would not be in the best economic interest of the facility, by potentially limiting production, and profitability, for the sake of circumventing a rule requirement for demonstrating compliance.
Lastly, we believe the recommended amendment to the proposed rule suggested by the previous commenter would allow a specific time to demonstrate compliance, and therefore, are revising the rule to state, “Any affected source that was unable to demonstrate compliance before the compliance date due to being idled, or that had demonstrated compliance but was idled during the normal window for the next compliance test, must demonstrate compliance within 180 days after coming out of the idle period.”
These comments and our specific responses to those comments can be found in the comment summary and response document titled, “National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Portland Cement Manufacturing (40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL) Residual Risk and Technology Review, Final Amendments: Summary of Public Comments and Responses on Proposed Rules,” which is available in the docket for this action.
Based on the comments received, we are now finalizing the following amendments to the rule:
• We correct a paragraph in the reporting requirements that mistakenly required that affected sources report their 30-operating day rolling average for D/F temperature monitoring, including a revision to 40 CFR 63.1350(g)(4) to say “record” instead of “report.”
• We correct a provision that required facility owners or operators to keep records of both daily clinker production and kiln feed rates.
• We clarify that the submittal dates for semiannual summary reports required under 40 CFR 63.1354(b)(9) are 60 days after the end of the reporting period.
• We resolve conflicting provisions that apply when an SO
• We clarify the requirement in 40 CFR 63.1349(b)(1)(vi) only applies to kilns with inline raw mills.
• We clarify that the 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, D/F standards were
• We clarify the performance test requirements for affected sources that have been idle through one or more periods that required a performance test to demonstrate compliance.
• We remove 40 CFR 63.1343(d) and Table 2 that contain emission limits that were applicable prior to September 2015.
• We revise Equation 18 of the rule to include a missing term in the equation.
We anticipate that the 91 portland cement manufacturing facilities currently operating in the United States will be affected by this final rule.
We are not establishing new emission limits and are not requiring additional controls; therefore, no air quality impacts are expected as a result of the final amendments to the rule.
Recent amendments to the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry NESHAP have addressed electronic reporting and changes in policies regarding startup, shutdown, and malfunction. Additionally, there are no changes to emission standards or add-on controls associated with this action. Therefore, the final amendments impose no additional costs.
No economic impacts result from this final action.
While the amendments in this final rule do not result in reductions in emissions of HAP, this action results in improved monitoring, compliance, and implementation of the rule.
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was, therefore, not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action is not an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because this action is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not impose any new information collection burden under the PRA. OMB has previously approved the information collection activities contained in the existing regulations (40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL) and has assigned OMB control number 2060-0416. This action does not change the information collection requirements.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. In making this determination, the impact of concern is any significant adverse economic impact on small entities. An agency may certify that a rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities if the rule relieves regulatory burden, has no net burden, or otherwise has a positive economic effect on the small entities subject to the rule. We estimate that three of the 26 existing Portland cement entities are small entities and comprise three plants. After considering the economic impacts of this final action on small entities, we have concluded that this action will have no net regulatory burden for all directly regulated small entities.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local, or tribal governments or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. It will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized tribal governments, nor preempt tribal law. The EPA is aware of one tribally owned Portland cement facility currently subject to 40 CFR part 63, subpart LLL, that will be subject to this final action. However, the provisions of this rule are not expected to impose new or substantial direct compliance costs on tribal governments since the provisions in this final action are clarifying and correcting monitoring and testing requirements and recordkeeping and reporting requirements. This final action also provides clarification for owners and operators on bringing new or previously furloughed kilns back on line. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern an environmental health risk or safety risk.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations, and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629).
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by U.S.C. 804(2).
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedures, Air pollution control, Hazardous substances, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, part 63 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401,
The revisions read as follows:
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a)
(3)
(iv) * * * Compliance is demonstrated if the system is maintained within ±5 percent accuracy during the performance test determined in accordance with the procedures and criteria submitted for review in your monitoring plan required in § 63.1350(p).
(4) * * *
(ii)
(7) * * *
(ii) Perform required emission monitoring and testing of the kiln exhaust prior to the reintroduction of the coal mill exhaust, and also testing the kiln exhaust diverted to the coal mill. All emissions must be added together for all emission points, and must not exceed the limit per each pollutant as listed in § 63.1343(b).
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii)
(4)
(5)
The revisions read as follows:
(b)(1) * * *
(vi) For each performance test, conduct at least three separate test runs under the conditions that exist when the affected source is operating at the level reasonably expected to occur. Conduct each test run to collect a minimum sample volume of 2 dscm for determining compliance with a new source limit and 1 dscm for determining compliance with an existing source limit. Calculate the time weighted average of the results from three
(3) * * *
(iv) The run average temperature must be calculated for each run, and the average of the run average temperatures must be determined and included in the performance test report and will determine the applicable temperature limit in accordance with § 63.1346(b).
(4) * * *
(i) If you are subject to limitations on THC emissions, you must operate a CEMS in accordance with the requirements in § 63.1350(i). For the purposes of conducting the accuracy and quality assurance evaluations for CEMS, the THC span value (as propane) is 50 to 60 ppmvw and the reference method (RM) is Method 25A of appendix A to part 60 of this chapter.
(6) * * *
(i)(A) If the source is equipped with a wet scrubber, tray tower or dry scrubber, you must conduct performance testing using Method 321 of appendix A to this part unless you have installed a CEMS that meets the requirements § 63.1350(l)(1). For kilns with inline raw mills, testing must be conducted for the raw mill on and raw mill off conditions.
(7) * * *
(viii) * * *
(A) Determine the THC CEMS average values in ppmvw, and the average of your corresponding three total organic HAP compliance test runs, using Equation 12.
(8) * * *
(vi) If your kiln has an inline kiln/raw mill, you must conduct separate performance tests while the raw mill is operating (“mill on”) and while the raw mill is not operating (“mill off”). Using the fraction of time the raw mill is on and the fraction of time that the raw mill is off, calculate this limit as a weighted average of the SO
(vii) * * *
(B) Determine your SO
(g)
(4) Every hour, record the calculated rolling three-hour average temperature using the average of 180 successive one-minute average temperatures. See § 63.1349(b)(3).
(h) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Each hour, calculate the 3-hour rolling average of the selected parameter value for the previous 3 hours of process operation using all of the one-minute data available (
(j)
(k) * * *
(2) In order to quality assure data measured above the span value, you must use one of the four options in paragraphs (k)(2)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(ii) Quality assure any data above the span value by proving instrument linearity beyond the span value established in paragraph (k)(1) of this section using the following procedure. Conduct a weekly “above span linearity” calibration challenge of the monitoring system using a reference gas with a certified value greater than your highest expected hourly concentration or greater than 75 percent of the highest measured hourly concentration. The “above span” reference gas must meet the requirements of PS 12A, Section 7.1 and must be introduced to the measurement system at the probe. Record and report the results of this procedure as you would for a daily calibration. The “above span linearity” challenge is successful if the value measured by the Hg CEMS falls within 10 percent of the certified value of the reference gas. If the value measured by the Hg CEMS during the above span linearity challenge exceeds ±10 percent of the certified value of the reference gas, the monitoring system must be evaluated and repaired and a new “above span linearity” challenge met before returning the Hg CEMS to service, or data above span from the Hg CEMS must be subject to the quality assurance procedures established in paragraph (k)(2)(iii) of this section. In this manner all hourly average values exceeding the span value measured by the Hg CEMS during the week following the above span linearity challenge when the CEMS response exceeds ±20 percent of the certified value of the reference gas must be normalized using Equation 22.
(iii) Quality assure any data above the span value established in paragraph (k)(1) of this section using the following procedure. Any time two consecutive 1-hour average measured concentrations of Hg exceeds the span value you must, within 24 hours before or after, introduce a higher, “above span” Hg reference gas standard to the Hg CEMS. The “above span” reference gas must meet the requirements of PS 12A, Section 7.1, must target a concentration level between 50 and 150 percent of the highest expected hourly concentration measured during the period of measurements above span, and must be introduced at the probe. While this target represents a desired concentration range that is not always achievable in practice, it is expected that the intent to meet this range is demonstrated by the value of the reference gas. Expected values may include “above span” calibrations done before or after the above span measurement period. Record and report the results of this procedure as you would for a daily calibration. The “above span” calibration is successful if the value measured by the Hg CEMS is within 20 percent of the certified value of the reference gas. If the value measured by the Hg CEMS exceeds 20 percent of the certified value of the reference gas, then you must normalize the one-hour average stack gas values measured above the span during the 24-hour period preceding or following the “above span” calibration for reporting based on the Hg CEMS response to the reference gas as shown in Equation 22. Only one “above span” calibration is needed per 24-hour period.
(5) * * *
(ii) On a continuous basis, determine the mass emissions of mercury in lb/hr from the alkali bypass and coal mill exhausts by using the mercury hourly emissions rate and the exhaust gas flow rate to calculate hourly mercury emissions in lb/hr.
(l) * * *
(1) If you monitor compliance with the HCl emissions limit by operating an HCl CEMS, you must do so in accordance with Performance Specification (PS) 15 or PS 18 of appendix B to part 60 of this chapter, or, upon promulgation, in accordance with any other performance specification for HCl CEMS in appendix B to part 60 of this chapter. You must operate, maintain, and quality assure a HCl CEMS installed and certified under PS 15 according to the quality assurance requirements in Procedure 1 of appendix F to part 60 of this chapter except that the Relative Accuracy Test Audit requirements of Procedure 1 must be replaced with the validation requirements and criteria of sections 11.1.1 and 12.0 of PS 15. If you choose to install and operate an HCl CEMS in accordance with PS 18, you must operate, maintain, and quality assure the HCl CEMS using the associated Procedure 6 of appendix F to part 60 of this chapter. For any performance specification that you use, you must use Method 321 of appendix A to this part as the reference test method for conducting relative accuracy testing. The span value and calibration requirements in paragraphs (l)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section apply to HCl CEMS other than those installed and certified under PS 15 or PS 18.
(3) If the source is equipped with a wet or dry scrubber or tray tower, and you choose to monitor SO
(i) As soon as possible but no later than 30 days after you exceed the established SO
(ii) Within 90 days of the exceedance or at the time of the next compliance test, whichever comes first, conduct an HCl emissions compliance test to determine compliance with the HCl
The revisions read as follows:
(b) * * *
(9) The owner or operator shall submit a summary report semiannually within 60 days of the reporting period to the EPA via the Compliance and Emissions Data Reporting Interface (CEDRI). (CEDRI can be accessed through the EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX) (
(vi) For each PM CPMS, HCl, Hg, and THC CEMS, SO
(10) If the total continuous monitoring system downtime for any CEM or any CMS for the reporting period is 10 percent or greater of the total operating time for the reporting period, the owner or operator shall submit an excess emissions and continuous monitoring system performance report along with the summary report.
(11)(i) You must submit the information specified in paragraphs (b)(11)(i)(A) and (B) of this section no later than 60 days following the initial performance test. All reports must be signed by a responsible official.
(A) The initial performance test data as recorded under § 63.1349(a).
(B) The values for the site-specific operating limits or parameters established pursuant to § 63.1349(b)(1), (3), (6), (7), and (8), as applicable, and a description, including sample calculations, of how the operating parameters were established during the initial performance test.
(C) As of December 31, 2011, and within 60 days after the date of completing each performance evaluation or test, as defined in § 63.2, conducted to demonstrate compliance with any standard covered by this subpart, you must submit the relative accuracy test audit data and performance test data, except opacity data, to the EPA by successfully submitting the data electronically via CEDRI and by using the Electronic Reporting Tool (ERT) (see
(12) All reports required by this subpart not subject to the requirements in paragraphs (b)(9) introductory text and (b)(11)(i) of this section must be sent to the Administrator at the appropriate address listed in § 63.13. The Administrator or the delegated authority may request a report in any form suitable for the specific case (
(c) For each failure to meet a standard or emissions limit caused by a malfunction at an affected source, you must report the failure in the semi-annual compliance report required by § 63.1354(b)(9). The report must contain the date, time and duration, and the cause of each event (including unknown cause, if applicable), and a sum of the number of events in the reporting period. The report must list for each event the affected source or equipment, an estimate of the amount of each regulated pollutant emitted over the emission limit for which the source failed to meet a standard, and a description of the method used to estimate the emissions. The report must also include a description of actions taken by an owner or operator during a malfunction of an affected source to minimize emissions in accordance with § 63.1348(d), including actions taken to correct a malfunction.
(e) You must keep records of the daily clinker production rates according to the clinker production monitoring requirements in § 63.1350(d).
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is establishing initial air quality designations for the eight counties in the San Antonio-New Braunfels, Texas Core Based Statistical Area (CBSA) for the 2015 primary and secondary national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) for ozone. The EPA is designating Bexar County as the San Antonio, Texas nonattainment area and the remaining seven counties as attainment/unclassifiable areas. The San Antonio, Texas nonattainment area is also being classified as Marginal by operation of law according to the severity of its air quality problem. Of the five classification categories, Marginal nonattainment areas have ozone levels that are closest to the ozone NAAQS at the time of designation. This action completes the initial designations for the 2015 ozone NAAQS. The EPA designated all other areas of the country for the 2015 ozone NAAQS in actions signed by the Administrator on November 6, 2017, and April 30, 2018.
The effective date of this rule is September 24, 2018.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2017-0548. All documents in the docket are listed in the index at
In addition, the EPA has established a website for rulemakings for the initial area designations for the 2015 ozone NAAQS at
The public may also inspect this rule and state-specific technical support information in hard copy at EPA Region 6, 1445 Ross Avenue, Suite 700, Dallas, Texas 75202-2733.
Denise Scott, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mail Code C539-01, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711, phone number (919) 541-4280, email:
The following is an outline of the preamble.
The following are abbreviations of terms used in the preamble.
The purpose of this action is to announce and promulgate initial area designations for the eight counties in the San Antonio-New Braunfels, Texas CBSA with respect to the 2015 primary and secondary NAAQS for ozone, in accordance with the requirements of Clean Air Act (CAA) section 107(d). The EPA is designating Bexar County as the San Antonio, Texas nonattainment area and the remaining seven counties as attainment/unclassifiable areas. With this designation action, the EPA has completed the initial designations for all areas of the country for the 2015 ozone NAAQS.
In addition, this action announces the classification for the San Antonio, Texas nonattainment area as Marginal. The classification occurs by operation of law at the time of designation based on the severity of the area's ozone air quality problem. The classification categories are Marginal, Moderate, Serious, Severe and Extreme. The EPA established the air quality thresholds that define the classifications in a separate rule titled, “Implementation of the 2015 National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Ozone: Nonattainment Area Classifications Approach” (Classifications Rule) (83 FR 10376; March 9, 2018).
The list of the areas being designated in this action appears in the regulatory table for Texas included at the end of this final rule. This table, which will amend 40 CFR part 81, identifies the designation for each area and the classification for the nonattainment area.
The EPA is basing the designations on the most recent 3 years of certified ozone air quality monitoring data (2015-2017) and on an evaluation of factors to assess contributions to nonattainment in nearby areas. State areas designated as nonattainment are subject to planning and emission reduction requirements as specified in CAA part D. Requirements vary according to an area's classification. On November 17, 2016, the EPA proposed an implementation rule for the 2015 ozone NAAQS (81 FR 81276). The EPA anticipates issuing the final implementation rule in 2018. This final implementation rule, along with additional forthcoming tools and guidance documents related to provisions for regulatory relief to address background and international ozone concentrations, should help nonattainment areas to address these emissions in state plans. In particular, the EPA recognizes that the information provided by Texas regarding likely future ozone trends and the role of international transport may provide an avenue to help the state demonstrate this area attains the 2015 ozone NAAQS by the attainment date or is otherwise entitled to regulatory relief.
Ground-level ozone is a gas that is formed by the reaction of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and oxides of nitrogen (NO
On October 1, 2015, the EPA revised both the primary and secondary NAAQS for ozone to a level of 0.070 parts per million (ppm) (annual fourth-highest daily maximum 8-hour average concentration, averaged over 3 years).
The primary ozone standards provide protection for children, older adults, people with asthma or other lung diseases and other at-risk populations against an array of adverse health effects that include reduced lung function, increased respiratory symptoms and pulmonary inflammation; effects that contribute to emergency department visits or hospital admissions; and mortality. The secondary ozone standards protect against adverse effects to the public welfare, including those related to impacts on sensitive vegetation and forested ecosystems.
When the EPA promulgates a new or revised NAAQS, the EPA is required to designate all areas in the country as nonattainment, attainment or unclassifiable, pursuant to section 107(d)(1) of the CAA. Section 107(d)(1)(A)(i) of the CAA defines a nonattainment area as, “any area that does not meet (or that contributes to ambient air quality in a nearby area that does not meet) the national primary or secondary ambient air quality standard for the pollutant.” If an area meets either prong of this definition, states should recommend and the EPA is obligated to designate the area as “nonattainment.” CAA section 107(d)(1)(A)(ii) defines an attainment area as any area that does not meet the definition of nonattainment and that meets the NAAQS. CAA section 107(d)(1)(A)(iii) provides that any area that the EPA cannot designate on the basis of available information as meeting or not meeting the standards should be designated as “unclassifiable.” Historically for ozone, the EPA has designated most areas that do not meet the definition of nonattainment as “unclassifiable/attainment.” This category includes areas that have air quality monitoring data meeting the NAAQS and areas that do not have monitors but for which the EPA has no evidence that the areas may be violating the NAAQS or contributing to a nearby violation. In the designations for the 2015 ozone NAAQS, the EPA has reversed the order of the label to be attainment/unclassifiable to better convey the definition of the designation category and so that the category is more easily distinguished from the separate unclassifiable category. In a few instances, based on circumstances where some monitoring data are available but are not sufficient for a determination that an area is or is not attaining the NAAQS, the EPA has designated an area as “unclassifiable.”
Section 107(d)(1)(B) of the CAA requires the EPA to issue initial area designations within 2 years of promulgating a new or revised NAAQS. However, if the Administrator has insufficient information to make these designations within that time frame, the EPA has the authority to extend the deadline for designation decisions by up to 1 additional year.
By not later than 1 year after the promulgation of a new or revised
The terms “contributes to” and “nearby” in the definition of a nonattainment area are not defined in the statute and the EPA has discretion to interpret these ambiguous terms, based on considerations such as the nature of a specific pollutant, the types of sources that may contribute to violations, the form of the relevant NAAQS and any other relevant information. The EPA does not interpret the statute to require the agency to establish bright line tests or thresholds for what constitutes “contribution” or “nearby” for purposes of designations.
Section 301(d) of the CAA authorizes the EPA to approve eligible Indian tribes to implement provisions of the CAA on Indian reservations and other areas within the tribes' jurisdiction. The Tribal Authority Rule (TAR) (40 CFR part 49), which implements section 301(d) of the CAA, sets forth the criteria and process for tribes to apply to the EPA for eligibility to administer CAA programs. The designations process contained in section 107(d) of the CAA is included among those provisions determined to be appropriate by the EPA for treatment of tribes in the same manner as states. Under the TAR, tribes generally are not subject to the same submission schedules imposed by the CAA on states. As authorized by the TAR, tribes may seek eligibility to submit designation recommendations to the EPA.
On February 25, 2016, the EPA issued guidance for states and tribal agencies to use for purposes of making designation recommendations as required by CAA section 107(d)(1)(A). (
On November 6, 2017, the EPA designated about 85 percent of the counties in the U.S., including tribal lands within those counties.
On December 4, 2017, a coalition of environmental and health organizations filed suit against the EPA claiming that the EPA failed to meet its mandatory obligation to designate all areas of the U.S. for the 2015 ozone NAAQS by October 1, 2017.
On March 19, 2018, the EPA sent a 120-day letter to the Governor of Texas notifying the state of the EPA's preliminary response to the state's recommendations for the eight counties in the San Antonio-New Braunfels, Texas CBSA. The EPA requested that Texas submit by May 11, 2018, any additional information the state wanted the EPA to consider in making final designation decisions for the area. Although not required by section 107(d)(2)(B) of the CAA, the EPA also provided a 30-day public comment period specific to this area (83 FR 13719; March 30, 2018). The comment period closed on April 30, 2018.
On April 30, 2018, the EPA designated all remaining undesignated areas except the eight counties in the San Antonio area (83 FR 25776; June 4, 2018).
This action designating the eight counties in the San Antonio area completes the initial designations for the 2015 ozone NAAQS. The
The final ozone designations for the counties in the San Antonio-New
In accordance with CAA section 181(a)(1), each area designated as nonattainment for the ozone NAAQS is classified by operation of law at the same time as the area is designated by the EPA. Under subpart D of title I of the CAA, state planning and emissions control requirements for ozone are determined, in part, by a nonattainment area's classification. The ozone nonattainment areas are classified based on the severity of their ozone levels (as determined based on the area's “design value,” which represents air quality in the area for the most recent 3 years).
The most recent 3 years of certified air quality monitoring data for Bexar County, Texas are from the period 2015-2017. The ozone design value is 0.074 ppm. Therefore, in accordance with Table 1 above, the San Antonio, Texas nonattainment area is classified by operation of law as a Marginal area for the 2015 ozone NAAQS. The regulatory table for Texas included at the end of this action provides the classification for the nonattainment area.
Information providing the basis for this action is provided in the docket for this rulemaking. The applicable EPA guidance memoranda and copies of correspondence regarding this process between the EPA and the state and other parties are also available for review at the EPA Docket Center listed above in the addresses section of this document, and on the EPA's ozone designation website at
When the EPA establishes a new or revised NAAQS, the CAA requires the EPA to designate all areas of the U.S. as either nonattainment, attainment or unclassifiable. This final action addresses designation determinations for eight counties in Texas for the 2015 ozone NAAQS. Seven counties are being designated as attainment/unclassifiable and one county is being designated as nonattainment. In addition, the nonattainment area is being classified as Marginal according to the severity of its ozone air quality problem. Area designations address environmental justice concerns by ensuring that the public is properly informed about the air quality in an area. In locations where air quality does not meet the NAAQS, the CAA requires relevant state authorities to initiate appropriate air quality management actions to ensure that all those residing, working, attending school or otherwise present in those areas are protected, regardless of minority and economic status.
This action is exempt from review by the Office of Management and Budget because it responds to the CAA requirement to promulgate air quality designations after promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS.
This action is not an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because actions such as air quality designations after promulgating a new revised NAAQS are exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. This action fulfills the non-discretionary duty for the EPA to promulgate air quality designations after promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS and does not contain any information collection activities.
This designation action under CAA section 107(d) is not subject to the RFA. The RFA applies only to rules subject to notice-and-comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 553, or any other statute. Section 107(d)(2)(B) of the CAA explicitly provides that designations are exempt from the notice-and-comment provisions of the APA. In addition, designations under CAA section 107(d) are not among the list of actions that are subject to the notice-and-comment rulemaking requirements of CAA section 307(d).
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538 and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. The division of responsibility between the federal government and the states for purposes of implementing the NAAQS is established under the CAA.
This action does not have tribal implications. It will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized tribal governments, nor preempt tribal law. There are no tribes affected by this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish an environmental standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). The documentation for this determination is contained in Section X of this preamble, “Environmental Justice Concerns.”
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the U.S. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 24, 2018. Under section 307(b)(2) of the Act, the requirements of this final action may not be challenged later in civil or criminal proceedings for enforcement.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, National parks, Wilderness areas.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 40 CFR part 81 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401,
The additions read as follows:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of florasulam in or on teff forage, teff grain, teff hay, and teff straw. Interregional Research Project Number 4 (IR-4) requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective July 25, 2018. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before September 24, 2018, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0226, is available at
Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0226 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before September 24, 2018. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0226, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for florasulam including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with florasulam follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.
There was slight nephrotoxicity (increased kidney weights, hypertrophy, and degeneration/regeneration and inflammation of the descending portion of proximal tubules) observed in the kidneys of rats (both sexes) after subchronic exposure to florasulam (90 days) at or greater than 500 milligrams/kilogram/day (mg/kg/day). Chronic exposure in rats led to slight nephrotoxicity (increased kidney weights, hypertrophy, and slight multi-focal mineralization of the papilla) at 250 and 500 mg/kg/day in males only. Additionally, at 500 mg/kg/day, papillary necrosis and hyperplasia of the transitional epithelium (papilla) were observed in the kidney (males). Decreases in body weight and body weight gain were also observed in females after subchronic (500 mg/kg/day) and chronic exposure (250 mg/kg/day). Liver toxicity was observed in dogs (both sexes) in the form of increased alkaline phosphatase activity (59-127%), increased liver weights, hypertrophy, and hepatic vacuolation at 50 mg/kg/day after 90 days. After 1 year, there were increases in alkaline phosphatase (233-783%) in dogs (both sexes) but no changes in liver weights or gross or microscopic pathology at 50 mg/kg/day. Additionally, there were decreases in body weight, body weight gain and food consumption, as well as vacuolation of the zona reticularis and zona fasciculate in the adrenal gland (consistent with fatty change) in both sexes. There were no adverse effects noted after subchronic/chronic exposure to florasulam in mice up to the limit dose of 1,000 mg/kg/day.
There was no evidence of developmental toxicity or indications of
Dermal exposure to florasulam did not result in systemic toxicity up to the limit dose of 1,000 mg/kg/day. There is no evidence of neurotoxicity, mutagenicity, or carcinogenicity after exposure to florasulam. In addition, there is no evidence of endocrine related toxicity.
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by florasulam as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for florasulam used for human risk assessment is shown in Table 1 of this unit.
1.
2.
To arrive at the total EDWC (estimated drinking water concentrations), the maximum surface water and ground water values for the parent was added to the maximum surface water and ground water value for the major degradate. Based on the FQPA Index Reservoir Screening Tool (FIRST), and Screening Concentration in Ground Water (SCI-GROW) models, the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of florasulam use on turfgrass for chronic exposures are estimated to be 1.36 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 0.06 ppb for ground water.
The Agency has concluded that the teff use will not increase drinking water exposure estimates because the teff use pattern is similar to the use patterns on wheat and barley. The wheat and barley use patterns yield EDWCs that are approximately nine times lower than the use on turfgrass and thus would not be used to assess dietary exposure. Therefore, the Agency used the same modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations from the 2009 Florasulam Turfgrass Assessment: For the chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 1.36 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
Florasulam is currently registered for the following uses that could result in residential exposures: Turf. The new use on teff is not a residential use. Therefore, EPA is relying on its 2009 Florasulam Turfgrass Assessment to assess residential exposures. EPA assessed residential exposure using the following assumptions: Short-term inhalation exposure is expected to handlers as a result of applying florasulam to turf. There is no short-term dermal endpoint for florasulam, and therefore, no dermal risks were assessed for residential handlers. The scenarios assessed for handlers was mixing/loading/applying florasulam to turf with various application equipment.
For post-application, the Agency determined there is a potential for exposure from entering florasulam-treated residential areas, such as lawns, sports fields, and golf courses that could lead to post-application exposures to adults and children. No short-term dermal point of departure was identified for florasulam. Therefore, no dermal risks were assessed for residential post-application exposures.
The Agency assumed that inhalation exposures are minimal following outdoor applications of an active ingredient with low vapor pressure. Since the proposed use of florasulam include only outdoor applications and florasulam has a low vapor pressure, post-application inhalation exposures and risks were not assessed. The scenario resulting in the highest exposure was short-term incidental oral risks for toddlers after applications of florasulam to lawns. The exposure scenarios include hand to mouth, object to mouth, incidental soil ingestion and the combination of all three of these scenarios.
Further information regarding EPA standard assumptions and generic inputs for residential exposures may be found at
4.
EPA has not found florasulam to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and florasulam does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that florasulam does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's website at
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for florasulam is complete.
ii. There is no indication that florasulam is a neurotoxic chemical and there is no need for a developmental neurotoxicity study or additional UFs to account for neurotoxicity.
iii. There is no evidence that florasulam results in increased susceptibility in
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were performed based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling used to assess exposure to florasulam in drinking water. EPA used similarly conservative assumptions to assess post-application exposure of children as well as incidental oral exposure of toddlers. These assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by florasulam.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
Florasulam is currently registered for uses that could result in short-term residential exposure, and the Agency has determined that it is appropriate to aggregate chronic exposure through food and water with short-term residential exposures to florasulam.
Using the exposure assumptions described in this unit for short-term exposures, EPA has concluded the combined short-term food, water, and residential exposures result in aggregate MOEs of 14,000 for children, 98,000 for the general U.S. population, and 114,000 for adult females. Because EPA's level of concern for florasulam is a MOE of 100 or below, these MOEs are not of concern.
4.
An intermediate-term adverse effect was identified; however, florasulam is not registered for any use patterns that would result in intermediate-term residential exposure. Intermediate-term risk is assessed based on intermediate-term residential exposure plus chronic dietary exposure. Because there is no intermediate-term residential exposure and chronic dietary exposure has already been assessed under the appropriately protective cPAD (which is at least as protective as the POD used to assess intermediate-term risk), no further assessment of intermediate-term
5.
6.
Adequate enforcement methodology (capillary gas chromatography and mass selective detection (GC-MSD)) is available to enforce the tolerance expression.
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established a MRL for florasulam on teff.
A single comment was received that appeared to be in support of the petition and read in part that “the proposed regulation of pesticide residuals is . . . a very reasonable proposal.” The commenter also expressed concern regarding the consequences for not meeting the residue levels. The commenter's concern is outside the scope of this rulemaking, which is concerned with assessing the safety of these tolerances.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of florasulam, including its metabolites and degradates, in or on teff, forage at 0.05 ppm; teff, grain at 0.01 ppm; teff, hay at 0.05 ppm; and teff, straw at 0.05 ppm.
In addition, in accordance with Agency policy, EPA is revising the introductory language in paragraph (a) to clarify (1) that, as provided in FFDCA section 408(a)(3), the tolerance covers metabolites and degradates of florasulam not specifically mentioned; and (2) that compliance with the specified tolerance levels is to be determined by measuring only the specific compounds mentioned in the tolerance expression. EPA has determined that it is reasonable to make this change final without prior proposal and opportunity for comment, because public comment is not necessary, in that the change has no substantive effect on the tolerance, but rather is merely intended to clarify the existing tolerance expression.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), nor is it considered a regulatory action under Executive Order 13771, entitled “Reducing Regulations and Controlling Regulatory Costs” (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The revision and additions read as follows:
(a)
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Final rule.
This rule identifies communities where the sale of flood insurance has been authorized under the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that are scheduled for suspension on the effective dates listed within this rule because of noncompliance with the floodplain management requirements of the program. If the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) receives documentation that the community has adopted the required floodplain management measures prior to the effective suspension date given in this rule, the suspension will not occur and a notice of this will be provided by publication in the
The effective date of each community's scheduled suspension is the third date (“Susp.”) listed in the third column of the following tables.
If you want to determine whether a particular community was suspended on the suspension date or for further information, contact Adrienne L. Sheldon, PE, CFM, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 400 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 212-3966.
The NFIP enables property owners to purchase Federal flood insurance that is not otherwise generally available from private insurers. In return, communities agree to adopt and administer local floodplain management measures aimed at protecting lives and new construction from future flooding. Section 1315 of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 4022, prohibits the sale of NFIP flood insurance unless an appropriate public body adopts adequate floodplain management measures with effective enforcement measures. The communities listed in this document no longer meet that statutory requirement for compliance with program regulations, 44 CFR part 59. Accordingly, the communities will be suspended on the effective date in the third column. As of that date, flood insurance will no longer be available in the community. We recognize that some of these communities may adopt and submit the required documentation of legally enforceable floodplain management measures after this rule is published but prior to the actual suspension date. These communities will not be suspended and will continue to be eligible for the sale of NFIP flood insurance. A notice withdrawing the suspension of such communities will be published in the
In addition, FEMA publishes a Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) that identifies the Special Flood Hazard Areas (SFHAs) in these communities. The date of the FIRM, if one has been published, is indicated in the fourth column of the table. No direct Federal financial assistance (except assistance pursuant to the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act not in connection with a flood) may be provided for construction or acquisition of buildings in identified SFHAs for communities not participating in the NFIP and identified for more than a year on FEMA's initial FIRM for the community as having flood-prone areas (section 202(a) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4106(a), as amended). This prohibition against certain types of Federal assistance becomes effective for the communities listed on the date shown in the last column. The Administrator finds that notice and public comment procedures under 5 U.S.C. 553(b), are impracticable and unnecessary because communities listed in this final rule have been adequately notified.
Each community receives 6-month, 90-day, and 30-day notification letters addressed to the Chief Executive Officer stating that the community will be suspended unless the required floodplain management measures are met prior to the effective suspension date. Since these notifications were made, this final rule may take effect within less than 30 days.
Flood insurance, Floodplains.
Accordingly, 44 CFR part 64 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 4001
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for sablefish by vessels using trawl gear in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area (BSAI). This action is necessary to prevent exceeding the 2018 sablefish initial total allowable catch (ITAC) in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the BSAI.
Effective 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), July 20, 2018, through 2400 hrs, A.l.t., December 31, 2018.
Steve Whitney, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP
The 2018 sablefish trawl ITAC in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the BSAI is 422 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2018 and 2019 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (83 FR 8365, February 27, 2018). In accordance with § 679.20(d)(1)(i), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), has determined that the 2018 sablefish trawl ITAC in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the BSAI will soon be reached. Therefore, the Regional Administrator is establishing a directed fishing allowance of 80 mt, and is setting aside the remaining 342 mt as incidental catch. In accordance with § 679.20(d)(1)(iii), the Regional Administrator finds that this directed fishing allowance has been reached. Consequently, NMFS is prohibiting directed trawl fishing for non-Community Development Quota sablefish in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the BSAI. While this closure is effective the maximum retainable amounts at § 679.20(e) and (f) apply at any time during a trip.
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the directed fishing closure for sablefish by vessels using trawl gear in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the BSAI. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of July 19, 2018.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Proposed rule.
This proposed rule invites comments on the termination of the Federal marketing order regulating the handling of Irish potatoes grown in Southeastern states (Order). The Order has been suspended, at the industry's recommendation, since 2011. Because the industry has not petitioned to have the Order reactivated, in accordance with the terms of the suspension, the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) is proposing termination of the Order.
Comments must be received by September 24, 2018.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments concerning this rule. Comments must be sent to the Docket Clerk, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Fax: (202) 720-8938; or internet:
Debbie Wray, Marketing Specialist, or Julie H. Santoboni, Rulemaking Branch Chief, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA; 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email:
Small businesses may request information on complying with this regulation by contacting Richard Lower, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email:
This proposal is governed by section 608c(16)(A) of the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), hereinafter referred to as the “Act,” and Marketing Agreement 104 and Marketing Order 953 (7 CFR part 953), referred to as the “Order,” effective under the Act.
The Department of Agriculture (USDA) is issuing this rule in conformance with Executive Orders 13563 and 13175. This proposed rule falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Order 12866 review. Additionally, because this proposal does not meet the definition of a significant regulatory action, it does not trigger the requirements contained in Executive Order 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing Section 2 of the Executive Order of January 30, 2017, titled `Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs' ” (February 2, 2017).
This proposal to terminate the Order has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This proposed rule is not intended to have retroactive effect.
The Act provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the Act, any handler subject to an order may file with USDA a petition stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with law and request a modification of the order or to be exempted therefrom. A handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. After the hearing, USDA would rule on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has his or her principal place of business, has jurisdiction to review USDA's ruling on the petition, provided an action is filed not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the ruling.
This proposal invites comments on the termination of the Order. The Order authorizes regulation of the handling of Irish potatoes grown in designated counties of Virginia and North Carolina. The Order has been suspended for approximately seven years, at the industry's recommendation, and the industry has not expressed interest in reactivating the Order.
Section 953.66 provides, in pertinent part, that USDA terminate or suspend any or all provisions of the Order when a finding is made that the Order or any provision thereof does not tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act. In addition, section 608c(16)(A) of the Act provides that USDA terminate or suspend the operation of any order or any provision thereof whenever the order or any provision thereof obstructs or does not tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act. Additionally, USDA is required to notify Congress not later than 60 days before the date an order would be terminated.
The Order has been in effect since 1948 and provides for the establishment of grade, size, quality, maturity, and inspection requirements for Irish potatoes grown in Southeastern states. The Order also authorizes reporting and recordkeeping functions required for the operation of the Order. The Order, when in effect, is locally administered by the Southeastern Potato Committee (Committee) and is funded by assessments imposed on handlers.
Based on the Committee's unanimous recommendation in 2011, USDA suspended the Order for a three-year period ending March 1, 2014. The Committee recommended the suspension to eliminate the expense of administering the Order while determining the effects of not having the Order in place. When the Committee
In anticipation of the expiration of the suspension on March 1, 2014, in late 2013 USDA sent a letter to members of the industry, most of whom were former Committee members. The letter stated that suspension of the Order would soon be ending and that members of the industry would need to recommend an action to USDA. On December 18, 2013, representatives of the Virginia and North Carolina Irish potato industry met and requested that the suspension of all provisions of the Order be continued through March 1, 2017. The extension of the suspension would allow the industry further opportunity to study changes and evaluate new developments in the industry that could affect the need for the Order. The final rule adopting the interim rule that implemented that action was published in the
Under the terms of the suspension, if the industry did not petition USDA to have the Order reactivated by the end of the suspension period, March 1, 2017, AMS would propose termination of the Order. To date, the industry has not filed a petition to have the Order reactivated.
This proposed termination of the Order is intended to solicit input and any additional information available from interested parties regarding whether the Order should be terminated. USDA will evaluate all available information prior to making a final determination on this matter. Termination of the Order would become effective only after a 60-day notification to Congress, as required by law.
Pursuant to the requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612), AMS has considered the economic impact of this proposed rule on small entities. Accordingly, AMS has prepared this initial regulatory flexibility analysis.
The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of business subject to such actions in order that small businesses will not be unduly or disproportionately burdened. Marketing orders issued pursuant to the Act are unique in that they are brought about through group action of essentially small entities acting on their own behalf.
There are approximately ten handlers of Irish potatoes grown in Southeastern states who are subject to regulation under the Order and approximately 20 potato producers in the regulated area. Small agricultural service firms are defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) as those having annual receipts of less than $7,500,000, and small agricultural producers are defined as those whose annual receipts are less than $750,000 (13 CFR 121.201).
Using prices reported by AMS' Market News Service, the average free on board (f.o.b.) price for Southeastern potatoes for the 2017 marketing season was about $50 per hundredweight. Based on information from the National Agricultural Statistics Service (NASS), estimated total production in Virginia and North Carolina for the 2017 season was 4,666,000 hundredweight of potatoes. Multiplying the f.o.b. price by the estimated production results in an estimated handler value of $233,300,000. Dividing this figure by the number of handlers (ten) yields an estimated average annual handler receipt of $23,330,000. Using the average price and shipment information, the number of handlers, and assuming a normal distribution, the majority of handlers have average annual receipts of more than $7,500,000.
Based on information from NASS, during the 2017 season, there were 19,600 total acres harvested in Virginia and North Carolina with a total value of production at $59,038,000 for the season. The average producer prices for Virginia and North Carolina Irish potatoes in 2017 were $16.30 and $11.40 per hundredweight, respectively, for an average price of $13.85. Dividing the 2017 total production value by the average of the two states' producer prices and using a normal distribution, the average gross annual revenue for each of the 20 producers would be about $213,134.
Therefore, based on the above handler and producer revenue estimates, the majority of Southeastern potato handlers may be classified as large entities, while a majority of producers may be classified as small entities.
This proposed rule would terminate the Order for Irish potatoes grown in Southeastern states and the rules and regulations issued thereunder. The Order authorizes regulation of the handling of Irish potatoes grown in designated counties of Virginia and North Carolina. The Order was initially suspended in 2011, at the recommendation of the Committee, to eliminate the expense of administering the Order while the industry determined the effects of not having regulations in place. In 2013, at the request of the industry, the suspension was extended through March 1, 2017, to provide the industry with more time to consider changes and evaluate new developments in the industry that could affect the future need for the Order. The final rule that extended the suspension through March 1, 2017, stated that AMS would proceed with a notice to propose termination absent an industry recommendation to reactivate the Order. The results of the suspension and the industry's failure to petition USDA to have the Order reactivated by the end of the suspension period support the proposal to terminate the Order.
Section 953.66 provides that USDA terminate or suspend any or all provisions of the Order when a finding is made that the Order does not tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act. Furthermore, section 608c(16)(A) of the Act provides that USDA terminate or suspend the operation of any order whenever the order or any provision thereof obstructs or does not tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act. An additional provision requires that Congress be notified not later than 60 days before the date an order would be terminated.
The proposed termination of the Order would reduce costs to both handlers and producers (while marketing order requirements are applied to handlers, the costs of such requirements are often passed on to producers). Furthermore, following a period of over seven years of regulatory suspension, it has been determined that termination of the Order would not adversely impact the Virginia and North Carolina Irish potato industry.
As an alternative to this proposed rule, AMS considered not terminating the Order. In that case, the industry could have recommended further refinements to the Order and the handling regulations to better meet current marketing needs. However, the industry did not petition to have the Order reactivated by the end of the suspension period. Therefore, this alternative was rejected, and AMS proposes that the Order be terminated.
This proposed rule is intended to solicit input and other available information from interested parties on whether the Order should be terminated. USDA will evaluate all available information prior to making a final determination on this matter.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35), the information collection requirements that would be terminated
Because handlers would no longer be required to file forms with the Committee, this proposed rule would not impose any additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements on either small or large entities.
In addition, USDA has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this rule.
AMS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
Additionally, interested persons are invited to submit information on the regulatory and information collection impacts of this action on small businesses.
A small business guide on complying with fruit, vegetable, and specialty crop marketing agreements and orders may be viewed at:
This proposal invites comments on the termination of Marketing Order No. 953, which regulates the handling of Irish potatoes grown in Southeastern states. All written comments received within the 60-day comment period will be considered before a final determination is made in this matter.
Based on the foregoing, and pursuant to section 608c(16)(A) of the Act and § 953.66 of the Order, USDA is considering termination of the Order. If USDA decides to terminate the Order, trustees would be appointed to conclude and liquidate the affairs of the Committee and would continue in that capacity until discharged by USDA. In addition, USDA would notify Congress 60 days in advance of termination pursuant to section 608c(16)(A) of the Act.
Marketing agreements, Potatoes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Notification of referendum order.
This document directs that a referendum be conducted among eligible producers of raspberries for processing and importers of processed raspberries to determine whether they favor continuance of the Agricultural Marketing Service's (AMS) regulations regarding a national processed raspberry research and promotion program.
The referendum will be conducted from September 10 through October 5, 2018. The Department will provide the option for ballots to be returned electronically. Further details will be provided in the ballot instructions. Mail ballots must be postmarked by October 5. Ballots delivered via express mail or email must show proof of delivery by no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on October 5, 2018, to be counted.
Copies of the processed raspberry program may be obtained from: Referendum Agent, Promotion and Economics Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Room 1406-S, Stop 0244, Washington, DC 20250-0244, telephone: (202) 720-9915; facsimile: (202) 205-2800; or contact Hakim Fobia at (202) 720-4835 or via electronic mail:
Hakim Fobia, Marketing Specialist, Promotion and Economics Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Room 1406-S, Stop 0244, Washington, DC 20250-0244; telephone: (202) 720-9915, (202) 720-4835 (direct line); facsimile: (202) 205-2800; or electronic mail:
Pursuant to the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996 (7 U.S.C. 7411-7425) (1996 Act), it is hereby directed that a referendum be conducted to ascertain whether continuance of the Processed Raspberry Promotion, Research and Information Order (7 CFR part 1208) is favored by eligible producers of raspberries for processing and importers of processed raspberries. The program is authorized under the 1996 Act.
The representative period for establishing voter eligibility for the referendum shall be the period from January 1 through December 31, 2017. Persons who produced 20,000 pounds or more of raspberries for processing in the United States or imported 20,000 pounds or more of processed raspberries into the United States during the representative period and were subject to assessment during that period are eligible to vote. Persons who received an exemption from assessments pursuant to § 1208.53 for the entire representative period are ineligible to vote. The referendum will be conducted from September 10 through October 5, 2018. The Department will provide the option for ballots to be returned electronically. Further details will be provided in the ballot instructions.
Section 518 of the 1996 Act (7 U.S.C. 7417) authorizes continuance referenda. Under § 1208.71(b), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) must conduct a referendum every seven years to determine whether eligible producers of raspberries for processing and importers of processed raspberries favor continuance of the program. A referendum also may be held by a request of 10 percent or more of all the eligible producers and importers, by request of the National Processed Raspberry Council, which administers the program, or by the Secretary of Agriculture. In March 2018, USDA received a petition requesting a referendum from more than the required 10 percent of eligible entities, thus USDA will hold a referendum. The program will continue if it is favored by a majority of eligible producers and importers voting in the referendum.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35), the referendum ballot has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and assigned OMB No. 0581-0093. It has
Hakim Fobia, Marketing Specialist, and Heather Pichelman, Director, Promotion and Economics Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, Stop 0244, Room 1406-S, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20250-0244, are designated as referendum agents for this referendum. The referendum procedures at 7 CFR 1208.100 through 1208.108, issued pursuant to the 1996 Act, will be used to conduct the referendum.
The referendum agents will mail the ballots to be cast in the referendum and voting instructions to all known, eligible producers and importers prior to the first day of the voting period. Persons who produced 20,000 pounds or more of raspberries for processing in the United States or imported 20,000 pounds or more of processed raspberries into the United States during the representative period and were subject to assessment during that period are eligible to vote. Persons who received an exemption from assessments pursuant to § 1208.53 during the entire representative period are ineligible to vote. Any eligible producer of raspberries for processing or importer of processed raspberries who does not receive a ballot should contact a referendum agent no later than one week before the end of the voting period. Mail ballots must be postmarked by October 5. Ballots delivered via express mail or email must show proof of delivery by no later than 11:59 p.m. ET on October 5, 2018, to be counted.
Administrative practice and procedure, Advertising, Consumer information, Marketing agreements, Raspberry promotion, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
7 U.S.C. 7411-7425; 7 U.S.C. 7401.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of public hearing; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or the Agency) is announcing a public hearing on FDA's approach to enhancing competition and innovation in the biological products marketplace, including by facilitating greater availability of biosimilar and interchangeable products.
The public hearing will be held on Tuesday, September 4, 2018, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. The public hearing may be extended or may end early, depending on the level of public participation. Persons seeking to attend or to present at the public hearing must register by Tuesday, August 14, 2018. Section III provides attendance and registration information. Electronic or written comments will be accepted after the public hearing until Friday, September 21, 2018.
The public hearing will be held at the FDA White Oak Campus, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31 Conference Center, the Great Room (Rm. 1503A), Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Entrance for public hearing participants (non-FDA employees) is through Building 1, where routine security check procedures will be performed. For parking and security information, please refer to
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before Friday, September 21, 2018. The
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked, and identified as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two
Allison Hoffman, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 1, Rm. 1314, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-9203,
The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCI Act) amended the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) and other statutes to create an abbreviated licensure pathway for biological products shown to be biosimilar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed biological reference product. The BPCI Act was intended to balance innovation and consumer interests. The abbreviated licensure pathway, in section 351(k) of the PHS Act, allows an applicant (a “351(k) applicant”) to rely, in part, on FDA's previous determination of safety and effectiveness for the reference product for approval. The BPCI Act provides, among other things, exclusivity periods for certain biological products licensed in “stand alone” applications under section 351(a) of the PHS Act.
As the marketplace of biological products continues to expand and evolve, FDA expects that increased availability of biosimilars and interchangeable products will result in more competition and create savings for patients and the healthcare system. At the same time, we recognize that there are challenges to the rapid growth of this marketplace. For instance, although FDA has approved 11 marketing applications for biosimilars as of July 1, 2018, FDA is aware that the majority of biosimilars licensed by FDA have not yet been marketed and are not available to patients.
Although such delays in the market entry of an approved biosimilar are outside FDA's control, we remain focused on FDA's critical role in increasing the availability of biosimilars and interchangeable products. Recognizing that this is a crucial time in the emergence of the marketplace of biosimilar and interchangeable products, FDA recently developed a Biosimilars Action Plan. This Plan focuses on four key areas: (1) Improving the efficiency of the biosimilar and interchangeable product development and approval process; (2) maximizing scientific and regulatory clarity for the biosimilar product development community; (3) developing effective communications to improve understanding of biosimilars among patients, clinicians, and payors; and (4) supporting market competition by reducing gaming of FDA requirements or other attempts to unfairly delay competition.
FDA's Biosimilars Action Plan builds on the Agency's substantial progress, to date, implementing the approval pathway for biosimilar and interchangeable products. For example, FDA has issued guidance for industry on numerous scientific and regulatory issues related to the development of proposed biosimilar and interchangeable products. FDA also created the Biosimilar Product Development (BPD) Program to facilitate the rapid development of biosimilar and interchangeable products. Through enrollment in this program, FDA provides detailed, product-specific advice to manufacturers. As of July 1, 2018, 68 programs were enrolled in the BPD Program and FDA had received meeting requests to discuss the development of biosimilars for 31 different reference products.
FDA has also prioritized its efforts to provide useful information about licensed biological products to the public. FDA publishes the
As FDA continues working to implement the BPCI Act, FDA welcomes input from the public on how the Agency can enhance its efforts to increase access by patients to state-of-the-art, lifesaving treatment options by encouraging innovation and competition in the biological products marketplace. FDA will hold a public hearing on September 4, 2018, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., to provide an opportunity for all interested stakeholders to submit comments.
The format of the hearing involves presentations from the public. The Agency will not be inviting specific presenters; rather, with this document, FDA is soliciting presentations from interested stakeholders. FDA also invites interested persons to submit written comments to the docket on the topics described in section II.
FDA is soliciting input from the public on how to facilitate greater availability of biosimilar and interchangeable products while retaining the balance between competition and innovation that Congress intended to achieve under the BPCI Act. FDA is holding a public hearing to receive information and comments from a broad group of stakeholders, including patients,
FDA welcomes any relevant information that stakeholders wish to share. FDA is particularly interested in stakeholder input on how the Agency can achieve the following goals:
• Facilitate the efficient development of biosimilar and interchangeable products using state-of-the-art science;
• Develop information resources, as well as scientific or regulatory tools, to streamline the development of biosimilar and interchangeable products;
• Enhance the efficiency of FDA review of marketing applications for biosimilar and interchangeable products;
• Provide additional scientific or regulatory clarity regarding FDA's regulation of biological products, including FDA's review and approval of marketing applications for biological products;
• Increase healthcare provider, patient, and payor understanding of biological products, including biosimilar and interchangeable products; and
• Support market competition by addressing attempts to game FDA requirements or otherwise delay market entry of competing biological products.
FDA is also interested in stakeholder input on the following questions about additional steps FDA can take, within its statutory authority, related to the Agency's regulation of biological products:
1. FDA is aware that many of the biosimilar products that have been licensed by FDA are not yet marketed and available to patients. What can FDA do to help biosimilars and interchangeable products reach patients more quickly after these products are licensed?
2. FDA uses the Purple Book to provide information about biological products licensed under section 351 of the PHS Act. What additional information or features could be incorporated into the Purple Book to make it more useful to stakeholders, including patients, healthcare providers, pharmacists, and manufacturers?
3. FDA expects that the number of licensed biosimilar and interchangeable products will continue to increase in the coming years. In many, if not most, cases, FDA anticipates that multiple products will be licensed as biosimilar to, or interchangeable with, a given reference product. What additional steps can FDA take to facilitate the evolution of the biosimilar and interchangeable product marketplace? What can FDA do to ensure that confidence in these products among patients, healthcare providers, pharmacists, and other stakeholders will continue to grow?
4. Extensive analytical characterization of the proposed biosimilar product and the reference product serves as the foundation for a demonstration of biosimilarity. FDA recognizes that obtaining and testing multiple lots of the reference product adds to the costs of developing a biosimilar product. What can FDA do to help reduce development costs arising from analytical studies of the reference product without compromising FDA's robust scientific standards for licensure of products under section 351(k) of the PHS Act? FDA is particularly interested in stakeholder comments on (1) the number of lots of each product (the proposed biosimilar product and the reference product) that should be used in analytical studies submitted to support licensure of a proposed biosimilar product; and (2) how a 351(k) applicant should account for and evaluate any observed variability in analytical attributes among lots of the reference product or the proposed biosimilar product.
5. A 351(k) applicant may, with adequate scientific justification, use a non-U.S.-licensed comparator product in certain studies submitted to support licensure of a proposed biosimilar product. What additional steps can FDA take to facilitate multinational development programs that may include non-U.S.-licensed comparators, to help support development of biosimilar products?
6. FDA expects continued innovation in the biological product marketplace, including innovation during the lifecycle of reference products licensed under section 351(a) of the PHS Act. What can FDA do to ensure that product changes during the lifecycle of reference products (
7. Patents or exclusivity may protect one or more conditions of use (
8. The scope of exclusivity under section 351(k)(7) of the PHS Act may also affect biological product innovation and market entry of biosimilars. Accordingly, FDA seeks comment on the potential application of “umbrella exclusivity” under section 351(k)(7). If umbrella exclusivity were to apply in this context, a biological product that would not be eligible for a new period of exclusivity under section 351(k)(7)(C) would nevertheless be protected for the duration of the exclusivity period for a previously approved reference product. See, for example, 54 FR 28872 at 28897 (July 10, 1989) for an explanation of how umbrella exclusivity functions under the Hatch-Waxman scheme, a related and potentially instructive context (available at:
9. What other challenges have the potential to disrupt the balance between innovation and competition in the biological product marketplace and how can FDA or other stakeholders address these challenges?
FDA will try to accommodate all persons who wish to make a presentation. Individuals wishing to present should identify the number of the specific question, or questions, they wish to address. This will help FDA organize the presentations. Individuals and organizations with common interests should consolidate or coordinate their presentations and request time for a joint presentation. FDA will notify registered presenters of their scheduled presentation times. The time allotted for each presenter will depend on the number of individuals who wish to speak. Presenters are encouraged to submit an electronic copy of their presentation (PowerPoint or PDF) to
If you need special accommodations because of a disability, please contact
The Commissioner of Food and Drugs is announcing that the public hearing will be held in accordance with part 15 (21 CFR part 15). The hearing will be conducted by a presiding officer, who will be accompanied by FDA senior management from the Office of the Commissioner, the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, and the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research. Under § 15.30(f) (21 CFR 15.30(f)), the hearing is informal and the rules of evidence do not apply. No participant may interrupt the presentation of another participant. Only the presiding officer and panel members can pose questions; they can question any person during or at the conclusion of each presentation. Public hearings under part 15 are subject to FDA's policy and procedures for electronic media coverage of FDA's public administrative proceedings (21 CFR part 10, subpart C). Under 21 CFR 10.205, representatives of the media may be permitted, subject to certain limitations, to videotape, film, or otherwise record FDA's public administrative proceedings, including presentations by participants. The hearing will be transcribed as stipulated in § 15.30(b) (see
Mine Safety and Health Administration, Labor.
Announcement of public stakeholder meetings.
The Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) is announcing the dates and locations of public stakeholder meetings on the Agency's Request for Information on Safety Improvement Technologies for Mobile Equipment at Surface Mines, and for Belt Conveyors at Surface and Underground Mines.
Comments must be received or postmarked by midnight Eastern Standard Time on December 24, 2018. The meeting dates and locations are listed in the
Sheila A. McConnell, Director, Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, MSHA, at
MSHA will hold six public stakeholder meetings and one webinar on the Agency's Request for Information (RFI) addressing Safety Improvement Technologies for Mobile Equipment at Surface Mines, and for Belt Conveyors at Surface and Underground Mines. The meetings will be conducted in an informal manner. Presenters and attendees may provide written information to the court reporter for inclusion in the record. MSHA will make transcripts of the meetings available at
Interested parties may attend these stakeholder meetings either in-person or
1.
• Address—201 12th Street South, Arlington, Virginia 22202.
• When you enter the building, take the East elevators to your right, up to the 4th Floor reception area, 4E401, to check in. You will then be escorted to the conference room.
• Nearest metro stations: Pentagon City, and Crystal City. Parking is available on the street and in the building.
2.
By Phone—
• Dial the toll-free conference number (Verizon): 1-866-718-1874.
• Attendee access code: 242 716 6.
By WebEx—
• To log into the Webinar, go to:
• Enter Meeting number: 642 399 450.
• Meeting password: M!ne2018.
On June 26, 2018, (83 FR 29716), MSHA published an RFI on Safety Improvement Technologies for Mobile Equipment at Surface Mines, and for Belt Conveyors at Surface and Underground Mines. MSHA is soliciting stakeholder comments, data and information on technologies that can reduce accidents involving mobile equipment at surface mines and belt conveyors at surface and underground mines. Specifically, the Agency is requesting information from the mining community regarding the types of engineering controls available, how to implement such engineering controls, and how these controls could be used in mobile equipment and belt conveyors to reduce accidents, fatalities and injuries. MSHA is also seeking suggestions from stakeholders on best practices, training materials, policies and procedures, innovative technologies, and any other information that stakeholders may have available to improve safety in and around mobile equipment, and working near and around belt conveyors. The meetings will provide the mining community an opportunity to discuss and share information about the issues raised in the RFI. Comments must be received or postmarked by midnight Eastern Standard Time on December 24, 2018.
Federal Communications Commission.
Proposed rule.
In this document, the Commission proposes to revise the children's television programming rules to modify outdated requirements and give broadcasters greater flexibility in serving the educational and informational needs of children. The proposed revisions reflect the dramatic changes in the video programming marketplace since the children's television programming rules were first adopted more than 20 years ago.
Comments for this proceeding are due on or before September 24, 2018; reply comments are due on or before October 23, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by MB Docket Nos. 18-202 and 17-105, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
For detailed instructions for submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see the
For additional information, contact Kathy Berthot,
This is a summary of the Commission's Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (
The
1. In the NPRM, we propose to revise the children's television programming rules to modify outdated requirements and to give broadcasters greater flexibility in serving the educational and informational needs of children. In the more than two decades since the Commission adopted the children's programming rules, there have been dramatic changes in the way television viewers, including younger viewers, consume video programming. Appointment viewing—watching the same program on the same channel at the same time every week—has significantly declined, while time-shifted viewing has risen. At the same time, the amount of programming for children available via non-broadcast platforms, including children's cable networks, over-the-top providers, and the internet, has proliferated. Moreover, with the transition to digital television, broadcasters are able to carry more than one programming stream on their 6 MHz spectrum blocks. Thus, if given more flexibility, broadcasters can now provide a host of alternative children's programming options outside of the primary stream, giving over-the-air (OTA) viewers access to additional free children's programming. In light of these changes, and based on comments we have received in response to the Commission's Modernization of Media Regulation Initiative proceeding, we think the time is ripe to modernize the children's programming rules to improve broadcasters' ability to serve the educational and informational needs of today's young viewers. Our proposals are guided by the directives of the Children's Television Act of 1990 (CTA), which requires the Commission to consider, in its review of television license renewals, the extent to which the licensee “has served the educational and informational needs of children through the licensee's overall programming, including programming specifically designed to serve such needs.” (47 U.S.C. 303b(a)(2))
2. Among other matters, we seek input on the Core Programming definition, the Commission's processing guidelines, and updated rules on multicasting stations. In addition to the specific issues and proposals discussed in this
3. The CTA requires that the Commission consider, in reviewing television license renewals, the extent to which the licensee “has served the educational and informational needs of children through the licensee's overall programming, including programming specifically designed to serve such needs.” The CTA provides that, in addition to considering the licensee's programming, the Commission may consider in its review of television license renewals (1) any special non-broadcast efforts by the licensee which enhance the educational and informational value of such programming to children; and (2) any special efforts by the licensee to produce or support programming broadcast by another station in the licensee's marketplace which is specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of children.
4.
5. The Commission initially declined to impose any children's programming requirements on noncommercial stations. The Commission noted that the legislative history of the CTA “portrays public broadcasting as a model for educational and informational programming which commercial broadcasters should emulate” and concluded that application of the CTA's programming provisions to noncommercial stations is not required by the statute, its legislative history, or the public interest. On reconsideration, the Commission reversed course, concluding that the statutory obligation to meet children's educational and informational needs applies to all broadcasters, including noncommercial broadcasters. However, the Commission continued to exempt noncommercial stations from the recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to commercial stations, finding such requirements unnecessary given the commitment that noncommercial stations had demonstrated to serving children. The Commission instead required noncommercial stations to maintain documentation sufficient to show compliance at renewal time with the CTA's programming obligations in
6.
7. The Commission also adopted several public information initiatives designed to facilitate access to information about the shows broadcasters air to fulfill their obligation to air educational and informational programming under the CTA. The Commission reasoned that enhancing parents' knowledge of children's educational programming could result in larger audiences for such programs, which in turn could increase the incentives for broadcasters to air more educational programming. The Commission further concluded that access to programming information could facilitate viewer campaigns and other community-based efforts to influence stations to air more and better educational programming. These public information initiatives require licensees to provide publishers of program guides and listings information identifying core programs and the target age group for the programs; to submit children's programming reports on a quarterly basis on a standardized reporting form, the Children's Television Programming Report (FCC Form 398); to publicize the existence and location of their children's programming reports; to provide a brief explanation in their children's programming reports of how particular programs meet the definition of “Core Programming”; and to designate a liaison for children's programming and to include the name and method of contacting that individual in the station's children's programming reports. The Commission also required licensees to provide on-air identification of core educational programs, in a manner and form at the sole discretion of the licensee, at the beginning of the program. The Commission continued to exempt noncommercial licensees from the reporting requirements and also exempted them from the other new public information initiatives.
8. Additionally, the Commission adopted a three-hour per week safe harbor processing guideline for determining compliance with the children's programming rules. The Commission concluded that a processing guideline would provide broadcasters clarity about their programming obligations under the CTA and would minimize the inequities created by stations that air little Core Programming by subjecting all broadcasters to the same scrutiny for CTA compliance at renewal time. Under the processing guideline, the Media Bureau staff is authorized to approve the children's programming portion of a licensee's renewal application where the licensee has aired approximately three hours per week (as averaged over a six month period) of Core Programming. Renewal applications are divided into two categories for purposes of staff-level CTA review. Under Category A, a licensee can demonstrate compliance with the processing guideline by checking a box on its renewal application and providing supporting information indicating that it has aired three hours per week of Core Programming. Under Category B, the Bureau staff will approve the children's programming portion of a licensee's renewal application where the licensee makes a showing that it has aired a package of different types of educational and informational programming that, while containing somewhat less than three hours per week of Core Programming, demonstrates a level of commitment to educating and informing children that is at least equivalent to airing three hours per week of Core Programming. Specials, public service announcements (PSAs), short-form programs, and regularly scheduled non-weekly programs with a significant purpose of educating and informing children can count toward the processing guideline under Category B. Licensees have rarely attempted to demonstrate compliance under Category B due to uncertainty as to how much Core Programming must be provided.
9. The Commission stated that licensees whose showings do not fall within Category A or B of the processing guideline will have their renewal applications referred to the full Commission, where they will have the opportunity to demonstrate compliance with the CTA by relying in part on special non-broadcast efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and informational programming and/or special efforts by the licensee to produce or support programming broadcast by another station in the licensee's marketplace which is specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of children. The Commission explained that to receive credit for special non-broadcast efforts, a licensee must show that it has engaged in substantial community activity and that there is a close relationship between its Core Programming and its non-broadcast efforts. To receive credit for special sponsorship efforts, a licensee must demonstrate that its production or support of Core Programming aired on another station in its market increased the amount of Core Programming on the station airing the sponsored Core Programming. The Commission stated that relying on special non-broadcast efforts or special sponsorship efforts does not relieve a licensee of the obligation to air Core Programming, noting that the CTA permits the Commission to consider such special efforts only “in addition to consideration of the licensee's [educational] programming.” The Commission declined to define the minimum amount of Core Programming that a station must air on its own station to receive credit for special efforts or to establish specific program sponsorship guidelines, concluding that these matters are best addressed on a case-by-case basis. Use of this option to demonstrate compliance with the CTA is even rarer than use of Category B because of the uncertainty as to how much Core Programming must be provided and how special non-broadcast efforts and special sponsorship efforts will be weighed.
10.
11. The Commission also revised its policies regarding when a station can count preempted Core Programming toward meeting the three-hour per week safe harbor processing guideline. The Commission determined that a preempted core program must be rescheduled in order to be considered Core Programming. Additionally, the Commission stated that it would consider, in determining whether the rescheduled program counts as a core educational program, the reason for the preemption, the licensee's efforts to promote the rescheduled program, the time when the rescheduled program is broadcast, and the station's level of preemption of Core Programming. The Commission exempted core programs preempted for breaking news from the requirement that core programs be rescheduled. With respect to digital broadcasters that multicast, the Commission stated that it would not consider a core program moved to the same time slot on another of the station's digital program streams to be preempted as long as the alternate program stream receives MVPD carriage comparable to the stream from which the program is being moved and the station provides adequate on-screen information about the move, including when and where the program will air, on both the original and the alternate program stream. Further, the Commission limited the number of preemptions under the processing guideline to no more than ten percent of core programs in each calendar quarter, explaining that each preemption beyond the ten percent limit would cause that program not to count as core under the processing guideline, even if the program is rescheduled. The Commission exempted from this ten percent limit preemptions for breaking news.
12. Moreover, the Commission amended its rules regarding on-air identification of Core Programming to require broadcasters to identify Core Programming with the symbol “E/I” and to display this symbol throughout the program in order for the program to qualify as Core. The Commission found that this amendment was warranted because studies of the effectiveness of the children's programming requirements showed a continued lack of awareness on the part of parents regarding the availability of Core Programming and the use of different identifiers by different broadcasters was confusing parents and impairing their ability to choose Core Programming for their children. The Commission applied the revised on-air identification requirement to both commercial and noncommercial licensees. Although the Commission previously had exempted noncommercial licensees from the on-air identification requirement, it found that requiring all licensees to use the E/I symbol throughout the program to identify Core Programming would help “reinforce viewer awareness of the meaning of this symbol.” The Commission also revised the definition of “Core Programming” to include this on-air identification requirement.
13.
14. The Commission also accepted the Joint Proposal recommendation to repeal the ten percent cap on preemptions adopted in the
15. As discussed above, the CTA requires the Commission to take into account the extent to which a broadcast television licensee “has served the educational and informational needs of children through its overall programming, including programming specifically designed to serve such needs” when evaluating its license renewal application. In addition to considering a licensee's programming, the Commission is also permitted under the CTA to consider any special non-broadcast efforts by the licensee which enhance the educational and
16. The video programming landscape has changed dramatically since the Commission first adopted rules implementing the CTA more than 20 years ago. There has been a major shift in the way in which viewers, including children, consume video programming. Appointment viewing has declined sharply as viewers increasingly access video programming using time-shifting technology (
17. Furthermore, with the transition of broadcast television from analog to digital, broadcasters are now able to offer multiple free, OTA digital streams or channels of programming simultaneously, using the same amount of spectrum previously required for one stream of analog programming. As of February 2016, broadcast television stations were offering more than 5,900 digital multicast channels. Multicasting allows broadcasters to offer additional programming choices to consumers, particularly consumers in smaller, rural markets, by expanding access to the four major broadcast networks (
18. Given these developments, we believe that it is appropriate at this time to take a fresh look at the children's programming rules, with an eye toward updating our rules to reflect the current media landscape in a manner that will ensure that the objectives of the CTA continue to be fulfilled. Our proposals set forth below are intended to provide broadcasters more flexibility in fulfilling their obligations under the CTA, while at the same time recognizing that particularized guidance may provide them greater regulatory certainty.
19. We seek comment on possible modifications to the definition of “Core Programming” to remove outdated requirements and provide broadcasters more flexibility in fulfilling their children's programming obligations. As noted above, “Core Programming” is defined as programming that satisfies the following criteria: (1) It has serving the educational and informational needs of children ages 16 and under as a significant purpose; (2) it is at least 30 minutes in length; (3) it is aired between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.; (4) it is a regularly scheduled weekly program; (5) the program is identified as specifically designed to educate and inform children by the display on the television screen throughout the program of the symbol E/I; (6) instructions for listing the program as educational/informational, including an indication of the intended age group, are provided to publishers of program guides; and (7) the educational and informational objective and the target child audience are specified in writing in the licensee's children's programming report. This definition has remained largely unchanged since its adoption in 1996. Given the evolution in the way Americans, including children, consume video now, we seek comment on potential changes to the Core Programming definition.
20. We tentatively conclude that we should eliminate the requirement that educational and informational programming be at least 30 minutes in length to be considered Core Programming. Elimination of this requirement would enable broadcasters to receive Core Programming credit for PSAs, interstitials (
21. Furthermore, if we eliminate the requirement that educational and informational programming be at least 30 minutes in length to be counted as
22. We seek comment on whether the existing 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. time frame should be expanded and if so, what the expanded Core Programming hours should be. NAB suggests that we should expand the Core Programming hours to 6:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. We seek comment on this suggestion. Is there data showing that a substantial number of children ages 16 and under watch television programming or view video content earlier than 7:00 a.m. and/or later than 10:00 p.m.? Commenters that propose alternative expanded Core Programming hours should provide support or justification for their proposed hours. What are the costs of the Core Programming hours requirement and what savings or other benefits would viewers receive if we expanded the Core Programming hours? For example, to what extent does the current Core Programming hours requirement limit broadcasters' flexibility to air other desired programming, such as weekend local news and live sports programming?
23. Alternatively, we seek comment on whether it is still necessary to define the time frame in which educational and informational programming for children must be aired to be considered Core Programming. The Commission adopted the current 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Core Programming time frame in 1996 because then data showed that there was a relatively small percentage of children in the audience prior to 7:00 a.m. and that the number of children watching television dropped off considerably after 10:00 p.m. Commenters assert that the 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Core Programming time frame has become unduly narrow given the decline in “appointment viewing” by viewers, especially young viewers, and the increased ability of viewers to access children's programming using time-shifting technology. We seek comment on this view. We ask commenters to present studies or other data indicating the extent of appointment viewing by children ages 16 and under. Is it reasonable to expect that the decline in appointment viewing by viewers over 18 extends to children 16 and under? Do these studies or other data demonstrate that appointment viewing by children ages 16 and under has declined to the extent that there is no longer any need or that there is a significantly reduced need to require that Core Programming air during a prescribed time period to be counted as Core Programming? We note that DVRs that record OTA television are now available at a relatively low cost. Have such devices led to a decrease in appointment viewing of children's programming for families that rely on OTA television?
24. We tentatively conclude that we should eliminate the requirement that educational and informational programming be “regularly scheduled weekly programming” to be counted as Core Programming. The Commission adopted the regularly scheduled weekly programming requirement because it found that such programming “is more likely to be anticipated by parents and children, to develop audience loyalty, and to build successfully upon and reinforce educational and informational messages, thereby better serving the educational and informational needs of children.” We seek comment on whether, given the overall decline in appointment viewing noted above, the regularly scheduled weekly programming requirement is no longer needed to serve its intended purposes and whether it may in fact undermine broadcasters' incentives to air a wider variety of children's programming. If we eliminate this requirement, broadcasters could receive Core Programming credit for airing more types of children's programming, such as educational specials that are not regularly scheduled and non-weekly children's programming. We note, for example, that the “ABC Afterschool Specials” aired between 1972 and 1997 and the “CBS Schoolbreak Specials” aired between 1980 and 1996 were popular and highly acclaimed. We seek comment on our tentative conclusion that the regularly scheduled programming requirement should be eliminated. Would elimination of the regularly scheduled weekly programming requirement likely incentivize broadcasters to invest in high quality educational specials and non-weekly programming? Is it reasonable to expect that broadcasters would be motivated to promote educational specials and non-weekly children's programming to promote viewership? Do the costs of the regularly scheduled weekly programming requirement outweigh the benefits and, if so, how?
25. We tentatively conclude that noncommercial stations should no longer be required to identify Core Programming with the E/I symbol at the beginning of the program or to display this symbol throughout the program. As discussed above, the Commission adopted this requirement for both commercial and noncommercial broadcasters in 2004 to address concerns that there was a continued lack of awareness on the part of parents regarding the availability of Core Programming, finding that use of the E/I symbol could greatly improve the public's ability to recognize and locate core programs at minimal cost to broadcasters. Although noncommercial stations previously had been exempted from the on-air identification requirement, the Commission concluded that requiring all stations to display the E/I symbol throughout the program would help “reinforce viewer awareness of the meaning of this symbol.” Public Broadcasting urges the Commission to eliminate this requirement for noncommercial stations, asserting that since the E/I symbol is intended to facilitate the children's programming requirements that apply only to commercial stations, it is not rational to continue to apply this mandate to noncommercial stations. We think that the E/I symbol is sufficiently familiar to parents today that there is little benefit to requiring noncommercial stations—which are not otherwise subject to the reporting requirements and other public information initiatives applicable to commercial stations—to display the E/I symbol. We seek comment on our tentative conclusion to eliminate this requirement for noncommercial stations. If we eliminate the requirement that noncommercial stations display the E/I symbol, how will parents distinguish programming aired on noncommercial stations that is specifically designed to educate and inform children from programming that may be educational or informative but is intended for general audiences?
26. Public Broadcasting also asserts that displaying the E/I symbol “creates technical and viewability challenges for PBS as it works to innovate by streaming across a wide range of platforms” and “is particularly disruptive on smaller screens.” In order
27. We also request comment on whether we should continue to require commercial stations to identify Core Programming with the E/I symbol and display this symbol throughout the program in order for the program to qualify as Core Programming. To what extent do parents today use the E/I symbol to locate and choose Core Programming on commercial stations for their children? Do the costs to commercial licensees of the requirement to display the E/I symbol outweigh the benefits to parents? Does the current E/I symbol requirement cause undue technical difficulties for commercial stations or limit their flexibility to air programming on a variety of devices, including those with small screens? We seek comment from commercial broadcasters on the technical issues raised in the previous paragraph. If we retain the on-air identification requirement for commercial stations, should we afford commercial licensees greater flexibility to address any such technical difficulties by not requiring them to display the E/I symbol when consumers are viewing Core Programming transmitted OTA to and received by devices with smaller screens?
28. We seek comment on whether we should retain or eliminate the requirement that broadcasters provide information identifying programming specifically designed to educate and inform children, including an indication of the intended age group, to publishers of program guides. This requirement was intended to improve the information available to parents regarding programming specifically designed for children's educational and informational needs and to make broadcasters more accountable in classifying programming as specifically designed to educate and inform. We request comment on whether this requirement continues to serve its intended purposes. Do program guides publish the information provided by stations? If not, why not? If so, do parents use program guide information today to identify educational and information programming for their children? If not, how do parents identify such programming? Is program guide information used by interested parties to ensure that broadcasters are properly classifying programming as specifically designed to educate and inform? How is the information provided to publishers of program guides made available for use by OTA viewers? Is this information only available in print form, such as in the newspaper or
29. We seek comment on ways to streamline the children's television reporting requirements to eliminate unnecessary burdens and redundancies. Currently, commercial television broadcasters are required to file a Children's Television Programming Report on FCC Form 398 on a quarterly basis reflecting efforts made during the preceding quarter, and efforts planned for the next quarter, to serve the educational and informational needs of children. The report requires licensees to provide the average weekly number of hours of Core Programming aired by the station on its main program stream and any multicast streams over the quarter and to provide detailed information on each core and non-core program that is specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of children. The report also requires licensees to certify that at least 50 percent of Core Programming aired on its multicast streams was not repeated during the same week, identify the program guide publishers to which information regarding the licensee's educational and informational programming was provided, as required by our rules, list each core program that was preempted during the preceding quarter, and provide information about whether each such program was rescheduled in accordance with the Commission's preemption policy. Licensees are required to place a copy of each quarterly report in the station's online public file and to publicize the existence and location of the reports.
30. We tentatively conclude that the Children's Television Programming Report should be filed on an annual rather than quarterly basis, as proposed by NAB and other commenters. NAB asserts that the extraordinary detail required by the quarterly reports places undue burdens on television stations. NAB indicates that the reports of a single station that provides three program streams (one main and two multicast) generally range from 30-40 pages per quarter and that a station whose reports average 40 pages per quarter will file 160 pages of programming details every year and approximately 1,280 pages during the station's eight-year license term. NAB maintains that the quarterly reports are also redundant, as stations must identify every quarter the programs they expect to air in the next quarter and then in the following quarter must report on the programs actually aired. We seek comment on our tentative conclusion that these reports should be filed on an annual basis. We note that the quarterly reporting requirement was intended to “provide[] more current information about station performance and encourage[] more consistent focus on educational programming efforts.” It does not appear, however, that requiring broadcasters to file these reports on a quarterly basis serves any useful purpose today. Does broadcasters' educational and informational programming change significantly from quarter to quarter so as to justify the burden of quarterly reports? To what extent does the public use the quarterly reports to monitor station performance in complying with the CTA? Do the burdens to broadcasters of preparing these reports on a quarterly basis outweigh the benefits to the public of having this information on a quarterly basis? If we adopt an annual reporting requirement, we seek comment on when licensees should be required to file their
31. Whether we adopt an annual reporting requirement or retain the quarterly reports, we tentatively conclude that the reports should only require broadcasters to provide information on the programs that they aired to meet their Core Programming requirement and not on the programs they plan to air in the future. There is no evidence that such duplicative reporting serves any useful purpose today. We seek comment on this tentative conclusion.
32. In addition, we seek comment on whether the requirement that broadcasters specify the educational and informational purpose and the target age group of Core Programming in their Children's Television Programming Reports continues to serve the objectives underlying its adoption. The Commission previously found that requiring a statement of educational and informational purpose will ensure that licensees devote attention to the educational and informational goals of Core Programming and how those goals may be achieved, assist licensees in distinguishing programs specifically designed to serve children's educational and informational needs from programs whose primary purpose is to entertain children, and allow parents and other interested parties to participate more actively in monitoring licensee compliance with the CTA. Requiring licensees to specify the target age group of a core program was intended to encourage licensees to consider whether the content of the program is suited to the interests, knowledge, vocabulary, and other abilities of that age group, was specifically designed to meet the informational and educational needs for children under 16, and to provide information to parents regarding the appropriate age for core programs, thereby facilitating increased program audience and ratings. We request comment on whether the requirement that licensees specify the educational and informational purpose and target age group of Core Programming in their reports is still needed to serve these goals. Do parents rely on this information to plan their children's viewing or do they use program guides or some other source of information? Do parents and other interested parties use this information to monitor licensee compliance with the CTA? To what extent does the E/I symbol obviate the need for this requirement? Do the costs of providing this information outweigh the benefits?
33. We also seek comment on whether to streamline the report and permit broadcasters to certify their compliance with the children's programming requirements, instead of providing detailed information documenting their compliance, as proposed by several commenters. For example, with regard to a station's Core Programming, the streamlined report could require a licensee to certify that it aired the required number of Core Programming hours and that the programming complied with all applicable Core Programming criteria. To the extent that a station does not fully comply, the report would require the licensee to provide details concerning its non-compliance. We request comment on whether the detailed program information required by the current report is still needed for any useful purpose or whether certifications of compliance with the various children's programming requirements would be sufficient. If we streamline the reports and eliminate the requirement to provide detailed program information, how would the Media Bureau staff and the public verify broadcasters' compliance with the children's programming rules? Similar to how the Commission addresses noncommercial stations, should we require commercial stations to maintain documentation sufficient to show compliance at renewal time in response to a challenge or to specific complaints? How has this process worked for noncommercial stations?
34. What other certifications should be included in a streamlined children's programming report? What information should the reports continue to require in more detail? For example, if a station relies in part on special sponsorship efforts and/or special non-broadcast efforts, should the report continue to require the licensee to provide details on these efforts? While we expect that the rule changes we are proposing should largely eliminate the need for preemptions of Core Programming, to the extent that a station does preempt Core Programming, should the report continue to require the station to provide detailed information on preemptions and any necessary rescheduling, or should a station be permitted to certify compliance with any preemption policies?
35. We tentatively conclude that we should eliminate the requirement that licensees publicize their Form 398s. We note that licensees currently are required to place their Form 398s in their public files and we are not proposing to change this requirement. The additional requirement that licensees publicize their Form 398s was originally intended to “heighten awareness of the CTA and invite members of the public to take an active role in monitoring compliance.” We tentatively conclude that it no longer serves this purpose. We seek comment on our tentative conclusion. Does the requirement that licensees publicize their Form 398s encourage members of the public to seek out stations' Form 398s or to take an active role in monitoring stations' compliance with the CTA?
36. We seek comment on whether we should modify the three-hour per week safe harbor processing guideline for determining compliance with the children's programming rules. Under the Commission's children's programming processing guideline, Media Bureau staff is authorized to approve the children's programming portion of a broadcaster's license renewal application if the broadcaster has aired three hours per week (averaged over a six-month period) of Core Programming on its primary stream, and an additional three hours per week for each free 24-hour multicast stream. How has this requirement affected the delivery of broadcast content to consumers? What have been the costs and benefits of this requirement? What programming would broadcasters air if they were not constrained by our processing guideline? Commenters are encouraged to provide real world examples of the scheduling challenges associated with our current processing guideline.
37. If we modify our requirement to carry children's programming on the primary stream, how does this equation change? For example, if broadcasters were able to meet our processing guideline by delivering educational and informational programming on one of their multicast streams, would the scheduling burdens associated with this quantitative requirement diminish? What benefits could arise from such an arrangement? Could this additional
38. Alternatively, if we maintain the processing guideline on the broadcaster's primary stream, is more flexibility needed to address scheduling demands? For example, should the safe harbor processing guideline be based on the number of hours aired annually, instead of weekly? Under this modification, Media Bureau staff would be authorized to approve the children's programming portion of a broadcaster's license renewal application where the broadcaster has aired 156 hours per calendar year as opposed to three hours per week of Core Programming as averaged over six months.
39. We seek comment on the merits of evaluating broadcasters' compliance based on programming aired over the course of a year. Would an annual processing guideline provide benefits to broadcasters over the weekly guideline? What impact, if any, would an annual processing guideline have on viewers? If we adopt an annual processing guideline, should we nevertheless require that broadcasters air some minimum number or percentage of their Core Programming hours throughout the year, to ensure that they do not attempt to “stack” Core Programming by airing it all within a single week, month, or quarter and that children have access to educational and informational programming year-round? In addition, we seek comment on whether there are other adjustments to the current processing guideline we should consider and what the justification would be for any such changes.
40. We also seek comment on the impact of our proposals in this
41. In the event we decide to retain Category B, we seek comment on how to clarify or revise Category B to increase its certainty and predictability, as requested by commenters. According to NAB, Category B's vague “somewhat less than three hours per week” requirement creates uncertainty as to how much Core Programming a licensee is expected to provide. For example, should we require that licensees utilizing the Category B option provide some minimum number of hours of Core Programming and if so, how many hours (under the existing three-hours per week processing guideline, as well as under the annual guideline option discussed above)? Are there other clarifications or revisions that could be made to make the Category B option a more viable alternative for broadcasters? As noted above, it is our intent in this proceeding to provide broadcasters greater flexibility, while at the same time ensuring that they have sufficient guidance on how to comply with the children's programming rules.
42. Additionally, we seek comment on whether there is still a need at all for a quantitative processing guideline for determining compliance of television licensees with the children's programming rules. As discussed above, the CTA does not require the Commission to prescribe specific requirements as to the number of hours of educational and informational programming that television stations must broadcast. Rather, it simply requires that the Commission consider, in its review of television license renewals, the extent to which the licensee “has served the educational and informational needs of children through its overall programming, including programming specifically designed to serve such needs.” The three-hour weekly processing guideline was intended to provide licensees clear and timely notice of what they can do to ensure they meet their obligations under the CTA. Nevertheless, given the abundance of children's programming available today from various sources, including PBS, cable networks, over-the-top video providers, internet sites, and video on demand, is a quantitative processing guideline for television stations still needed? We seek comment on the extent to which children's programming available on noncommercial broadcast stations, cable networks, and other non-broadcast platforms is programming that is “specifically designed to meet the educational and informational needs of children” and thus an adequate substitute for commercial broadcasters' educational and informational programming. How has the availability of programming for children via non-broadcast platforms changed since the CTA was enacted in 1990? Considering that Congress prescribed only a very general children's programming requirement and gave the Commission the discretion in how to implement this requirement, is the amount of children's programming available today on noncommercial broadcast stations, cable networks, and other sources relevant to a determination as to whether a quantitative processing guideline is still needed? We also seek comment on how the increase in other sources of children's programming, changes in relevant viewing patterns, and other developments since the enactment of the CTA in 1990 may affect the First Amendment considerations applicable to the Commission's prescription of broadcast television programming requirements in this manner.
43. We also seek comment on what effect the elimination of the quantitative processing guideline would have on the amount of educational and informational programming available to children. What percentage of parents rely on OTA commercial television to provide programming serving the educational and informational needs of their children? Does OTA commercial television continue to be an important
44. We seek comment on the creation of a framework under which broadcasters could satisfy their children's programming obligations by relying in part on special efforts to produce or support Core Programming aired on other stations in the market and/or special non-broadcast efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and informational programming. The CTA permits the Commission to consider special sponsorship and special non-broadcast efforts, in addition to consideration of a licensee's programming, in evaluating whether a licensee has served the educational and informational needs of children. However, few, if any, broadcasters have taken advantage of this opportunity to date. Broadcasters explain that this is because of the additional regulatory hurdles and uncertainty built into our existing rules for broadcasters that choose this option. Specifically, broadcasters note that our rules require the full Commission to approve the children's programming portion of renewal applications relying on such special efforts and claim that there is insufficient guidance on how such special efforts will be counted. Thus, we seek to establish a framework that will make the use of special sponsorship efforts and special non-broadcast efforts a more viable option for broadcasters in fulfilling their children's programming obligations.
45. The CTA states that special sponsorship and special non-broadcast efforts may be considered only “in addition to considering the licensee's [educational] programming.” We seek comment on how much Core Programming a licensee should be required to air when it is relying in part on special sponsorship and/or special non-broadcast efforts. Should we require a minimum amount of Core Programming and if so, how much should we require? Alternatively, should we give broadcasters the flexibility to decide how much Core Programming to air, provided that their Core Programming hours when combined with their special sponsorship and/or special non-broadcast efforts are the equivalent of the required Core Programming hours? As we have previously stated, we wish to give broadcasters flexibility in fulfilling their children's programming obligations, but we also recognize that particularized guidance may provide them more regulatory certainty.
46. In addition, we seek comment on how we should count a licensee's sponsorship of Core Programming on another in-market station. NAB proposes that we count the sponsorship of Core Programming on another in-market station on a straightforward “minute-for-minute” basis (
47. We also seek comment on how to define “special non-broadcast efforts.” Under the CTA, special non-broadcast efforts must “enhance the educational and informational value” of a licensee's programming to children. We request comment on the types of special non-broadcast efforts that should receive credit under this provision. We note that PBS stations currently engage in a variety of non-broadcast activities to supplement their educational and informational programming for children, such as hosting educational events for kids at libraries, bookstores, children's museums, science centers, theaters, and other locations in their local communities; partnering with local organizations, including schools, libraries, and summer camps, to keep kids reading and learning during the summer months; and providing free books and learning materials to children from low-income families in their communities. Are these the types of activities that should be credited as special non-broadcast efforts? Should a broadcaster receive credit for hosting or participating in an educational website for children that reinforces the themes or lessons in the broadcaster's Core Programming? Under non-broadcast efforts, should the Commission take into consideration the availability of children's programming that is aired on internet streaming platforms? For example, PBS has a dedicated website and app for its children's programming. Are there similar on-demand outlets for children's programming aired by commercial stations? Should it matter whether such content is accessible for free or on a paid or subscription basis? How should we count or weigh special non-broadcast efforts? For example, should we count each special non-broadcast effort in which the broadcaster participates as the equivalent of a specified number of required Core Programming hours? Should some special non-broadcast efforts be assigned greater weight than others?
48. Finally, we propose to allow Media Bureau staff, rather than the full Commission, to approve the children's programming portion of renewal applications of licensees relying in part on special sponsorship and/or special non-broadcast efforts. The Bureau staff has substantial experience in evaluating the children's programming efforts of license renewal applicants. Further, we note NAB's comment that broadcasters would be unlikely to take advantage of this option if they are required to subject their license renewal to a non-routine review by the full Commission. We seek comment on this proposal.
49. We propose to allow broadcasters the flexibility to choose on which of their free OTA streams to air any Core Programming (or non-Core Programming, to the extent that a
50. We tentatively conclude that neither section 336 or the CTA mandates that a station fulfill its obligation to serve the educational and informational needs of children through its primary programming stream. In establishing the statutory framework for the transition to DTV, Congress stated in section 336(d) that “[n]othing in this section shall be construed as relieving a television broadcasting station from its obligation to serve the public interest, convenience, and necessity.” We tentatively conclude that a station can continue to serve the public interest by providing children's educational and informational programming on a multicast channel. Indeed, this is consistent with the CTA, which requires that we consider at renewal whether a television licensee has served the educational and informational needs of children through its “programming,” but does not dictate that such programming must be provided on the primary stream. We believe that this meets the statutory obligation as outlined by Congress while continuing to serve OTA-only households and children that do not have access to alternative non-broadcast content. As Members of Congress recently stressed to the Commission, “`Kid Vid' rules remain important today, especially for the many underserved families who rely on free broadcast stations for educational content. Many families cannot access or afford the broadband speeds necessary for streaming online video and have trouble paying for monthly pay-TV subscription services. The `Kid Vid' rules (and especially the mandatory programming hours requirement) make sure that these children have access to quality content to help them learn and thrive in school.” We believe that permitting broadcasters to air their Core Programming on a multicast stream would be the surest way to provide needed flexibility while at the same time allow broadcasters to continue serving this important segment of the population. We seek comment on this tentative conclusion.
51. We also tentatively conclude that we should eliminate the additional Core Programming processing guideline applicable to digital stations that multicast. Under this guideline, broadcasters providing streams of free video programming in addition to their main program stream must air additional Core Programming based on the amount of programming that is aired on their multicast streams. Multicasting stations are permitted to air all of their additional Core Programming on one free video channel, or distribute it across multiple free video channels, at their discretion, as long as the stream on which the Core Programming is aired has comparable MVPD carriage as the stream whose programming generates the Core Programming obligation. Commenters note that when the Commission adopted this processing guideline in 2004, it stated that it intended to revisit the issues addressed in that proceeding within the next three years and consider whether its determinations should be changed in light of technological developments. In 2018, we finally revisit this issue.
52. Given the changes in how consumers access video programming and the growth in the amount and sources of educational and information programming available for children since the rule's adoption in 2004, we tentatively conclude that the additional Core Programming processing guideline for multicasting stations is no longer needed. We also tentatively find that neither the CTA nor section 336 of the Act mandates that the Commission impose children's educational and informational programming requirements on multicast streams. The CTA requires that we consider at renewal whether a television licensee has served the educational and informational needs of children through its “programming,” but does not dictate that such programming be assessed on a stream-by-stream basis. In addition, in establishing the statutory framework for the transition to DTV, Congress stated in section 336(b)(5) that the Commission “shall prescribe such other regulations as may be necessary for the protection of the public interest, convenience, and necessity.” We tentatively conclude that children's educational and informational programming requirements for multicast streams are not necessary for the protection of the public interest, convenience, and necessity. We seek comment on our tentative conclusions and ask commenters to provide input on the relative costs and benefits of the current requirements for multicasting stations. To what extent do consumers benefit from the additional Core Programming hours that currently must be provided on multicast channels under the existing processing guideline? Is this programming well-known to or frequently watched by children? To what extent does the current processing guideline increase programming costs for stations or require them to forego other programming options?
53. We also seek comment on how to ensure that the current viewership of children's programming is not reduced. Should the flexibility to choose on which free OTA stream to air required Core Programming hours come with additional public interest obligations? For example, if a broadcaster decides to air its Core Programming on a multicast stream rather than its primary stream, should it be required to air additional hours of children's programming or provide some other service to its community? What other, if any, additional safeguards should apply?
54. To the extent that we adopt our proposal to allow broadcasters to choose on which of their free OTA streams to air any Core Programming, we seek comment on how to apply our children's programming rules to stations broadcasting in ATSC 3.0. In the recent order authorizing television broadcasters to use the Next Generation or ATSC 3.0 broadcast television transmission standard on a voluntary, market-driven basis, the Commission concluded that the ATSC 1.0 and ATSC 3.0 signals of a Next Gen TV broadcaster will be two separately authorized companion channels under the broadcaster's single, unified license. It further required Next Gen TV broadcasters to simulcast the primary video programming stream of their ATSC 3.0 channels in an ATSC 1.0 format, so that viewers will continue to
55. We acknowledge that MVPDs are not required to carry stations' multicast streams, so it is possible that the stream on which a station chooses to air its required Core Programming would not be available to those viewing broadcast stations only through MVPDs. Nevertheless, the stream would still be available over the air and therefore should be available to children in households that do not subscribe, and therefore do not have access to, the myriad of children's programming options available on cable or satellite. We note that the Commission has allowed multicasting stations to air all of their additional Core Programming (beyond the three-hour weekly baseline) on any free OTA stream only where the stream has MVPD carriage comparable to the stream whose programming generates the Core Programming obligation. We tentatively conclude that the comparable MVPD carriage requirement is no longer necessary. We believe that the MVPD comparable carriage requirement is less important today, given that viewers with MVPD service have access to cable children's networks and likely also have access to children's programming on over-the-top services and internet sites. We seek comment on this tentative conclusion. If we allow broadcasters to move all of their Core Programming off of their main program stream to a stream that does not receive MVPD carriage, do broadcasters have business incentives to ensure that the programming attracts as many viewers as possible? How do such incentives operate in connection with the broadcast of children's educational and informational programming? Would the statutory purpose of 47 U.S.C. 303b continue to be fulfilled if we were to permit Core Programming to be moved off of the stream that is carried by the MVPD?
56. If we adopt this proposal and broadcasters choose to move their required Core Programming from their main program stream to another free OTA stream, would there be a need to ensure that parents are able to locate the Core Programming? We note that for OTA viewers the multicast stream is located next to the main stream in the channel lineup. Nevertheless, should we require broadcasters to provide on-air notifications to consumers that they intend to move the Core Programming from the main program stream to another channel? If we require them, how often and when should such notifications air? Should they be aired only on those days on which the Core Programming is broadcast or immediately before or during the broadcast of the Core Programming, to ensure that the notifications are seen by the programming's existing audience? Should we also require broadcasters to post information about the move on their websites or allow broadcasters to use websites to notify viewers in lieu of on-air notifications? Alternatively, are there more relevant ways to educate viewers today? Should we give broadcasters flexibility in determining the best way to inform their viewers? Even after initially moving Core Programming to a secondary stream, should stations be required to publicize the availability of children's programming on their secondary stream?
57. We seek comment on whether we should revise our policies regarding the preemption of children's programming or whether the added flexibility afforded to broadcasters by the other rule changes proposed in this NPRM, if adopted, would largely eliminate the need for preemptions. Under our existing policies, if a station preempts an episode of a core program for any reason other than breaking news, the station generally must air the rescheduled program in a previously selected “second home” and provide an on-air notification of the schedule change in order for the rescheduled program to count toward compliance with the processing guideline. Commenters complain that the restrictive “second home” policy unnecessarily burdens local stations—especially those stations that air live network sports programming and network and local newscasts on weekend mornings—and impairs their ability to reschedule preempted programs. We seek comment on whether the potential rule changes discussed above would provide broadcasters sufficient flexibility to schedule their Core Programming so as to avoid the need for preemptions. To the extent that commenters believe that these other rule changes would not fully address their concerns with the preemption policies, or if we do not adopt all of those proposals, we request comment on how to provide broadcasters greater flexibility in rescheduling preempted Core Programming. NAB proposes that we eliminate the “second home” policy and instead permit stations to air preempted core programs on the day, time, and OTA stream of their choice, provided that the broadcaster gives adequate notice of the rescheduled time. We seek comment on this proposal and
1. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities by the policies and rules proposed in the
2. The Children's Television Act of 1990 (CTA) requires that the Commission consider, in its review of television license renewals, the extent to which the licensee “has served the educational and informational needs of children through its overall programming, including programming specifically designed to serve such needs.” The CTA provides that, in addition to considering the licensee's programming, the Commission also may consider in its review of television license renewals (1) any special non-broadcast efforts by the licensee which enhance the educational and informational value of such programming to children; and (2) any special efforts by the licensee to produce or support programming broadcast by another station in the licensee's marketplace which is specifically designed to serve the educational and informational needs of children. The Commission adopted rules implementing the CTA in 1991, and revised these rules in 1996, 2004, and 2006.
3. The existing children's programming rules include a three-hour per week safe harbor processing guideline for determining a renewal applicant's compliance with the rules. Under the processing guideline, the Media Bureau staff is authorized to approve the children's programming portion of a licensee's renewal application where the licensee has aired three hours per week (averaged over a six-month period) of “Core Programming” (
4. In the
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5. The proposed action is authorized pursuant to sections 303, 303b, 307, and 336 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 303, 303b, 307, and 336.
6. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as the terms “small business,” “small organization,” and “small governmental jurisdiction.” In addition, the term “small business” has the same meaning as the term “small business concern” under the Small Business Act. A small business concern is one which: (1) Is independently owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and (3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the SBA.
7. The rules proposed herein will directly affect small television broadcast stations. Below, we provide a description of these small entities, as well as an estimate of the number of such small entities, where feasible.
8.
9. The Commission has estimated the number of licensed commercial television stations to be 1,377. Of this total, 1,257 stations had revenues of $38.5 million or less, according to Commission staff review of the BIA Kelsey Inc. Media Access Pro Television Database (BIA) on January 8, 2018, and therefore these licensees qualify as small entities under the SBA definition. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of licensed noncommercial educational (NCE) television stations to be 390. Notwithstanding, the Commission does not compile and otherwise does not have access to information on the revenue of NCE stations that would permit it to determine how many such stations would qualify as small entities.
10. We note, however, that in assessing whether a business concern qualifies as “small” under the above definition, business (control) affiliations must be included. Our estimate, therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities that might be affected by our action, because the revenue figure on which it is based does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies. In addition, another element of the definition of “small business” requires that an entity not be dominant in its field of operation. We are unable at this time to define or quantify the criteria that would establish whether a specific television broadcast station is dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small businesses to which rules may
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16. The
17. Finally, the
18. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant, specifically small business, alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach, which may include the following four alternatives (among others): (1) The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements under the rule for such small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
19. The revisions proposed in the
20. None
21. This document contains proposed modified information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, invites the general public and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to comment on the information collection requirements contained in this document, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. In addition, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, the Commission will seek specific comment on how we might further reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
22.
23. Pursuant to §§ 1.415 and 1.419 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.415, 1.419, interested parties may file comments and reply comments on or before the dates indicated on the first page of this document. Comments may be filed using the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System (ECFS).
•
•
Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
• All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445 12th Street SW, TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of
• Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9050 Junction Drive, Annapolis Junction, MD 20701.
• U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20554.
24.
25.
26. Accordingly,
27.
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Television, Cable television.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 73 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336, and 339.
(c) * * *
(3) For commercial broadcast stations only, the program is identified as specifically designed to educate and inform children by the display on the television screen throughout the program of the symbol E/I;
(d) The Commission will apply the following processing guideline to digital stations in assessing whether a television broadcast licensee has complied with the Children's Television Act of 1990 (“CTA”) on its digital channel(s). A digital television licensee that has aired at least three hours per week of Core Programming (as defined in paragraph (c) of this section and as averaged over a six month period) on its main program stream will be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to air such programming and shall have the CTA portion of its license renewal application approved by the Commission staff. The licensee may air all of the Core Programing on its main program stream or on another free program stream, or may distribute it across multiple free program streams, at its discretion. Licensees that do not meet this processing guidelines will have full opportunity to demonstrate compliance with the CTA and be eligible for such staff approval by relying in part on sponsorship of Core educational/informational programs on other stations in the market that increases the amount of Core educational and informational programming on the station airing the sponsored program and/or on special nonbroadcast efforts which enhance the value of children's educational and informational television programming.
(e) * * *
(11) * * *
(iii)
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, propose to revise our regulations extending most of the prohibitions for activities involving endangered species to threatened species. For species already listed as a threatened species, the proposed regulations would not alter the applicable prohibitions. The proposed regulations would require the Service, pursuant to section 4(d) of the Endangered Species Act, to determine what, if any, protective regulations are appropriate for species that the Service in the future determines to be threatened.
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before September 24, 2018. Comments submitted electronically using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Bridget Fahey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Conservation and Classification, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703/358-2171. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Relay Service at 800/877-8339.
The Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (“ESA” or “Act”; 16 U.S.C. 1531
This proposed rule is one of three related proposed rules that are publishing in today's
In carrying out Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” the Department of the Interior (DOI) published a document with the title “Regulatory Reform” in the
The regulations that implement the ESA are located in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations. This proposed rule would revise regulations found in part 17 of title 50, particularly in subpart D, which pertains to threatened wildlife, and subpart G, which pertains to threatened plants.
We propose to amend §§ 17.31 and 17.71, along with conforming amendments to other sections of title 50. Among other changes, the proposal would add language in both sections to paragraph (a) to specify that its provisions apply only to species listed as threatened species on or before the effective date of this rule. Species listed or reclassified as a threatened species after the effective date of this rule, if finalized, would have protective regulations only if the Service promulgates a species-specific rule (also referred to as a special rule). In those cases, we intend to finalize the species-specific rule concurrent with the final listing or reclassification determination. Notwithstanding our intention, we have discretion to revise or promulgate species-specific rules at any time after the final listing or reclassification determination. However, we specifically request comments on our stated intention of finalizing species-specific rules concurrent with final listing rules, including whether we should include any binding requirement in the regulatory text to do so, such as setting a timeframe for finalizing species-specific rules after a final listing or reclassification determination.
This change would make our regulatory approach for threatened species parallel with the approach that the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) has taken since Congress added section 4(d) to the Act, as discussed below. The protective regulations that currently apply to threatened species would not change, unless the Service adopts a species-specific rule in the future. As of the date of this proposal, there are species-specific protective regulations for threatened wildlife in subpart D of part 17, but the Service has not adopted any species-specific protective regulations for plants. The proposed regulations would not affect the consultation obligations of Federal agencies pursuant to section 7 of the Act. The proposed regulations would not change permitting pursuant to 50 CFR 17.32.
The prohibitions set forth in ESA Section 9 expressly apply only to species listed as endangered under the Act, as opposed to threatened. 16 U.S.C. 1538(a). ESA Section 4(d), however, provides that the Secretaries may by regulation extend some or all of the Section 9 prohibitions to any species listed as threatened.
Another reasonable approach is the one that the Department of Commerce, through NMFS, has taken in regard to the species under its purview. NMFS did not adopt regulations that extended most of the prohibitions for endangered species to threatened species as we did. Rather, for each species that they list as threatened, NMFS promulgates the appropriate regulations to put in place prohibitions, protections, or restrictions tailored specifically to that species. In more than 40 years of implementing the Act, NMFS has successfully implemented the provisions of the Act using this approach.
Moreover, we have gained considerable experience in developing species-specific rules over the years. Where we have developed species-specific 4(d) rules, we have seen many benefits, including removing redundant permitting requirements, facilitating implementation of beneficial conservation actions, and making better use of our limited personnel and fiscal resources by focusing prohibitions on the stressors contributing to the threatened status of the species. This revision allows us to capitalize on these benefits in tailoring the regulations to the conservation needs of the species.
For example, we finalized a species-specific 4(d) rule for the coastal California gnatcatcher (
Upon reviewing the approach NMFS has taken and in light of the benefits we have noted in developing species-specific rules, we now conclude these proposed changes will align our practices with those of NMFS regarding threatened species under Department of Commerce purview, but also that they will better tailor protections to the needs of the threatened species while still providing meaning to the statutory distinction between “endangered species” and “threatened species.”
The proposed regulations would remove the references to subpart A in § 17.31 and § 17.71. In § 17.31, we propose to specify which sections apply to wildlife, to be more transparent as to which provisions contain exceptions to the prohibitions. In § 17.71, we propose
In proposing the specific changes to the regulations that follow, and setting out the accompanying clarifying discussion in this preamble, the Service is establishing prospective standards only. Nothing in these proposed revised regulations is intended to require (now or at such time as these regulations may become final) that any previous listing, delisting, or reclassification determinations or species-specific protective regulations be reevaluated on the basis of any final regulations. The existing protections for currently-listed threatened species are within the discretion expressly delegated to the Secretary by Congress.
Pursuant to section 10(j) of the Act, members of experimental populations are generally treated as threatened species and, pursuant to 50 CFR 17.81, populations are designated through population-specific regulation found in §§ 17.84-17.86. As under our existing practice, each such population-specific regulation will contain all of the applicable prohibitions, along with any exceptions to prohibitions, for that experimental population. None of the changes associated with this rulemaking will change existing special rules for experimental populations. Any 10(j) special rules promulgated after the effective date of this rule which make applicable to a non-essential experimental population some or all of the prohibitions that statutorily apply to endangered species will not refer to 50 CFR 17.31(a); rather, they will instead independently articulate those prohibitions or refer to 50 CFR 17.21.
Any final rule based on this proposal will consider information and recommendations timely submitted from all interested parties. We solicit comments, information, and recommendations from governmental agencies, Native American tribes, the scientific community, industry groups, environmental interest groups, and any other interested parties on this proposed rule. All comments and materials received by the date listed in
You may submit your information concerning this proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
Information and supporting documentation that we receive in response to this proposed rule will be available for you to review at
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Management and Budget's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this rule is significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements. This proposed rule is consistent with Executive Order 13563, and in particular with the requirement of retrospective analysis of existing rules, designed “to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.”
This proposed rule is expected to be an Executive Order 13771 deregulatory action.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996; 5 U.S.C. 601
This rulemaking revises the regulations for 4(d) rules for species determined to meet the definition of a “threatened species” under the Act. The changes in this proposed rule are instructive regulations and do not affect small entities.
The Service is the only entity that is directly affected by this proposed regulation change at 50 CFR part 17 because we are the only entity that is affected by changes to this section of the Code of Federal Regulations. No external entities, including any small businesses, small organizations, or small governments, will experience any economic impacts from this rule. Consequently, this proposed rulemaking action is not a major rule under SBREFA.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(a) On the basis of information contained in the
(b) This proposed rule would not produce a Federal mandate on State,
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, this proposed rule would not have significant takings implications. This proposed rule would not pertain to “taking” of private property interests, nor would it directly affect private property. A takings implication assessment is not required because this proposed rule (1) would not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and (2) would not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This proposed rule would substantially advance a legitimate government interest (conservation and recovery of endangered and threatened species) and would not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
In accordance with Executive Order 13132, we have considered whether this proposed rule would have significant Federalism effects and have determined that a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This proposed rule pertains only to prohibitions for activities pertaining to threatened species under the Endangered Species Act and would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This proposed rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the applicable standards provided in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988. This proposed rule would clarify the prohibitions to threatened species under the Endangered Species Act.
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175, and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis.
This rule does not contain information collection requirements, and a submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520) is not required. We may not conduct or sponsor and you are not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
We are analyzing this proposed regulation in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the Department of the Interior regulations on Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act (43 CFR 46.10-46.450), and the Department of the Interior Manual (516 DM 8).
We anticipate that the categorical exclusion found at 43 CFR 46.210(i) likely applies to these proposed regulation changes. At 43 CFR 46.210(i), the Department of the Interior has found that the following category of actions would not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and are, therefore, categorically excluded from the requirement for completion of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement: “Policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines: that are of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature.”
We invite the public to comment on the extent to which this proposed regulation may have a significant impact on the human environment, or fall within one of the categorical exclusions for actions that have no individual or cumulative effect on the quality of the human environment. We will complete our analysis, in compliance with NEPA, before finalizing this proposed rule.
Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. This proposed rule, if made final, is not expected to affect energy supplies, distribution, and use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action, and no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we hereby propose to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Except as provided in §§ 17.4 through 17.8, or in a permit issued under this subpart, all of the provisions of § 17.21, except § 17.21(c)(5), shall apply to threatened species of wildlife that were added to the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife in § 17.11(h) on or prior to [
(b) In addition to any other provisions of this part 17, any employee or agent of the Service, of the National Marine Fisheries Service, or of a State conservation agency that is operating a conservation program pursuant to the
(c) Whenever a species-specific rule in §§ 17.40 through 17.48 applies to a threatened species, none of the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section will apply. The species-specific rule will contain all the applicable prohibitions and exceptions.
(a) Except as provided in a permit issued under this subpart, all of the provisions of § 17.61 shall apply to threatened species of plants that were added to the List of Endangered and Threatened Plants in § 17.12(h) on or prior to [
(b) In addition to any provisions of this part 17, any employee or agent of the Service or of a State conservation agency that is operating a conservation program pursuant to the terms of a cooperative agreement with the Service in accordance with section 6(c) of the Act, who is designated by that agency for such purposes, may, when acting in the course of official duties, remove and reduce to possession from areas under Federal jurisdiction those threatened species of plants that are covered by an approved cooperative agreement to carry out conservation programs.
(c) Whenever a species-specific rule in §§ 17.73 through 17.78 applies to a threatened species, the species-specific rule will contain all the applicable prohibitions and exceptions.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), Interior; National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule.
We, FWS and NMFS (collectively referred to as the “Services” or “we”), propose to amend portions of our regulations that implement section 7 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended. The Services are proposing these changes to improve and clarify the interagency consultation processes and make them more efficient and consistent.
We will accept comments from all interested parties until September 24, 2018. Please note that if you are using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703/358-2442; or Cathy Tortorici, ESA Interagency Cooperation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910, telephone 301/427-8495. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
The purposes of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (“ESA” or “Act”; 16 U.S.C. 1531
The Secretaries of the Interior and Commerce share responsibilities for implementing most of the provisions of the Act. Generally, marine species are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Commerce, and all other species are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Interior. Authority to administer the Act has been delegated by the Secretary of the Interior to the Director of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and by the Secretary of Commerce to the Assistant Administrator for the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). References in this document to “the Services” mean FWS and NMFS.
There have been no comprehensive amendments to the Act since 1988, and no comprehensive revisions to the implementing regulations since 1986. In the years since those changes took place, much has happened: The Services have gained considerable experience in implementing the Act, as have other Federal agencies, States, and property owners; there have been numerous court decisions regarding almost every provision of the Act and its implementing regulations; the Government Accountability Office has completed reviews of the Act's implementation; there have been many
Title 50, part 402, of the Code of Federal Regulations establishes the procedural regulations governing interagency cooperation under section 7 of the Act, which requires Federal agencies, in consultation with and with the assistance of the Secretaries of the Interior and Commerce (the “Secretaries”), to insure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by such agencies is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat of such species. These proposed regulatory amendments are intended to address the Services' collective experience of more than 40 years implementing the Act and several court decisions.
In carrying out Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” the Department of the Interior (DOI) published a document with the title “Regulatory Reform” in the
As part of implementing E.O. 13777, NOAA published a notice entitled, “Streamlining Regulatory Processes and Reducing Regulatory Burden” (82 FR 31576, July 7, 2017). The notice requested public comments on how NOAA could continue to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of current regulations and regulatory processes. This proposed rule addresses some of the comments NOAA received from the public.
This proposed rule is one of three related proposed rules that are publishing in today's
In proposing the specific changes to the regulations in this rule, and setting out the accompanying clarifying discussion in this preamble, the Services are proposing prospective standards only. Nothing in these proposed revisions to the regulations is intended to require that any previous consultations under section 7(a)(2) of the Act be reevaluated on the basis of the final rule at such time that the final rule becomes effective.
The Services anticipate that the proposed changes, if finalized, will improve and clarify interagency consultation, and make it more efficient and consistent, without compromising conservation of listed species. Many of the changes should help reduce the costs of consultation. For example, clarifying the definition of “effects of the action” should decrease consultation timeframes (and costs) by eliminating confusion regarding application of terms in the existing definition, which has resulted in time being spent determining how to categorize an effect, rather than simply determining what the effects are regardless of category. As another example, codifying alternative consultation methods and the ability to adopt portions of Federal agencies' documents should reduce overall consultation times and costs. Increased use of programmatic consultations will reduce the number of single, project-by-project consultations, streamline the consultation process, and increase predictability and consistency for action agencies. Eliminating the need to reinitiate consultation in certain situations will avoid impractical and disruptive burdens (and costs), without compromising conservation of listed species. We seek comment on (1) the extent to which the changes outlined in this proposed rule will affect timeframes and resources needed to conduct consultation and (2) anticipated cost savings resulting from the changes.
While not reflected in any proposed changes to our regulations at this time, we also seek comment on the merit, authority, and means for the Services to conduct a single consultation, resulting in a single biological opinion, for Federal agency actions affecting species that are under the jurisdiction of both FWS and NMFS.
This section sets out definitions of terms that are used throughout these proposed regulations. Some of these terms are further discussed as they pertain to the consultation procedures in appropriate, subsequent sections. Below we discuss those definitions that would be revised or added by these proposed regulations.
We propose to revise the definition of “destruction or adverse modification” by adding the phrase “as a whole” to the first sentence and removing the second sentence of the current definition. The Act requires Federal agencies, in consultation with and with the assistance of the Secretaries, to insure that their actions are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat of such species. In 1986, the Services established a definition for “destruction or adverse modification” (§ 402.02) that was found to be invalid by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth (2001) and Ninth (2004) Circuits. In 2016, we revised the definition, in part in response to these court rulings. We now propose to further clarify the definition, removing language that is redundant and has caused confusion about the meaning of the regulation.
In 1978, the Services promulgated regulations governing interagency cooperation under section 7 of the Act. (50 CFR part 402) (43 FR 870; Jan. 4, 1978). These regulations provided a definition for “destruction or adverse modification” of critical habitat, which was later updated in 1986 to conform with amendments made to the Act. The 1986 regulations defined “destruction or adverse modification” as: “a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat for both the survival and recovery of a
In 2001, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals reviewed the 1986 regulatory definition of destruction or adverse modification and found it exceeded the Service's discretion.
In 2004, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals also reviewed the 1986 regulatory definition of destruction or adverse modification.
After the Ninth Circuit's decision, the Services each issued guidance to discontinue the use of the 1986 adverse modification regulation (FWS Acting Director Marshall Jones Memorandum to Regional Directors, “Application of the `Destruction or Adverse Modification' Standard under Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act 2004” (FWS 2004); NMFS Assistant Administrator William T. Hogarth Memorandum to Regional Administrators, “Application of the `Destruction or Adverse Modification' Standard under Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act, 2005” (NMFS 2005)). Specifically, in evaluating a proposed action's effects on critical habitat as part of interagency consultation, the Services began applying the definition of “conservation” as set out in the Act, which defines conservation (and conserve and conserving) to mean “to use and the use of all methods and procedures which are necessary to bring any endangered species or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided pursuant to this [Act] are no longer necessary.” (16 U.S.C. 1532(3)) (
In 2016, we promulgated regulations to revise the regulatory definition of “destruction or adverse modification.” We adopted the following definition: “Destruction or adverse modification means a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat for the conservation of a listed species. Such alterations may include, but are not limited to, those that alter the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a species or that preclude or significantly delay development of such features.” (81 FR 7214, February 11, 2016).
We explained in the 2016 rule that we did not intend for it to alter the section 7(a)(2) consultation process from existing practice and noted that previously completed biological opinions did not need to be reevaluated in light of that rule. The 2016 definition, particularly the first sentence, sought to clarify and preserve the existing distinction between the definitions of “destruction or adverse modification” and “jeopardize the continued existence of” by focusing the analysis for “destruction or adverse modification” on how the effects of a proposed action affect the value of critical habitat as a whole for the conservation of threatened or endangered species. The focus of the “jeopardize the continued existence of” definition, on the other hand, is whether a proposed action appreciably reduces the likelihood of survival and recovery by reducing a species' reproduction, numbers, and distribution.
The 2016 final rule's definition reflected several changes from what the Services proposed in 2014. The changes to the first sentence were relatively minor. In the 2014 proposed rule, the first sentence read: “`Destruction or adverse modification' means a direct or indirect alteration that appreciably diminishes the conservation value of critical habitat for listed species.” (79 FR 27060, 27066; May 12, 2014). In the final rule, we made a minor clarification of the first sentence, by changing “conservation value of critical habitat for listed species” to “the value of critical habitat for the conservation of a listed species.” (81 FR at 7226, February 11, 2016).
Many commenters of the 2014 proposed rule expressed confusion or concern regarding the scale at which the determination of destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat is made. Some of these commenters thought that the language, “critical habitat, as a whole,” should be included in the definition and not just the preamble. While the Services declined to include the phrase “as a whole” in the 2016 final definition, we explained in the preamble that we make our determination on the value of the critical habitat and its role in the conservation of the species, and that the existing consultation process already ensures that the determination is made at the appropriate scale. We also explained that, while an action may result in adverse effects to critical habitat within the action area, those effects may not necessarily rise to the level of destruction or adverse modification to the designated critical habitat. In adding the phrase “as a whole” to the proposed revised definition, we intend to clearly indicate that the final destruction or adverse
The analysis thus places an emphasis on the value of the designated critical habitat as a whole for the conservation of a species, in light of the role the action area serves with regard to the function of the overall designation. Just as the determination of jeopardy under section 7(a)(2) of the Act is made at the scale of the entire listed entity, a determination of destruction or adverse modification is made at the scale of the entire critical habitat designation. Even if a particular project would cause adverse effects to a portion of critical habitat, the Services must place those impacts in context of the designation to determine if the overall value of the critical habitat is likely to be reduced. This could occur where, for example, a smaller affected area of habitat is particularly important in its ability to support the conservation of a species (
The second sentence proved more controversial. As proposed, the second sentence of the definition read: “Such alterations may include, but are not limited to, effects that preclude or significantly delay the development of the physical or biological features that support the life-history needs of the species for recovery.” (79 FR at 27066, May 12, 2014). Many commenters argued that the proposed second sentence established a significant change in practice by appearing to focus the definition on the preclusion or delay of the development of physical or biological features, to the exclusion of the alteration of existing features. A number of commenters believed these concepts were vague, undefined, and allowed for arbitrary determinations. One commenter asserted that focusing on effects that preclude or significantly delay development of features was an expansion of authority that conflicted with E.O. 13604 (
In an attempt to clarify our intent, in finalizing the rule, we revised the proposed second sentence to add reference to alterations affecting the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a species, as well as those that preclude or significantly delay development of such features: “Such alterations may include, but are not limited to, those that alter the physical or biological features essential to the conservation of a species or that preclude or significantly delay development of such features.” (81 FR at 7226, February 11, 2016).
The intended purpose of the language about precluding or delaying “development of such features” was to acknowledge “that some important physical or biological features may not be present or are present in a sub-optimal quantity or quality. This could occur where, for example, the habitat has been degraded by human activity or is part of an ecosystem adapted to a particular natural disturbance (
However, the second sentence of the definition in the 2016 final rule has continued to cause controversy among the public and many stakeholders.
In this proposed rule, we seek to streamline and simplify the definition of “destruction or adverse modification” by removing the second sentence because the second sentence is unnecessary and has caused confusion. The second sentence of the definition attempted to elaborate upon meanings that are included within the first sentence, without attempting to exhaust them (hence, the use of the phrase “may include, but are not limited to”). In all cases, the analysis of destruction or adverse modification must address whether the proposed action will result in an “alteration that appreciably diminishes the value of critical habitat as a whole for the conservation of a listed species.”
As with the 2016 rule, we do not intend our proposed change to alter existing section 7(a)(2) consultation practice. The bar for whether a proposed action is likely to result in destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat is neither raised nor lowered by this proposed rule, nor is the scope of analysis altered with respect to evaluating the effects of a proposed action on critical habitat. This proposed definition retains the key, operative first sentence of the 2016 regulation while adding the clarifying additional phrase of “as a whole” (as discussed above). Further guidance on how to apply the language in that sentence can be found in the 2016 rule.
It is not necessary, nor possible, for a concise regulatory definition to list every way in which alterations may affect the value of critical habitat for the conservation of a species. The value of critical habitat for the conservation of a listed species is described primarily through the critical habitat designation itself. That designation, in accordance with the Act, will identify, in occupied habitat, “the specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species . . . on which are found those physical or biological features (I) essential to the conservation of the species and (II) which may require special management considerations or protection.” (16 U.S.C. 1532(5)(a)(i)). Accordingly, the Act already makes clear that, in occupied habitat, the value of critical habitat for the conservation of the species is directly associated with designated physical or biological features. Thus, destruction or adverse modification determinations may be based on alterations that affect such features, without needing to specify that fact in the regulatory definition. The Act and regulations also already state that unoccupied areas may be designated to the extent the Service determines they are “essential for the conservation of the species.” (16 U.S.C. 1532(5)(a)(ii)). Determining whether alterations in unoccupied critical habitat may constitute destruction or adverse modification will therefore need to consider the reasons for which the Service determined that such unoccupied habitat is “essential to the conservation of the species.”
The Services have not changed their underlying view that it may be necessary and consistent with the Act in some circumstances for the destruction and adverse modification analysis to consider how alterations to critical habitat could affect the ability of the habitat to develop or support features essential to the conservation of the species. For example, in some circumstances, recovery of the species may depend upon retaining the ability of a designated area to maintain or re-create the essential features, for instance through ecological succession, fluvial processes, active management, or other dynamic processes. This is a longstanding interpretation and agency practice, as reflected in the 2016 rule and in the 2004 and 2005 FWS and NMFS guidance documents regarding
In the proposed definition, “appreciably diminish” remains a key concept. This phrase has been part of the regulatory definition of “destruction or adverse modification” since 1978, and neither it nor its interpretation would be altered by this proposed rule. As we noted in the 2016 rule, with respect to “diminish,” the inquiry begins with whether the relevant effects will reduce, lessen, or weaken the value of the critical habitat for the conservation of the species. If so, then the inquiry is whether that reduction or diminishment will be “appreciable” to the value of the critical habitat for the conservation of the species.
As we also noted in 2016, the determination of “appreciably diminish” is made based upon the proposed action's effect on the value of the entire critical habitat to the conservation of the species. That is, the question is whether the “effects of the action” will appreciably diminish the value of the critical habitat as a whole to the conservation of the species, not just in the area where the proposed action takes place. In this respect, “appreciably diminish” is analogous to “appreciably reduce” in the context of determining whether an action will “jeopardize the continued existence” of a species, since that inquiry is similarly not merely addressing the effects within the action area, but rather is concerned with whether the effects “appreciably reduce” the likelihood of survival and recovery of the listed entity, the species.
The 2016 rule discussed the reasons we concluded, and here continue to conclude, that the phrase “appreciably diminish” does not need to be modified. As we noted in 2016, the Services' joint Consultation Handbook (FWS and NMFS, March 1998) uses the word “considerably” to interpret this phrase. In the 2016 rule, we clarified that the phrase “appreciably diminish,” like the Consultation Handbook's term “considerably,” means “ `worthy of consideration' and is another way of stating that we can recognize or grasp the quality, significance, magnitude, or worth of the reduction in the value of critical habitat.” (81 FR 7218, February 11, 2016).
We also explained in 2016 that it is not correct to conclude that every diminishment, however small, should constitute destruction or adverse modification. It was necessary to qualify the word “diminish” to exclude those adverse effects on critical habitat that are so minor in nature that they do not appreciably impact the value of designated critical habitat to the conservation of a listed species.
We also note that the word “appreciably” is used in both the Services' definition of “jeopardize the continued existence of” (“appreciably reduce”) and “destruction or adverse modification” (“appreciably diminish”). The meaning of the word “appreciably” is similar in either context. In both contexts, it is appropriate for the Services to consider the biological significance of effects when conducting a section 7(a)(2) consultation. As required by the ESA, we conduct formal consultation, and evaluate in detail the potential for destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat (and/or whether a proposed action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a species) whenever there are likely to be adverse effects to critical habitat or a listed species. In each of these analyses, we must evaluate, based on the totality of the circumstances and the best available scientific information, the nature and magnitude of the proposed action's effects, to determine whether such effects of the proposed action are consequential enough to rise to the level of “appreciably diminish” or “appreciably reduce.” See,
It should also be noted that the analysis must always consider whether such impacts are “appreciable,” even where a species already faces severe threats prior to the action. It is sometimes mistakenly asserted that a species may already be in a status of being “in jeopardy,” “in peril,” or “jeopardized” by baseline conditions, such that any additional adverse impacts must be found to meet the regulatory standards for “jeopardize the continued existence of” or “destruction or adverse modification.” See,
The terms “jeopardize the continued existence of” and “destruction or adverse modification” are, in the plain language of section 7(a)(2), determinations that are made about the effects of Federal agency actions. They are not determinations made about the environmental baseline or about the pre-action condition of the species. Under the ESA, a listed species will have the status of “threatened” or “endangered,” and all threatened and endangered species by definition face threats to their continued existence. See 16 U.S.C. §§ 1532(6), (20), 1533(a). But the ESA and our regulations do not use the terms “in jeopardy,” “in peril,” or “jeopardized” to describe the environmental baseline or the pre-action condition of a species; nor do the terms “appreciably reduce” or “appreciably diminish” have a different meaning where a species already faces very serious threats. In each biological opinion, the determination regarding destruction or adverse modification is made by evaluating the effects of the proposed action on the species in light of the overall status of the species, the baseline conditions within the action area and any cumulative effects occurring within the action area. While we acknowledge that for a species with a particularly dire status, a smaller impact could cause an alteration that appreciably diminishes the conservation value of critical habitat or appreciably
A related question that has arisen is whether the Services are required to identify a “tipping point” beyond which the species cannot recover in making section 7(a)(2) determinations. For example, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has said that “when a proposed action will have significant negative effects on the species' population or habitat, the duty to consider the recovery of the species necessarily includes the calculation of the species' approximate tipping point.”
We propose to amend the current definition of “Director” to clarify and simplify it, in accordance with the Act and agency practice of FWS and NMFS.
We propose to revise the definition of “effects of the action” in a manner that simplifies the definition. Confusion regarding application of terms has resulted in time being spent determining how to categorize an effect, rather than simply determining what the effects are regardless of category. By providing a simpler definition that applies to the entire range of potential effects, Federal agencies and the Services will be able to focus on better assessing the effects of the proposed action. In addition, we propose to make the definition of environmental baseline a stand-alone definition within § 402.02. Previously, this definition was articulated within the definition of effects of the proposed action. Finally, we have moved the instruction that the effects of the proposed action shall be added to the environmental baseline into the regulations guiding the Services' responsibilities in formal consultation in § 402.14(g).
A few aspects of the revised definition of effects of the action bear further discussion to understand our intent in the proposed revision. We collapsed the various concepts of direct and indirect effects, and the effects of interrelated and interdependent actions, into the new definition that the effects of the action include all effects caused by the proposed action. The revised definition notes that these effects include “the effects of other activities that are caused by the proposed action.” It includes a distinction between the word “action” which refers to the action proposed to be authorized, funded, or carried out, in whole or in part, by the Federal agency and brought in for consultation with the Services, and “activity” or “activities,” which refer to those activities that are caused by the proposed action but are not included in the proposed action. Under the current definition, these activities would have been considered under either “indirect effects” or “interrelated” or “interdependent” activities. An effect or activity is caused by the proposed action when two tests are satisfied: First, the effect or activity would not occur but for the proposed action, and second, the effect or activity is reasonably certain to occur.
Under the first of these two tests, if an effect or activity would occur regardless of whether the proposed action goes forward, then that effect or activity would not satisfy the “but for” test and would not be considered an effect of the action. The concepts of interrelated and interdependent actions in the existing regulations are now captured by the concept of effects of activities that are caused by the proposed action, but are not part of that proposed action. It has long been our practice that identification of direct and indirect effects as well as interrelated and interdependent activities is governed by the “but for” standard of causation. Our Consultation Handbook states . . .”In determining whether the proposed action is reasonably likely to be the direct or indirect cause of incidental take, the Services use the simple causation principle:
The second of the two tests speaks to the certainty of whether the effect or activity will occur. The concept of reasonable certainty already exists in our section 7 regulations and currently is explicitly applied in the context of indirect effects, cumulative effects, and incidental take. We propose to increase consistency and avoid confusion and speculation by explicitly applying the concept to all effects of the proposed action (not just indirect) and also to those other activities previously identified as interrelated and interdependent. This concept applies equally to evaluating the beneficial effects of a proposed action (
As a practical matter, application of the “reasonable certainty” standard is done in the following sequential manner in light of the best available scientific and commercial data to determine if incidental take is anticipated: (1) A determination is made regarding whether a listed species is present within the area affected by the proposed
The preamble to the 1986 regulation implementing section 7 also discusses the Services' interpretation of the phrase “reasonably certain to occur.” (51 FR 19926, 19932-19933; June 3, 1986—“For State and private actions to be considered in the cumulative effects analysis, there must exist more than a mere possibility that the action may proceed. On the other hand, “reasonably certain to occur” does not mean that there is a guarantee that an action will occur.”)
It is important to note that both prongs of the causation standard must be met for the activity in question and the effects from that activity. So, for example, if an activity is not reasonably certain to occur, then the causation standard has not been met and neither the activity nor any effects from that activity are considered an effect of the proposed action.
In addition, for activities that are caused by the proposed action, we have established at § 402.17 a standard and set of factors to consider in determining whether activities are reasonably certain to occur. We believe that the combination of requiring that an effect be both “but for” and “reasonably certain to occur” will reasonably define the reach of the effects analysis and address concerns about extending the analysis into an unreasonably wide arena. Finally, the proposed provision includes a reminder that the effects of the action may occur throughout the action area and on an ongoing, or even delayed, timeframe after completion of the action that was the subject of consultation. Thus, under the proposed rule, there would no longer be a need for a separate definition of “indirect effects,” since the intent of the new definition is that the effects covered by that term are still included. And similarly, the new definition should not, in practice, change the determination or scope of the “action area” in a consultation.
As stated previously, the Services' intent is to simplify and clarify the definition of effects of the action, without altering the scope of what constitutes an effect. We seek comment on (1) the extent to which the proposed revised definition simplifies and clarifies the definition of “effects of the action”; (2) whether the proposed definition alters the scope of effects considered by the Services; (3) the extent to which the scope of the proposed revised definition is appropriate for the purposes of the Act; and (4) how the proposed revised definition may be improved.
We are proposing a stand-alone definition for “environmental baseline” as referenced in the discussion above in the proposed revised definition for “effects of the action.” The definition for environmental baseline retains its current wording. Moving it to a stand-alone definition clarifies that the environmental baseline is a separate consideration that sets the stage for analyzing the effects of the proposed action on the listed species and critical habitat within the action area by providing the foundation upon which to build the analysis of the effects of the action under consultation. The environmental baseline does not include the effects of the action under review in the consultation (See Consultation Handbook, at 4-22).
The Services are seeking public comment on potential revisions to the definition of “environmental baseline” as it relates to ongoing Federal actions. It has sometimes been challenging for the Services and Federal agencies to determine the appropriate baseline for those consultations involving ongoing agency actions. The complexities presented in these consultations include issues such as: What constitutes an “ongoing” action; if an ongoing action is changed, is the incremental change in the ongoing action the only focus of the consultation or is the entire action or some other subset reviewed; is the effects analysis different if the ongoing action has never been the subject of consultation as compared to if there is a current biological opinion for the ongoing action; if a change is made to an ongoing action that lessens, but does not eliminate, the harmful impact to listed species or critical habitat, is that by definition a “beneficial action”; and can a “beneficial action” ever jeopardize listed species or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. Further, the Services request comments as to whether the following language would address these issues:
As indicated above, we propose to move the instruction that the effects of the action shall be added to the environmental baseline from the definition of “effects of the action” into § 402.14(g) to retain this important step of the analytical process.
We propose to add a definition of “programmatic consultation.” This term is included in revised § 402.14(c)(4) to codify an optional consultation technique that is being used with increasing frequency and to promote the use of programmatic consultations as effective tools that can improve both process efficiency and conservation in consultations. Programmatic consultations can be completed under informal and formal consultation processes. They can be used to evaluate the effects of multiple actions anticipated within a particular geographic area; or to evaluate Federal agency programs that guide implementation of the agency's future actions by establishing standards, guidelines, or governing criteria to which future actions will adhere. By consulting on the program, plan, policy, regulation, series, or suites of activities as a whole, the Services can reduce the number of single, project-by-project consultations, streamline the consultation process, and increase predictability and consistency for action agencies. In addition, by looking across numerous individual actions at the programmatic level, the Federal action agencies and applicants can propose project design criteria, best management practices, standard operating procedures, and/or standards and guidelines that avoid, minimize, or offset the action's effects on listed species and/or designated critical habitat. Federal agencies and applicants often propose measures to avoid, minimize, and/or offset effects to listed
1.
2.
The Services recently promulgated changes to the section 7(a)(2) implementing regulations that define framework and mixed programmatic actions that address certain types of policies, plans, regulations, and programs (80 FR 26832, May 11, 2015). The types of programmatic consultations described above align with the suite of activities described in the 2015 rule.
The Services encourage Federal agencies to coordinate with us in order to determine what programmatic approach would be applicable and streamline the consultation process for their program or suite of actions.
In order to increase efficiency in implementing section 7(a)(2) consultations and capitalize upon the considerable experience the Services have gained in implementing the Act, the Services seek comment on the advisability of clarifying the circumstances upon which Federal agencies are not required to consult. More specifically, the Services seek comment regarding revising § 402.03 to preclude the need to consult when the Federal agency does not anticipate take and the proposed action will: (1) Not affect listed species or critical habitat; or (2) have effects that are manifested through global processes and (i) cannot be reliably predicted or measured at the scale of a listed species' current range, or (ii) would result at most in an extremely small and insignificant impact on a listed species or critical habitat, or (iii) are such that the potential risk of harm to a listed species or critical habitat is remote, or (3) result in effects to listed species or critical habitat that are either wholly beneficial or are not capable of being measured or detected in a manner that permits meaningful evaluation. The Services have learned through time that such actions are far removed from any potential for jeopardy or destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat, and that consultation on these actions does little to accomplish the intent of section 7(a)(2) of the Act—to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by a Federal agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.
In prior consultations under section 7(a)(2), agencies with regulatory authority have consulted on actions that include effects to listed species or designated critical habitat that occur outside of the specific area over which they have regulatory jurisdiction. We also seek comment on whether the scope of a consultation under section 7(a)(2) should be limited to only the activities, areas, and effects within the jurisdictional control and responsibility of the regulatory agency.
Informal consultation is an optional process that includes all discussions, correspondence, etc., between the Service and the Federal agency to assist the Federal agency in determining whether formal consultation or a conference is required. During informal consultation, the Service may suggest modifications to the action that the Federal agency and any applicant could implement to avoid the likelihood of adverse effects to listed species or critical habitat. Finally, the Services may issue a written concurrence with a Federal agency's determination that the action is not likely to adversely affect the listed species or critical habitat.
There is currently no deadline for the Services to complete an informal consultation, unlike formal consultations, which by regulation should be completed within 90 days unless extended under the terms at § 402.14(e). The Service's goal is to either complete the Letter of Concurrence for the project, or request additional information that is necessary to complete the consultation, within 30 days. NMFS completes approximately
The Services are considering whether to add a 60-day deadline, subject to extension by mutual consent, for informal consultations. We seek comment on (1) whether a deadline would be helpful in improving the timeliness of review; (2) the appropriate length for a deadline (if not 60 days); and (3) how to appropriately implement a deadline (
Consistent with the Services' existing practice, we propose to revise § 402.14(c) to clarify what is necessary to initiate formal consultation. Decades of experience have demonstrated valuable time is lost due to lack of clarity in what information the Services need to initiate consultation. This often results in an ongoing exchange of documents (
The proposed revisions to § 402.14(c) would further describe the information from the Federal agency necessary to initiate consultation. This set of information is commonly called the “initiation package,” and that term is also used in our proposed regulations for alternative formal consultation procedures to refer to the information required in § 402.14(c). Consistent with § 402.06 (Coordination with other environmental reviews), we also propose at § 402.14(c) to allow the Services to consider other documents as initiation packages, such as: a document prepared for the sole purpose of providing the Service with information relevant to an agency's consultation, a document that has been prepared under NEPA or other authority that contains the necessary information to initiate consultation, or other such documents (
When such documents consider two or more alternative actions, the request for consultation must describe the specific alternative or action proposed for consultation and the specific locations in the document where the relevant information is found. The Services evaluate only the Federal agency's proposed alternative during the consultation process. If the Federal agency either adopts another alternative as its final agency action, or substantively modifies the proposed alternative, reinitiation of consultation may be required.
The proposed regulations describe categories of information that should be in an initiation package to initiate formal consultation. Information must be provided in a sufficient level of detail consistent with the nature and scope of the proposed action. Consistent with the Service's existing practice, the requirement to include sufficient detail ensures the Service has enough information to understand the action as proposed and conduct an informed analysis of the effects of the action, including with regard to those measures intended to avoid, minimize, or offset effects. See Consultation Handbook, at B-54 (Description of the proposed action should be “detailed enough so that the reviewer can fully understand what the components of the action include and how the project will affect the species.”) Such information should include a description of the proposed action, including any measures intended to avoid, minimize, or offset the effects of the proposed action, a description of the area affected (the action area), information about species or critical habitat in the action area, a description of potential effects of the proposed action on individuals of any listed species or critical habitat, a description of the cumulative effects, a summary of information from the applicant, if any, and any other relevant information.
We propose to revise portions of § 402.14(g) that describe the Services' responsibilities during formal consultation. We propose to clarify the analytical steps the Services undertake in formulating a biological opinion. These changes are intended to better reflect the Services' approach to analyzing jeopardy and adverse modification as well as address revisions to the definition of “effects of the action.” In summary, these analytical steps are: (1) Review all relevant information, (2) evaluate current status of the species and critical habitat and environmental baseline, (3) evaluate effects of the proposed action and cumulative effects, (4) add effects of the action and cumulative effects to the environmental baseline, and, in light of the status of the species and critical habitat, determine if the proposed action is likely to jeopardize listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. While we identify distinct steps in our analytical approach, each step is related to the others and necessarily informs and influences our analysis. For example, the condition of the environmental baseline is relevant to the nature and extent of the effects of the action. Effects of the action that in isolation would be of minor consequence may be amplified and of greater consequence when analyzed in light of the condition of the environmental baseline.
In § 402.14(g)(2), we propose to move from the current definition of “effects of the action” the instruction that the effects of the action shall be added to the environmental baseline to where this provision more logically fits with the rest of the analytical process, and we retain this important step of that process. In § 402.14(g)(4), we propose revisions to better reflect the manner in which the Services integrate and synthesize their analyses of effects of the action with cumulative effects, the environmental baseline, and status of the species and critical habitat to reach our jeopardy and adverse modification
We propose clarifications to § 402.14(g)(8) regarding whether and how the Service should consider measures included in a proposed action that are intended to avoid, minimize, or offset adverse effects to listed species or critical habitat. Federal agencies often include these types of measures as part of the proposed action. However, the Service's reliance on a Federal agency's commitment that the measures will actually occur as proposed has been repeatedly questioned in court. The resulting judicial decisions have created confusion regarding what level of certainty is required to demonstrate that a measure will in fact be implemented before the Service can consider it in a biological opinion. In particular, the Ninth Circuit has held that even an expressed sincere commitment by a Federal agency or applicant to implement future improvements to benefit a species must be rejected absent “specific and binding plans” with “a clear, definite commitment of resources for future improvements.”
This judicially created standard is not required by the Act or the existing regulations. The Act requires Federal agencies to consult with the Services, as appropriate, on “any action authorized, funded or carried out by such agency.” When a Federal agency proposes to take an action that it has the discretion and authority to implement, and where that proposed action or parts thereof “may affect” a listed species or its critical habitat, the section 7(a)(2) consultation process is triggered. Where these conditions are met, the Service's role is to assume that the action will be implemented as proposed and proceed to analyze the effects of that proposed action on listed species and critical habitat. Just as with the components of a proposed action with adverse effects, there is no additional or heightened standard or threshold requirement necessitating the Service to independently evaluate whether the proposed measures to avoid, minimize, or offset adverse effects will be implemented.
In some situations, a Federal agency may propose a suite or program of measures that will be implemented over time. The future components of the proposed action often have some uncertainty with regard to the specific details of projects that will be implemented. Nevertheless, a Federal agency or applicant may be fully capable of committing to specific levels and types of actions (
By describing what is included in the proposed action, the Federal agency has made a commitment and retains independent obligations to insure that its action is not likely to jeopardize listed species or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. Should new information arise or our assumptions set forth in the consultation change during implementation—for instance, where the action or elements thereof are not implemented as proposed—the Federal agency must continue to ensure compliance with the Act and has several options to do so. This may include reinitiating consultation with the Service(s) to evaluate the changed circumstances. If an incidental take statement includes reasonable and prudent measures and terms and conditions intended to minimize the impact of incidental take, the Federal agency must carry out those measures or risk losing the exemption afforded by the incidental take statement. Ultimately, as consulting and action agencies, the Act's statutory and regulatory provisions provide distinct responsibilities such that there is no requirement for the Service to independently evaluate whether the Federal agency is likely to carry out its commitments. This is the Services' longstanding position, as reflected in other provisions of the regulations (for instance, those governing development of Reasonable and Prudent Alternatives), and is consistent with the Act. Therefore, we propose revisions to § 402.14(g)(8) to clarify there is no requirement for measures that avoid, minimize, or offset the adverse effects of an action that are included in the proposed action to be accompanied by “specific and binding plans,” “a clear, definite commitment of resources”, or meet other such criteria.
We propose to add new paragraphs (h)(3) and (h)(4) to the current § 402.14(h) to allow the Services to adopt all or part of a Federal agency's initiation package in its biological opinion. Additionally, we propose to allow the Services to adopt all or part of their own analyses and findings that are required to issue a permit under section 10(a) of the Act in its biological opinion.
The Services have more than 30 years of experience in conducting consultation pursuant to section 7(a)(2) of the Act under the existing regulations. Based upon that experience, we have determined that the current regulations would be more efficient and clear if we were to codify or create additional optional procedures within formal consultation (Service adoption of all or part of a Federal agency's initiation package and expedited consultations) and streamline duplicative processes (consultation on permits issued under section 10 of the Act). We recognize that several factors, including the scope and complexity of the proposed action, the magnitude and extent of the effects that flow from the proposed action, and the expertise of various Federal agencies, all warrant more than the two general types of consultation provided for in the current regulations. In addition, the experience of recent decades has led to significant improvements in consultation efficiency and species conservation as a result of
We propose that the Service may adopt all or part of a Federal agency's initiation package or the Services' analyses and findings that are required to issue a permit under section 10(a) of the Act in its biological opinion. This provision would allow the Services to utilize portions of these documents in the development of our biological opinion to improve efficiency in the consultation process and reduce duplicative efforts. Adoption or incorporation by reference is typically done during consultations, and this provision codifies that approach.
Further, the provision explicitly applies this approach to the Service's issuance of permits under section 10 of the Act. The review and analyses undertaken to develop a finding that various criteria have been met for issuing a permit pursuant to section 10(a)(1)(A) or 10(a)(1)(B) contain many of the elements reviewed and analyzed in a section 7 consultation. Therefore, we propose to adopt the analyses and review that supports issuance of these permits as part of the biological opinion required to meet the applicable provisions of the part 402 consultation regulations. As a result, the section 7 analysis and document can be streamlined to just those portions necessary to present a complete finding under section 7(a)(2) and 7(b)(3). We note also that the Service issuing the permit would have to ensure that its determination regarding jeopardy and destruction or adverse modification is not limited to the species for which the permit is authorizing take, but that it covers all listed species and all designated critical habitat under the Service's jurisdiction affected by the proposed action. In cases where issuance of a section 10 permit by one of the Services (
While it is the responsibility of the Federal agency to develop the initiation package, we propose a collaborative process to facilitate the Federal agency's development of an initiation package that could be used as all or part of the Service's biological opinion. First, the Federal agency and the Service must mutually agree that the adoption process is appropriate for the proposed action. Subsequently, the Services and the Federal agency may develop coordination procedures that would facilitate adoption. This agreement must be explained in the Federal agency's initiation package and acknowledged in the Services' biological opinion. The purpose of the collaboration is to bring the information and expertise of both the Federal agency and the Service (and any applicant) into the resulting initiation package to facilitate a more efficient and effective consultation process. The end result of the adoption consultation process is expected to be the adoption of the initiation package with any necessary supplementary analyses and incidental take statement to be added by the Service as the Secretary's biological opinion in fulfillment of section 7(b) of the Act.
We propose to add a new provision titled “Expedited consultations” at § 402.14(l) to offer opportunities to streamline consultation, particularly for actions that have minimal adverse effects or predictable effects based on previous consultation experience. This consultation process is proposed to provide an efficient means to complete formal consultation on projects ranging from those that have a minimal impact, to those projects with a potentially broad range of effects that are known and predictable, but that are unlikely to cause jeopardy or destruction or adverse modification. The Services have developed a vast knowledge of projects, and in the course of doing so, have concluded that some types of projects can be consulted on in a more expeditious manner without compromising the conservation of listed species or critical habitat. For example, a habitat-restoration project that results in high conservation value for the species but may have a small amount of incidental take through construction or monitoring would likely lend itself to this type of consultation (for
Two elements are important to the successful implementation of this form of consultation. First is the mutual agreement between the Service and the Federal agency that this form of consultation is appropriate for the proposed action. Informal consultation has been an available optional process for 30 years and is most often utilized to address proposed actions that are not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitat. In contrast, expedited consultations are a new process and likely involve proposed actions that would otherwise go through the regular formal consultation process and require an incidental take statement. We make mutual agreement a required first step in the expedited consultation process to avoid wasted effort if Federal agencies propose actions for expedited consultation that would not be suitable for expedited analysis by the Service. The second important element is the development of a sufficient initiation package (as described in § 402.14(c) of the regulations) that provides all the information needed to allow the Service to prepare a streamlined consultation response within mutually agreed-upon expedited timeframes. We expect that a combination of one-on-one collaboration with Federal agency staff and the availability of guidance and templates will ensure the most efficient process for development of initiation packages and expedited biological opinions. For a NMFS example of a similar effort for informal consultations through the development of guidance, see
In § 402.14, we propose to redesignate current paragraph (l) as paragraph (m) to accommodate the addition of the proposed new paragraph (l).
We propose two changes to this section. First, we propose to remove the term “formal” from the title and text of this section to acknowledge that the requirement to reinitiate consultation applies to all section 7(a)(2) consultations. By practice, action agencies have reinitiated informal consultations when a trigger for reinitiation has been met. Courts have also held that reinitiation is required in the context of informal consultation. See
We propose to make non-substantive redesignations and then revise § 402.16 by adding a new paragraph (b) to clarify that the duty to reinitiate does not apply to an existing programmatic land management plan prepared pursuant to the Federal Land Policy Management Act (FLPMA), 43 U.S.C. 1701
We reaffirm that only affirmative discretionary actions are subject to reinitiation under our regulations, and the mere existence of a programmatic land management plan is not affirmative discretionary action.
Moreover, reinitiating consultation on a programmatic land management plan results in little benefit to the newly listed species or critical habitat because the plan's mere existence does not result in any immediate effects upon either, thus rendering any reinitiation under these conditions inefficient and ineffective. In contrast, specific on-the-ground actions that implement the plan are subject to their own section 7 consultations if those actions may affect listed species or critical habitat. These on-the-ground, action-specific consultations allow us to direct our limited resources to those actions that actually cause effects and ensure that the USFS and the BLM fulfill their obligations under section 7. Thus, this new proposed regulation also restates our position that, while a completed programmatic land management plan does not require reinitiation upon the listing of new species or critical habitat, any on-the-ground subsequent actions taken pursuant to the plan must be subject to a separate section 7 consultation if those actions may affect the newly listed species or critical habitat.
Rather than reinitiation of a section 7(a)(2) consultation at the plan level, the Services recommend these agencies develop section 7(a)(1) conservation programs in consultation with the Services when a new species is listed or critical habitat designated. This proactive, conservation planning process will enable them to better synchronize their actions and programs with the conservation and recovery needs of listed and proposed species. Such planning can help Federal agencies develop specific, pre-approved design criteria to ensure their actions are consistent with the conservation and recovery needs of the species. Additionally, these section 7(a)(1) programs will facilitate efficient development of the next programmatic section 7(a)(2) consultations when the land management plan is renewed.
In addition to seeking comment on the proposed revision to 50 CFR 402.16, we are seeking comments on whether to exempt other types of programmatic land or water management plans in addition to those prepared pursuant to FLPMA and NFMA from the requirement to reinitiate consultation when a new species is listed or critical habitat designated. We are also seeking comment on this proposed revision in light of the recently enacted Wildfire Suppression Funding and Forest Management Activities Act, H.R. 1625, Division O, which was included in the Omnibus Appropriations bill for fiscal year 2018.
We propose to add a new § 402.17 titled “Other provisions.” Within this new section, we propose a new provision titled “Activities that are reasonably certain to occur,” in order to clarify the application of the “reasonably certain to occur” standard referenced in § 402.02 (defining effects of the action and cumulative effects) in two specific contexts. This new proposed provision applies only to activities caused by but not included in the proposed action and activities under cumulative effects. We propose to address reasonable certainty in these two contexts due to the substantial confusion that has sometimes resulted from determining when these sorts of activities should be considered. The proposed text addresses the relative level of certainty required and is intended to avoid inclusion of activities whose occurrence would be considered speculative, but also to avoid requiring an expectation that the activity is absolutely certain to occur. We also identify a non-exclusive list of factors that inform the determination of whether an activity should be considered reasonably certain to occur. For example, one of the factors to consider is the existence of any relevant plans (
We intend that a final regulation will consider information and recommendations from all interested parties. We therefore solicit comments, information, and recommendations from governmental agencies, Native American tribes, the scientific community, industry groups, environmental interest groups, and any
You may submit your information concerning this proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
Information and supporting documentation that we receive in response to this proposed rule will be available for you to review at
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this rule is significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements. This proposed rule is consistent with Executive Order 13563, and in particular with the requirement of retrospective analysis of existing rules, designed “to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.”
This proposed rule is expected to be a deregulatory action under E.O. 13771.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996; 5 U.S.C. 601
This rulemaking revises and clarifies existing requirements for Federal agencies under the Endangered Species Act. Federal agencies are the only entities that are directly affected by this rule, and they are not considered to be small entities under SBA's size standards. No other entities are directly affected by this rule. Moreover, this proposed rulemaking action is not a major rule under SBREFA.
This proposed rule, if made final, would be applied in determining whether a Federal agency has insured, in consultation with the Services, that any action it would authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. This proposed rule is substantially unlikely to affect our determinations as to whether or not proposed actions are likely to jeopardize listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. The proposed rule would serve to provide clarity to the standards with which we will evaluate agency actions pursuant to section 7 of the Endangered Species Act.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(a) On the basis of information contained in the Regulatory Flexibility Act section above, this proposed rule would not “significantly or uniquely” affect small governments. We have determined and certify pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act, 2 U.S.C. 1502, that this rule would not impose a cost of $100 million or more in any given year on local or State governments or private entities. A Small Government Agency Plan is not required. As explained above, small governments would not be affected because the proposed rule would not place additional requirements on any city, county, or other local municipalities.
(b) This proposed rule would not produce a Federal mandate on State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector of $100 million or greater in any year; that is, this proposed rule is not a “significant regulatory action”' under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. This proposed rule would impose no additional management or protection requirements on State, local, or tribal governments.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, this proposed rule would not have significant takings implications. This proposed rule would not pertain to “taking” of private property interests, nor would it directly affect private property. A takings implication assessment is not required because this proposed rule (1) would not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and (2) would not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This proposed rule would substantially advance a legitimate government interest (conservation and recovery of endangered species and threatened species) and would not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
In accordance with Executive Order 13132, we have considered whether this proposed rule would have significant Federalism effects and have determined that a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This proposed rule pertains only to improving and clarifying the interagency consultation processes under the Endangered Species
This proposed rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the applicable standards provided in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988. This proposed rule would clarify the interagency consultation processes under the Endangered Species Act.
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175, and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis.
This rule does not contain any new collections of information other than those already approved under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
We are analyzing this proposed regulation in accordance with the criteria of NEPA, the Department of the Interior regulations on implementation of NEPA (43 CFR 46.10-46.450), the Department of the Interior Manual (516 DM 8), the NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, and the companion manual, “Policy and Procedures for Compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act and Related Authorities,” which became effective January 13, 2017. We invite the public to comment on the extent to which this proposed regulation may have a significant impact on the human environment, or fall within one of the categorical exclusions for actions that have no individual or cumulative effect on the quality of the human environment. We will complete our analysis, in compliance with NEPA, before finalizing this regulation.
Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. The proposed revised regulations are not expected to affect energy supplies, distribution, and use. Therefore, this action is a not a significant energy action, and no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in the
A complete list of all references cited in this document is available on the internet at
The primary authors of this proposed rule are the staff members of the Ecological Services Program, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, and the National Marine Fisheries Service's Endangered Species Division, 1335 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
We issue this proposed rule under the authority of the Endangered Species Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Endangered and threatened species.
Accordingly, we propose to amend subparts A and B of part 402, subchapter A of chapter IV, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1531
(1) Multiple similar, frequently occurring or routine actions expected to be implemented in particular geographic areas; and
(2) A proposed program, plan, policy, or regulation providing a framework for future proposed actions.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(c)
(i) A description of the proposed action, including any measures intended to avoid, minimize, or offset effects of the action. Consistent with the nature and scope of the proposed action, the description shall provide sufficient detail to assess the effects of the action on listed species and critical habitat, including:
(A) The purpose of the action;
(B) The duration and timing of the action;
(C) The location of the action;
(D) The specific components of the action and how they will be carried out;
(E) Maps, drawings, blueprints, or similar schematics of the action; and
(F) Any other available information related to the nature and scope of the proposed action relevant to its effects on listed species or designated critical habitat.
(ii) A map or description of all areas to be affected directly or indirectly by the Federal action, and not merely the immediate area involved in the action (
(iii) Information obtained by or in the possession of the Federal agency and any applicant on the listed species and designated critical habitat in the action area (as required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section), including available information such as the presence, abundance, density, or periodic occurrence of listed species and the condition and location of species' habitat, including any critical habitat.
(iv) A description of the effects of the action and an analysis of any cumulative effects.
(v) A summary of any relevant information provided by the applicant, if available.
(vi) Any other relevant available information on the effects of the proposed action on listed species or designated critical habitat, including any relevant reports such as environmental impact statements and environmental assessments.
(2) A Federal agency may submit existing documents prepared for the proposed action such as NEPA analyses or other reports in substitution for the initiation package outlined in this paragraph (c). However, any such substitution shall be accompanied by a written summary specifying the location of the information that satisfies the elements above in the submitted document(s).
(3) Formal consultation shall not be initiated by the Federal agency until any required biological assessment has been completed and submitted to the Director in accordance with § 402.12.
(4) Any request for formal consultation may encompass, subject to the approval of the Director, a number of similar individual actions within a given geographical area, a programmatic consultation, or a segment of a comprehensive plan. This provision does not relieve the Federal agency of the requirements for considering the effects of the action or actions as a whole.
(g) * * *
(2) Evaluate the current status and environmental baseline of the listed species or critical habitat.
(4) Add the effects of the action and cumulative effects to the environmental baseline and in light of the status of the species and critical habitat, formulate the Service's opinion as to whether the action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat.
(8) In formulating its biological opinion, any reasonable and prudent alternatives, and any reasonable and prudent measures, the Service will use the best scientific and commercial data available and will give appropriate consideration to any beneficial actions as proposed or
(h)
(1) The biological opinion shall include:
(i) A summary of the information on which the opinion is based;
(ii) A detailed discussion of the effects of the action on listed species or critical habitat; and
(iii) The Service's opinion on whether the action is:
(A) Likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat (a “jeopardy” biological opinion); or
(B) Not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat (a “no jeopardy” biological opinion).
(2) A “jeopardy” biological opinion shall include reasonable and prudent alternatives, if any. If the Service is unable to develop such alternatives, the Service will indicate that to the best of its knowledge there are no reasonable and prudent alternatives.
(3) The Service may adopt all or part of:
(i) A Federal agency's initiation package; or
(ii) The Service's analysis required to issue a permit under section 10(a) of the Act in its biological opinion.
(4) A Federal agency and the Service may agree to follow an optional collaborative process that would further the ability of the Service to adopt the information and analysis provided by the Federal agency during consultation in the development of the Service's biological opinion to improve efficiency in the consultation process and reduce duplicative efforts. The Federal agency and the Service shall consider the nature, size, and scope of the action or its anticipated effects on listed species or critical habitat, and other relevant factors to determine whether an action or a class of actions is appropriate for this process. The Federal agency and the Service may develop coordination procedures that would facilitate adoption. The end result of the adoption consultation process is expected to be the adoption of the initiation package with any necessary supplementary analyses and incidental take statement to be added by the Service, if appropriate, as the Service's biological opinion in fulfillment of section 7(b) of the Act.
(l)
(1) Upon agreement to use this expedited consultation process, the Federal agency and the Service shall establish the expedited timelines for the completion of this consultation process.
(2)
(3)
(i) Provide relevant species information to the Federal agency and guidance to assist the Federal agency in completing its effects analysis in the initiation package; and
(ii) Conclude the consultation and issue a biological opinion within the agreed-upon timeframes.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(a) Reinitiation of consultation is required and shall be requested by the Federal agency or by the Service, where discretionary Federal involvement or control over the action has been retained or is authorized by law and:
(b) An agency shall not be required to reinitiate consultation after the approval of a land management plan prepared pursuant to 43 U.S.C. 1712 or 16 U.S.C. 1604 upon listing of a new species or designation of new critical habitat, provided that any authorized actions that may affect the newly listed species or designated critical habitat will be addressed through a separate action-specific consultation.
(a)
(1) Past relevant experiences;
(2) Any existing relevant plans; and
(3) Any remaining economic, administrative, and legal requirements necessary for the activity to go forward.
(b) The provisions in paragraph (a) of this section apply only to activities caused by but not included in the proposed action and activities considered under cumulative effects.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior; National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Commerce.
Proposed rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) (collectively referred to as the “Services” or “we”), propose to revise portions of our regulations that implement section 4 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). The proposed revisions to the regulations clarify, interpret, and implement portions of the Act concerning the procedures and criteria used for listing or removing species from the Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants and designating critical habitat. We also propose to make multiple technical revisions to update existing sections or to refer appropriately to other sections.
We will accept comments from all interested parties until September 24, 2018. Please note that if you are using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
You may submit comments by one of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
We request that you send comments only by the methods described above. We will post all comments on
Bridget Fahey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Conservation and Classification, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703/358-2171; or Samuel D. Rauch, III, National Marine Fisheries Service, Office of Protected Resources, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910, telephone 301/427-8403. If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800/877-8339.
The Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (“Act”; 16 U.S.C. 1531
The Act defines an endangered species as any species that is “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” and a threatened species as any species “that is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” 16 U.S.C. 1532(6); (20). The Act requires the Services to determine whether species meet either of these definitions. 16 U.S.C. 1533(a); 1532(15). Section 4 of the Act and its implementing regulations in Title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations at 50 CFR part 424 set forth the procedures for adding, removing, or reclassifying species to the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants (lists). The lists are in 50 CFR 17.11(h) (wildlife) and 17.12(h) (plants). Section 4(a)(1) of the Act sets forth the factors that we evaluate when we issue rules for species to list (adding a species to one of the lists), delist (removing a species from one of the lists), and reclassify (changing a species' classification or its status).
One of the tools provided by the Act to conserve species is the designation of critical habitat. The purpose of critical habitat is to identify the areas that are essential to the conservation of the species. The Act generally requires that the Services, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable, designate critical habitat when determining that a species is either an endangered species or a threatened species. 16 U.S.C. 1533(a)(3)(A).
The Secretaries of the Interior and Commerce (the “Secretaries”) share responsibilities for implementing most of the provisions of the Act. Generally, marine and anadromous species are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Commerce, and all other species are under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of the Interior. Authority to administer the Act has been delegated by the Secretary of the Interior to the Director of FWS and by the Secretary of Commerce to the Assistant Administrator for NMFS.
In carrying out Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” the Department of the Interior (DOI) published a document with the title “Regulatory Reform” in the
As part of implementing E.O. 13777, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) published a notice entitled, “Streamlining Regulatory Processes and Reducing Regulatory Burden” (82 FR 31576, July 7, 2017). The notice requested public comments on how NOAA could continue to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of current regulations and regulatory processes. This proposed rule addresses comments NOAA received from the public.
This proposed rule is one of three related proposed rules, two of which are joint between the Services, that are publishing in today's
Beyond the specific revisions to the regulations highlighted in this proposed rule, the Services are comprehensively reconsidering the processes and interpretations of statutory language set out in part 424. Thus, this rulemaking should be considered as applying to all of part 424, and as part of the rulemaking initiated today, the Services will consider whether additional modifications to the regulations setting out procedures and criteria for listing or delisting species and designating critical habitat would improve, clarify, or streamline the administration of the Act. We seek public comments recommending, opposing, or providing feedback on specific changes to any provisions in part 424 of the regulations, including but not limited to revising or adopting as regulations existing practices or policies, or interpreting terms or phrases from the Act. In particular, we seek public comment on whether we should consider modifying the definitions of “geographical area occupied by the species” or “physical or biological features” in section 424.02. Based on comments received and on our experience in administering the Act, the final rule may include revisions to any provisions in part 424 that are a logical outgrowth of this proposed rule, consistent with the Administrative Procedure Act.
In proposing the specific changes to the regulations in this rule and setting out the accompanying clarifying discussion in this preamble, the Services are proposing prospective standards only. Nothing in these proposed revisions to the regulations is intended to require (at such time as this rule becomes final) that any prior final listing, delisting, or reclassification determinations or previously completed critical habitat designations be reevaluated on the basis of any final regulations.
We propose to remove the phrase, “without reference to possible economic or other impacts of such determination”, from paragraph (b) to more closely align with the statutory language. Section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act requires the Secretary to make determinations based “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available after conducting a review of the status of the species”. The word “solely” was added in the 1982 amendments to the Act (Pub. L. 97-304, 96 Stat. 1411) to clarify that the determination of endangered or threatened status was intended to be made “solely upon biological criteria and to prevent non-biological considerations from affecting such decisions.” In making the clarification, Congress expressed concerns with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, Paperwork Reduction Act, and E.O. 12291 potentially introducing economic and other factors into the basis for determinations under the Act (H.R. Rep. No. 97-567 at 19-20, May 17, 1982).
In removing the phrase, the Services will continue to make determinations based solely on biological considerations. However, there may be circumstances where referencing economic, or other impacts may be informative to the public. For example, the Environmental Protection Agency conducts benefits and costs analyses of each proposed or revised National Ambient Air Quality Standard. These regulatory impact analyses are designed to inform the public and state, local, and tribal governments about the potential costs and benefits of implementation; however, the regulatory impact analyses are not a part of the standard selection
In removing the phrase, “without reference to possible economic or other impacts of such determination”, the Services are not suggesting that all listing determinations will include a presentation of economic or other impacts. Rather, there may be circumstances where such impacts are referenced while ensuring that biological considerations remain the sole basis for listing determinations. The Services seek comment on this modification.
We propose to add to section 424.11 a new paragraph (d) that sets forth a framework for how the Services will consider the foreseeable future. Section 3(20) of the Act defines a “threatened species” as “any species which is likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” The term “foreseeable future” is not further described within either the Act or the Services' current implementing regulations. Guidance addressing the concept of the foreseeable future within the context of determining the status of species is articulated in a 2009 opinion from the Department of the Interior, Office of the Solicitor (M-37021, January 16, 2009). The Services have found the reasoning and conclusions expressed in this document to be well-founded, and this guidance has been widely applied by both Services. We are proposing to amend section 424.11 to include a framework that sets out how the Services will determine what constitutes the foreseeable future when determining the status of species.
Specifically, we propose the following framework: In determining whether a species is a threatened species, the Services must analyze whether the species is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future. The term foreseeable future extends only so far into the future as the Services can reasonably determine that the conditions potentially posing a danger of extinction in the foreseeable future are probable. The Services will describe the foreseeable future on a case-by-case basis, using the best available data and taking into account considerations such as the species' life-history characteristics, threat-projection timeframes, and environmental variability. The Services need not identify the “foreseeable future” in terms of a specific period of time, but may instead explain the extent to which they can reasonably determine that both the future threats and the species' responses to those threats are probable.
As stated above, under the proposed section 424.11(d), as under current practice, the foreseeable future will be described on a case-by-case basis. Congress did not set a uniform timeframe for the Secretary's consideration of whether a species was likely to become an endangered species, nor did Congress intend that the Secretary set a uniform timeframe. For each species considered for listing, the Services must review the best scientific and commercial data available regarding the likelihood of extinction over time, and then determine, with each status review, whether the species meets the definition of an endangered species or a threatened species. The foreseeable future is uniquely related to the particular species, the relevant threats, and the data available. Courts have expressly endorsed the Services' approach of tailoring analysis of the foreseeable future to each listing determination and considering the foreseeability of each key threat and the species' likely response.
The analysis of the foreseeable future should, to the extent practicable, account for any relevant environmental variability, such as hydrological cycles or oceanographic cycles, which may affect the reliability of projections. Analysis of the foreseeable future should consider the timeframes applicable to the relevant threats and to the species' likely responses to those threats in view of its life-history characteristics. Data that are typically relevant to assessing the species' biological response include species-specific factors such as lifespan, reproductive rates or productivity, certain behaviors, and other demographic factors.
Under proposed section 424.11(d), as under current practice, the foreseeable future for a particular status determination extends only so far as predictions about the future are reliable. “Reliable” does not mean “certain”; it means sufficient to provide a reasonable degree of confidence in the prediction. “Reliable predictions” is also used here in a non-technical, ordinary sense and not necessarily in a statistical sense.
As outlined in section 4(b)(1)(A) of the Act, status determinations must be based on the best scientific and commercial data available. By extension, in the context of determining whether a species meets the definition of a threatened species, the foreseeable future must also be based on the best scientific and commercial data available. The Services assess the data concerning each threat and the degree to which reliable predictions can be made. In many instances, the amount or quality of data available is likely to vary with respect to the relevant issues evaluated in a particular status determination; consequently, the Services may find varying degrees of foreseeability with respect to the multiple threats and their effects on a particular species. Although the Secretary's analysis as to the future status of a species may be based on reliable predictions with respect to multiple trends and threats over different periods of time or even threats without specific time periods associated with them, the final conclusion is a synthesis of that information. Thus, the foreseeable future is not necessarily reducible to a particular number of years. Nevertheless, if the information or data are susceptible to such precision, it may be helpful to identify the time scale used.
Depending on the nature and quality of the available data, predictions regarding the future status of a particular species may be based on analyses that range in form from quantitative population-viability models and modelling of threats to qualitative analyses describing how threats will affect the status of the species. In some circumstances, such analyses may include reliance on the exercise of professional judgment by experts where appropriate. In cases where the available data allow for quantitative modelling or projections, the time horizon presented in these analyses does not necessarily dictate what constitutes the “foreseeable future” or set the specific threshold for determining when a species may be in danger of extinction. Rather, the foreseeable future can extend only as far as the Services can reasonably depend
In section 424.11, we propose to redesignate current paragraph (d) as paragraph (e) and revise it to clarify that we determine whether a species is a threatened species or an endangered species using the same standards regardless of whether a species is or is not listed at the time of that determination. After identifying a “species” as defined under the Act and conducting a review of the species' status considering the factors under section 4(a)(1) of the Act, the Services determine if the species meets the definition of a threatened species or an endangered species. If the species does not meet either definition, the species should not be listed (if it is not already), or should be delisted (if it is currently listed). The standard for a decision to delist a species is the same as the standard for a decision not to list it in the first instance. This is consistent with the statute, under which the five-factor analysis in section 4(a)(1) and the definitions of “endangered species” and “threatened species” in sections 3(6) and 3(20) establish the parameters for both listing and delisting determinations without distinguishing between them.
Additionally, we propose to modify the current regulatory text to clarify the situations in which it would not be appropriate for species to remain on the lists of endangered and threatened species. The current regulatory language was intended to provide examples of when a species should be removed from the lists; however, the language in the current regulations has been, in some instances, misinterpreted as establishing criteria for delisting. This proposed change is consistent with the Services' longstanding practice and the decision in
To more clearly align section 424.11 with section 4(a) of the Act we are proposing to streamline it. As is currently the case, any determination to remove a species from the lists because it is has become extinct is subject to the Act's requirement that any determination as to the species' status must be based on the best scientific and commercial data available. Thus, we are proposing to retain text at the beginning of the new section 424.11(e) that states; “The Secretary will delist a species if the Secretary finds that, after conducting a status review based on the best scientific and commercial data available:”
Secondly, to align more closely with the Act, we are proposing to replace the current section 424.11(d)(1) with a new section 424.11(e)(1) that simply states the first reason for delisting a species as, “The species is extinct.” Our conclusion that a species is extinct will be based on the best scientific and commercial data available, as required under section 4(b)(1)(A), which may include survey data and information regarding the period of time since the last detection (
Third, we are replacing current section 424.11(d)(2), which referred to “recovery,” with language in new section 424.11(e)(2) that aligns with the statutory definitions of an endangered species or a threatened species. Although we are proposing to remove the word “recovery” from the current section 424.11(d)(2), we intend the proposed language to continue to refer, among other things, to species that have been recovered, because species that have been recovered no longer meet the definition of either an endangered species or a threatened species.
Fourth, we are proposing to add a new provision, section 424.11(e)(3), clarifying that listed entities will be delisted if they do not meet the definition of “species” as set forth in the Act. This could occur if new information, or new analysis of existing information, leads the Secretary to determine that a currently listed entity is neither a taxonomic species or subspecies, nor a “distinct population segment.” For example, where, after the time of listing, the Services conclude that a species or subspecies should no longer be recognized as a valid taxonomic entity, the listed entity would be removed from the list because it no longer meets the definition of a “species.” In other instances, new data could indicate that a particular listed distinct population segment does not meet the criteria of the Services' Policy Regarding the Recognition of Distinct Vertebrate Population Segments Under the Endangered Species Act (“DPS Policy”; 61 FR 4722, February 7, 1996). In either circumstance, the entity would not meet the definition of a “species” and would not qualify for listing under the Act.
Fifth, we are proposing to remove current section 424.11(d)(3), which specifies that delisting could be due to error in the original data that the Services relied upon when adding species to the lists. This language is unnecessary because any circumstance in which a species was listed in error would be covered by new section 424.11(e)(2) or (e)(3).
Lastly, we are proposing technical changes to the existing regulations that remain in place to accommodate the proposed revisions discussed above. We are proposing to modify current section 424.11(b) to include a reference to the proposed section 424.11(d) regarding the foreseeable future and the proposed section 424.11(e) regarding delisting. We are proposing to modify current section 424.11(c) by adding minor clarifying language to specify that this paragraph refers to the statutory definitions of an endangered species and a threatened species.
We propose to revise section 424.12(a)(1) to set forth a non-exhaustive list of circumstances in which the Services may find it is not prudent to designate critical habitat as contemplated in section 4(a)(3)(A) of the
We propose to retain the circumstance described in the longstanding language of current section 424.12(a)(1)(i), which is that the species is threatened by taking or other human activity and identification of critical habitat can be expected to increase the degree of such threat to the species.
We propose to remove the language in section 424.12(a)(1)(ii) indicating that it would not be prudent to designate critical habitat when “designation of critical habitat would not be beneficial to the species.” In a number of cases, courts have remanded not-prudent findings to the Service(s) because the courts construed “would not be beneficial” in ways the Services had not intended. For example, a number of courts have held that it was unreasonable for FWS to make a not-prudent determination simply because most or all of the areas that would be designated would not be subject to consultations under ESA section 7.
Basing determinations on whether particular circumstances are present, rather than on whether a designation would be beneficial, provides an interpretation of the statute that is clearer, more transparent, and more straightforward. In some situations, the Services may conclude, after a review of the best available scientific data, that a designation would nevertheless be prudent even in the enumerated circumstances. Conversely, the Services may find in some circumstances that are not enumerated in the proposed language that a designation of critical habitat would otherwise be not prudent.
We propose a number of circumstances in which designation of critical habitat would generally be not prudent, including some circumstances that were already captured in the current regulations at section 424.12(a)(1)(ii) and some additional circumstances that we have identified based on our experience in designating critical habitat. We propose to retain and move into new section 424.12(a)(1)(iv) the circumstance described in current section 424.12(a)(1)(ii), which is that no areas meet the definition of critical habitat. It is not possible for us to designate critical habitat when no areas meet the definition of critical habitat in the Act; therefore, in these cases, designation is not prudent. We also propose to retain and expand the concept of current section 424.12(a)(1)(ii) regarding the lack of habitat-based threats to the species.
In our 2016 revision of section 424.12(a)(1)(ii) (81 FR 7414, February 11, 2016), we clarified that, in determining whether designation may not be prudent, the Services could consider whether the present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of a species' habitat or range (
We also propose to add as an additional circumstance under section 424.12(a)(1)(iii) situations where critical habitat areas under the jurisdiction of the United States provide negligible conservation value for a species that primarily occurs in areas outside of U.S. jurisdiction. In our 2016 revision of these regulations, we noted in the preamble that this could be a basis for determining that critical habitat designation would be not prudent; however, we find it is clearer to add this consideration directly to the regulatory text. We would apply this determination only to species that primarily occur outside U.S. jurisdiction, and where no areas under U.S. jurisdiction contain features essential to the conservation of the species. The circumstances when a critical habitat designation would provide negligible conservation value for a species will be determined on a case-by-case basis and may consider such factors as threats to the species or habitat and the species needs.
On February 11, 2016, the Services published a final rule revising the regulations at section 424.12, which establish criteria for designating critical habitat (81 FR 7439). One of the revisions we made was to eliminate the following paragraph (e): “The Secretary shall designate as critical habitat outside the geographical area presently occupied by a species only when a designation limited to its present range would be inadequate to ensure the conservation of the species.” The Services explained in the preamble to the final rule that we had concluded that the “rigid step-wise approach” prescribed in that prior regulatory language may not be the best conservation strategy for the species and in some circumstances may result in a designation that is geographically larger, but less efficient as a conservation tool (81 FR 7415). Nonetheless, we are aware of continued perceptions that, by eliminating this provision, the Services
In the Act, the term “geographical area occupied by the species” is further modified by the clause “at the time it is listed.” However, if critical habitat is not designated concurrently with listing, or is revised years after the species was listed, it can be difficult to discern what was occupied at the time of listing. The known distribution of a species can change after listing for many reasons, such as discovery of additional localities, extirpation of populations, or emigration of individuals to new areas. In many cases, information concerning a species' distribution, particularly on private lands, is limited because surveys are not routinely carried out on private lands. Although surveys may be performed as part of an environmental analysis for a particular development proposal, such surveys typically focus on listed rather than non-listed species. Thus, our knowledge of a species' distribution at the time of listing in these areas is often limited and the information in our listing rule may not detail all areas occupied by the species at that time.
Thus, while some of these changes in a species' known distribution reflect changes in the actual distribution of the species, some reflect only changes in the quality of our information concerning distribution. In these circumstances, the determination of which geographic areas were occupied at the time of listing may include data developed since the species was listed. This interpretation was supported by the court's decision,
The Act defines unoccupied critical habitat in terms of a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. The proposed section 424.12(b)(2) specifies how the Services would determine whether unoccupied areas are essential. The proposed language states the Services would only consider unoccupied areas to be essential in two situations: When a critical habitat designation limited to geographical areas occupied would (1) be inadequate to ensure the conservation of the species, or (2) result in less-efficient conservation for the species. The proposed changes will provide additional predictability to the process of determining when designating unoccupied habitat may be appropriate. For example, the Services could consider unoccupied habitat to be essential when a designation limited to occupied habitat would result in a geographically larger but less effective designation.
There are situations where a designation focused on occupied critical habitat would result in less efficient conservation for the species than a designation that includes a mix of occupied and unoccupied critical habitat. In these cases, the designation of some unoccupied areas would result in the same or greater conservation for the species but would do so more efficiently. Efficient conservation for the species refers to situations where the conservation is effective, societal conflicts are minimized, and resources expended are commensurate with the benefit to the species. The flexibility to include unoccupied areas in a designation where limiting the designation to occupied areas would have resulted in less-efficient conservation of the species will allow the Services to focus agency resources thoughtfully in both designating critical habitat and conducting future consultations on the critical habitat.
In addition, we propose to further clarify when the Secretary may determine that an unoccupied area may be essential for the conservation of the species. In order for an unoccupied area to be considered essential, the Secretary must determine that there is a reasonable likelihood that the area will contribute to the conservation of the species. In making a determination as to whether such a reasonable likelihood exists, the Services will continue to take into account the best available science regarding species-specific and area-specific factors. This could include such factors as: (a) Whether the area is currently or is likely to become usable habitat for the species; (b) the likelihood that interagency consultation under Section 7 will be triggered,
When the Services evaluate if an area is now, or is likely to become, usable habitat for the species we would take into account, among other things, the current state of the area and extent to which extensive restoration would be needed for the area to become usable. For example, the Services might conclude that an area is unlikely to contribute to the conservation of the species where it would require extensive affirmative restoration that does not seem likely to occur such as when a non-federal landowner or necessary partners are unwilling to undertake or allow such restoration. Although the expressed intentions of such landowners or partners will not necessarily be determinative, the Services would consider those intentions in light of the mandatory duties and conservation purposes of the Act.
When the Services evaluate the likelihood that interagency consultation under section 7 will be triggered, we would consider whether there are any federal agency actions likely to be proposed within the area (
However, the Services would continue to consider the conservation purposes of the Act in determining how valuable the potential contributions of the area are to the biological needs of the species. In practice, this means that, in the rare instance where the potential contribution of the unoccupied area to the conservation of the listed species is extremely valuable, a lower threshold than “likely” may be appropriate. For example, where an area represents the only potential habitat of its type (
You may submit your comments and materials concerning the proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
We will post your entire comment— including your personal identifying information—on
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this rule is significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner consistent with these requirements. This proposed rule is consistent with Executive Order 13563, and in particular with the requirement of retrospective analysis of existing rules, designed “to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.”
This proposed rule is expected to be an Executive Order 13771 deregulatory action.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996; 5 U.S.C. 601
This rulemaking revises and clarifies requirements for NMFS and FWS regarding factors for listing, delisting, or reclassifying species and designating critical habitat under the Endangered Species Act to reflect agency experience and to codify current agency practices. The proposed changes to these regulations do not expand the reach of species protections or designations of critical habitat.
NMFS and FWS are the only entities that are directly affected by this rule because we are the only entities that list species and designate critical habitat under the Endangered Species Act. No external entities, including any small businesses, small organizations, or small governments, will experience any economic impacts from this rule.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(a) On the basis of information contained in the Regulatory Flexibility Act section above, this proposed rule would not “significantly or uniquely” affect small governments. We have determined and certify pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act, 2 U.S.C. 1502, that this rule would not impose a cost of $100 million or more in any given year on local or State governments or private entities. A Small Government Agency Plan is not required. As explained above, small governments would not be affected because the proposed rule would not place additional requirements on any city, county, or other local municipalities.
(b) This proposed rule would not produce a Federal mandate on State, local, or tribal governments or the private sector of $100 million or greater in any year; that is, this proposed rule is not a “significant regulatory action”' under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. This proposed rule would impose no obligations on State, local, or tribal governments.
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, this proposed rule would not have significant takings implications. This proposed rule would not pertain to “taking” of private property interests, nor would it directly affect private property. A takings implication assessment is not required because this proposed rule (1) would not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and (2) would not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This proposed rule would substantially advance a legitimate government interest (conservation and recovery of endangered species and threatened species) and would not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
In accordance with Executive Order 13132, we have considered whether this proposed rule would have significant Federalism effects and have determined that a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This proposed rule pertains only to factors for listing, delisting, or reclassifying species and designation of critical habitat under the Endangered Species Act, and would not
This proposed rule does not unduly burden the judicial system and meets the applicable standards provided in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988. This proposed rule would clarify factors for listing, delisting, or reclassifying species and designation of critical habitat under the Endangered Species Act.
In accordance with Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, and the Department of Commerce (DOC) Tribal Consultation and Coordination Policy (May 21, 2013), DOC Departmental Administrative Order (DAO) 218-8 (April 2012), and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 218-8 (April 2012), we are considering possible effects of this proposed rule on federally recognized Indian Tribes. We will continue to collaborate/coordinate with tribes on issues related to federally listed species and their habitats. See Joint Secretarial Order 3206 (“American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act,” June 5, 1997).
This proposed rule does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act. This proposed rule will not impose recordkeeping or reporting requirements on State, local, or Tribal governments, individuals, businesses, or organizations. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
We are analyzing this proposed regulation in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the Department of the Interior regulations on Implementation of the National Environmental Policy Act (43 CFR 46.10-46.450), the Department of the Interior Manual (516 DM 8), the NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, and the NOAA Companion Manual (CM), “Policy and Procedures for Compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act and Related Authorities” (effective January 13, 2017).
We anticipate that the categorical exclusion found at 43 CFR 46.210(i) likely applies to the proposed regulation changes. At 43 CFR 46.210(i), the Department of the Interior has found that the following category of actions would not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and are, therefore, categorically excluded from the requirement for completion of an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement: “Policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines: that are of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature.”
NOAA's NEPA procedures include a similar categorical exclusion for “preparation of policy directives, rules, regulations, and guidelines of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature.” (Categorical Exclusion G7, at CM Appendix E).
We invite the public to comment on the extent to which this proposed regulation may have a significant impact on the human environment, or fall within one of the categorical exclusions for actions that have no individual or cumulative effect on the quality of the human environment. We will complete our analysis, in compliance with NEPA, before finalizing this regulation.
Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. The proposed revised regulations are not expected to affect energy supplies, distribution, and use. Therefore, this action is not a significant energy action, and no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
We are required by Executive Orders 12866 and 12988 and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in
We issue this proposed rule under the authority of the Endangered Species Act, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq).
Administrative practice and procedure, Endangered and threatened species.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, we hereby propose to amend part 424, subchapter A of chapter IV, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1531
(b) The Secretary shall make any determination required by paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section
(c) A species shall be listed or reclassified if the Secretary determines, on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available after conducting a review of the species' status, that the species meets the definition of an endangered species or a threatened species because of any one or a combination of the following factors:
(1) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range;
(2) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes;
(3) Disease or predation;
(4) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or
(5) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.
(d) In determining whether a species is a threatened species, the Services
(e) The Secretary will delist a species if the Secretary finds that, after conducting a status review based on the best scientific and commercial data available:
(1) The species is extinct;
(2) The species does not meet the definition of an endangered species or a threatened species. In making such a determination, the Secretary shall consider the same factors and apply the same standards set forth in paragraph (c) of this section regarding listing and reclassification; or
(3) The listed entity does not meet the statutory definition of a species.
(f) The fact that a species of fish, wildlife, or plant is protected by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (see part 23 of this title 50) or a similar international agreement on such species, or has been identified as requiring protection from unrestricted commerce by any foreign nation, or to be in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future by any State agency or by any agency of a foreign nation that is responsible for the conservation of fish, wildlife, or plants, may constitute evidence that the species is endangered or threatened. The weight given such evidence will vary depending on the international agreement in question, the criteria pursuant to which the species is eligible for protection under such authorities, and the degree of protection afforded the species. The Secretary shall give consideration to any species protected under such an international agreement, or by any State or foreign nation, to determine whether the species is endangered or threatened.
(g) The Secretary shall take into account, in making determinations under paragraphs (c) or (e) of this section, those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation, or any political subdivision of a State or foreign nation, to protect such species, whether by predator control, protection of habitat and food supply, or other conservation practices, within any area under its jurisdiction, or on the high seas.
(a) * * *
(1) The Secretary may, but is not required to, determine that a designation would not be prudent in the following circumstances:
(i) The species is threatened by taking or other human activity and identification of critical habitat can be expected to increase the degree of such threat to the species;
(ii) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of a species' habitat or range is not a threat to the species, or threats to the species' habitat stem solely from causes that cannot be addressed through management actions resulting from consultations under section 7(a)(2) of the Act;
(iii) Areas within the jurisdiction of the United States provide no more than negligible conservation value, if any, for a species occurring primarily outside the jurisdiction of the United States;
(iv) No areas meet the definition of critical habitat; or
(v) After analyzing the best scientific data available, the Secretary otherwise determines that designation of critical habitat would not be prudent.
(b) * * *
(2) The Secretary will designate as critical habitat, at a scale determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species only upon a determination that such areas are essential for the conservation of the species. When designating critical habitat, the Secretary will first evaluate areas occupied by the species. The Secretary will only consider unoccupied areas to be essential where a critical habitat designation limited to geographical areas occupied would be inadequate to ensure the conservation of the species or would result in less efficient conservation for the species. Efficient conservation for the species refers to situations where the conservation is effective, societal conflicts are minimized, and resources expended are commensurate with the benefit to the species. In addition, for an unoccupied area to be considered essential, the Secretary must determine that there is a reasonable likelihood that the area will contribute to the conservation of the species.
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Oklahoma Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting on Wednesday August 8, 2018 at 11 a.m. Central time. The Committee will discuss civil rights concerns in the state as they work to identify their next topic of study.
The meeting will take place on Wednesday August 8, 2018 at 11 a.m. Central.
Ana Fortes, DFO, at
Members of the public may listen to this discussion through the above call in number. An open comment period will be provided to allow members of the public to make a statement as time allows. The conference call operator will ask callers to identify themselves, the organization they are affiliated with (if any), and an email address prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur regular charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, according to their wireless plan. The Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are entitled to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Regional Programs Unit, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 230 S Dearborn, Suite 2120, Chicago, IL 60604. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to Corrine Sanders at
Records generated from this meeting may be inspected and reproduced at the Regional Programs Unit Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Records of the meeting will be available via
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the California State Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 10:00 a.m. (Pacific Time) Tuesday, July 31, 2018. The purpose of the meeting is for the Committee to review project proposal examining Proposition 47.
The meeting will be held on Tuesday, July 31, 2018, at 10:00 a.m. PT.
Ana Victoria Fortes at
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 800-946-0783, conference ID number: 2620359. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments; the comments must be received in the Regional Programs Unit within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 North Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. They may be faxed to the Commission at (213) 894-0508, or emailed Ana Victoria Fortes at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the Nevada Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (Pacific Time) Thursday, August 9, 2018, the purpose of meeting is for the Committee to receive testimony on the impact of Nevada policing practices on the administration of justice as it relates to mental health, with a special emphasis on the impact on veterans and people of color.
The meeting will be held on Thursday, August 9, 2018, at 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Embassy Suites; 4315 Swenson Street, Las Vegas, NV 89119; Flamingo 1 Conference Room.
Ana Victoria Fortes (DFO) at
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments; the comments must be received in the Regional Programs Unit within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 North Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. They may be faxed to the Commission at (213) 894-0508, or emailed Ana Victoria Fortes at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
Please click on the “Meeting Details” and “Documents” links. Records generated from this meeting may also be inspected and reproduced at the Regional Programs Unit, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Persons interested in the work of this Committee are directed to the Commission's website,
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the Alaska Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 12:00 p.m. (Alaska Time) Thursday, August 2, 2018. The purpose of the meeting is for the Committee to hear from testimony Virgene Hanna and Jessica Passini, authors of the Institute of Social and Economic Research report: (
The meeting will be held on Thursday, August 2, 2018, at 12:00 p.m. AKT.
Ana Victoria Fortes (DFO) at
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 800-580-5706, conference ID number: 8880393. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments; the comments must be received in the Regional Programs Unit within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 North Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. They may be faxed to the Commission at (213) 894-0508, or emailed Ana Victoria Fortes at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice and opportunity for public comment.
The Economic Development Administration (EDA) has received petitions for certification of eligibility to apply for Trade Adjustment Assistance from the firms listed below. Accordingly, EDA has initiated investigations to determine whether increased imports into the United States of articles like or directly competitive with those produced by each of the firms contributed importantly to the total or partial separation of the firms' workers, or threat thereof, and to a decrease in sales or production of each petitioning firm.
Any party having a substantial interest in these proceedings may request a public hearing on the matter. A written request for a hearing must be submitted to the Trade Adjustment Assistance Division, Room 71030, Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, Washington, DC 20230, no later than ten (10) calendar days following publication of this notice. These petitions are received pursuant to section 251 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended.
Please follow the requirements set forth in EDA's regulations at 13 CFR 315.9 for procedures to request a public hearing. The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance official number and title for the program under which these petitions are submitted is 11.313, Trade Adjustment Assistance for Firms.
Bureau of Industry and Security, Office of Technology Evaluation, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of request for public comments.
The Secretary of Commerce has initiated an investigation to determine the effects on the national security of imports of uranium. This investigation has been initiated under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments, data, analyses, or other information pertinent to the investigation to the Department of Commerce's Bureau of Industry and Security. This notice identifies issues on which the Department is especially interested in obtaining the public's views.
Comments may be submitted at any time but must be received by September 10, 2018.
All written comments on the notice must be submitted by one of the following methods:
•
• By mail or delivery to Michael Vaccaro, Acting Director, Office of Technology Evaluation, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Room 1093, Washington, DC 20230.
• By email directly to
Michael Vaccaro, Acting Director, Office of Technology Evaluation, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce (202) 482-4060,
On July 18, 2018, the Secretary of Commerce (“Secretary”) initiated an investigation under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1862), to determine the effects on the national security of imports of uranium.
This investigation is being undertaken in accordance with part 705 of the National Security Industrial Base Regulations (15 CFR parts 700 to 709) (“NSIBR”). Interested parties are invited to submit written comments, data, analyses, or information pertinent to this investigation to the Office of Technology Evaluation, U.S. Department of Commerce (“the Department”), no later than September 10, 2018.
The Department is particularly interested in comments and information directed to the criteria listed in § 705.4 of the regulations as they affect national security, including the following: (a) Quantity of or other circumstances related to the importation of uranium; (b) Domestic production and productive capacity needed for uranium to meet projected national defense requirements; (c) Existing and anticipated availability of human resources, products, raw materials, production equipment, and facilities to produce uranium; (d) Growth requirements of the uranium industry to meet national defense requirements and/or requirements to assure such growth; (e) The impact of foreign competition on the economic welfare of the uranium industry; (f) The displacement of any domestic uranium production causing substantial unemployment, decrease in the revenues of government, loss of investment or specialized skills and productive capacity, or other serious effects; (g) Relevant factors that are causing or will cause a weakening of our national economy; and (h) Any other relevant factors.
Material submitted by members of the public that is business confidential information will be exempted from public disclosure as provided for by § 705.6 of the regulations. Anyone submitting business confidential information should clearly identify the business confidential portion of the submission, file a statement justifying nondisclosure and referring to the specific legal authority claimed, and provide a non-confidential submission which can be placed in the public file. Communications from agencies of the United States Government will not be made available for public inspection. If public hearings are held in support of this investigation, a separate
The Bureau of Industry and Security does not maintain a separate public inspection facility. Requesters should first view the Bureau's web page, which can be found at
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) preliminarily determines that carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings (butt-weld pipe fittings) exported from Malaysia, which were completed in Malaysia using finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings sourced from the People's Republic of China (China), are circumventing the antidumping duty (AD) order on butt-weld pipe fittings from China.
Applicable July 25, 2018.
Jerry Huang or Susan Pulongbarit, AD/CVD Operations, Office V, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4047 or (202) 482-4031, respectively.
On July 6, 1992, Commerce issued the AD order on imports of butt-weld pipe fittings from China.
On May 22, 2017, Tube Forgings of America, Inc., Mills Iron Works, Inc., and Hackney Ladish, Inc., (collectively, the domestic parties), alleged that imports of butt-weld pipe fittings which were completed in Malaysia using finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings sourced from China are circumventing the
On August 25, 2017, Commerce published in the
The products covered by the
This anti-circumvention inquiry covers butt-weld pipe fittings exported from Malaysia to the United States, which were completed in Malaysia using finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings sourced from China (inquiry merchandise). This preliminary ruling applies to all shipments of inquiry merchandise on or after the date of the initiation of this inquiry.
Commerce is conducting this anti-circumvention inquiry in accordance with section 781(b) of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying Commerce's preliminary determination,
As detailed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum, we preliminarily determine that butt-weld pipe fittings exported from Malaysia, which were completed in Malaysia using finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings from China, or were simply marked with “Malaysia” as the country of origin are circumventing the
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.225(l)(2), Commerce will direct CBP to suspend liquidation and to require a cash deposit of estimated duties on unliquidated entries of butt-weld pipe fittings completed or simply marked in Malaysia from Chinese-origin finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings that were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after August 21, 2017, the date of initiation of the anti-circumvention inquiry.
The suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice. Commerce will instruct CBP to require AD cash deposits equal to the China-wide rate of 182.90 percent, unless the importer/exporter can certify to CBP that the Chinese-origin finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia were supplied by a Chinese manufacturer with a company-specific separate rate. In that instance, the cash deposit rate will be the rate of the Chinese butt-weld pipe fittings manufacturer that has its own rate.
Butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia from finished and unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings that are not of Chinese-origin are not subject to this inquiry. Therefore, cash deposits are not required for such merchandise, subject to the following certification requirements.
As provided in 19 CFR 351.307, Commerce intends to verify information relied upon in making its final determination.
Case briefs or other written comments may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance no later than seven days after the date on which the last final verification report is issued in this anti-circumvention inquiry, unless the Secretary alters the time limit. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in case briefs, may be submitted no later than five days after the deadline date for case
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing, limited to issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, Commerce intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230, at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.
Commerce, consistent with section 781(e) of the Act, has notified the International Trade Commission (ITC) of this preliminary determination to include the merchandise subject to this anti-circumvention inquiry within the
This determination is issued and published in accordance with section 781(b) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.225(f).
If an importer imports carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings (butt-weld pipe fittings) from Malaysia and claims that the butt-weld pipe fittings were completed in Malaysia using finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings manufactured of non-Chinese origin, the importer is required to complete and maintain the importer certification, attached as Appendix III. The importer is further required to maintain a copy of the exporter certification, discussed below and attached as Appendix IV. The importer certification must be completed, signed, and dated by the time of filing of the entry summary for the relevant importation. Where the importer uses a broker to facilitate the entry process, it should obtain the entry number from the broker. Agents of the importer, such as brokers, however, are not permitted to make this certification on behalf of the importer.
The exporter is required to complete and maintain the exporter certification, attached as Appendix IV, and is further required to provide the importer a copy of that certification and all supporting documentation. The exporter certification must be completed, signed, and dated by the time of shipment of the relevant entries. The exporter certification should be completed by the party selling the merchandise manufactured in Malaysia to the United States, which is not necessarily the producer of the product.
The importer will not be required to submit the certifications or supporting documentation to CBP as part of the entry process. However, the importer and the exporter will be required to present the certifications and supporting documentation, to Commerce and/or U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), as applicable, upon request by the respective agency. Additionally, the claims made in the certifications and any supporting documentation are subject to verification by Commerce and/or CBP. The importer and exporter are required to maintain the certifications and supporting documentation for the later of (1) a period of five years from the date of entry or (2) a period of three years after the conclusion of any litigation in United States courts regarding such entries. If it is determined that the certification and/or documentation requirements in a certification have not been met, Commerce intends to instruct CBP to suspend, under the antidumping duty (AD) order on butt-weld pipe fittings from the People's Republic of China, A-570-814, all unliquidated entries for which these requirements were not met and require the importer to post applicable AD cash deposits equal to the rates as determined by Commerce. Entries suspended under A-570-814 will be liquidated pursuant to applicable administrative reviews of the China AD order or through the automatic liquidation process.
For butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia from finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings manufactured in China, Commerce has established the following third-country case number in the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE): A-557-994.
For entries suspended pursuant to the preliminary determination of this anti-circumvention inquiry that were shipped and/or entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the period, August 21, 2017 (the date of initiation of this anti-circumvention inquiry) through the date of publication of the preliminary determination in the
For unliquidated entries (and entries for which liquidation has not become final) of merchandise entered as type 01 entries that were shipped and/or entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the period, August 21, 2017 (the date of initiation of this anti-circumvention inquiry) through the date of publication of the preliminary determination in the
I hereby certify that:
• My name is {COMPANY OFFICIAL'S NAME} and I am an official of {IMPORTING COMPANY};
• I have direct personal knowledge of the facts regarding the importation into the Customs territory of the United States of the carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia that entered under entry number(s) {INSERT ENTRY NUMBER(S)} and are covered by this certification. “Direct personal knowledge” refers to facts the certifying party is expected to have in its own records. For example, the importer should have “direct personal knowledge” of the importation of the product (
• I have personal knowledge of the facts regarding the production of the imported products covered by this certification. “Personal knowledge” includes facts obtained from another party, (
• The carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia do not contain finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings manufactured in the People's Republic of China;
• I understand that {IMPORTING COMPANY} is required to maintain a copy of this certification and sufficient documentation supporting this certification (
• I understand that {IMPORTING COMPANY}is required to provide this certification and supporting records, upon request, to U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and/or the Department of Commerce (Commerce);
• I understand that {IMPORTING COMPANY} is required to maintain a copy of the exporter's certification, (attesting to the production and/or export of the imported merchandise identified above), for the later of (1) a period of five years from the date of entry or (2) a period of three years after the conclusion of any litigation in United States courts regarding such entries;
• I understand that {IMPORTING COMPANY}is required to maintain and provide a copy of the exporter's certification and supporting records, upon request, to CBP and/or Commerce;
• I understand that the claims made herein, and the substantiating documentation, are subject to verification by CBP and/or Commerce;
• I understand that failure to maintain the required certification and/or failure to substantiate the claims made herein will result in:
○ suspension of liquidation of all unliquidated entries (and entries for which liquidation has not become final) for which these requirements were not met; and
○ the requirement that the importer post applicable antidumping duty (AD) and/or countervailing duty (CVD) cash deposits (as appropriate) equal to the rates determined by Commerce;
• I understand that agents of the importer, such as brokers, are not permitted to make this certification;
• This certification was completed by the time of filing the entry summary; and
• I am aware that U.S. law (including, but not limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001) imposes criminal sanctions on individuals who knowingly and willfully make material false statements to the U.S. government.
I hereby certify that:
• My name is {COMPANY OFFICIAL'S NAME HERE} and I am an official of {NAME OF EXPORTING COMPANY};
• I have direct personal knowledge of the facts regarding the production and exportation of the carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings identified below. “Direct personal knowledge” refers to facts the certifying party is expected to have in its own books and records. For example, an exporter should have “direct personal knowledge” of the producer's identity and location;
• These carbon steel butt-weld pipe fittings completed in Malaysia do not contain finished or unfinished butt-weld pipe fittings manufactured in the People's Republic of China;
• I understand that {NAME OF EXPORTING COMPANY} is required to maintain a copy of this certification and sufficient documentation supporting this certification (
• I understand that {NAME OF EXPORTING COMPANY} must provide this Exporter Certification to the U.S. importer by the time of shipment. The shipments/products referenced herein shipped before the mm/dd/yyyy publication of the
• I understand that {NAME OF EXPORTING COMPANY} is required to provide a copy of this certification and supporting records, upon request, to U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and/or the Department of Commerce (Commerce);
• I understand that the claims made herein, and the substantiating documentation, are subject to verification by CBP and/or Commerce;
• I understand that failure to maintain the required certification and/or failure to substantiate the claims made herein will result in:
○ suspension of all unliquidated entries (and entries for which liquidation has not become final) for which these requirements were not met; and
○ the requirement that the importer post applicable antidumping duty (AD) and/or countervailing duty (CVD) cash deposits (as appropriate) equal to the rates as determined by Commerce;
• This certification was completed at or prior to the time of shipment; and
• I am aware that U.S. law (including, but not limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1001) imposes criminal sanctions on individuals who knowingly and willfully make material false statements to the U.S. government.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that Liaoning Zhongwang Group Co. Ltd. (Liaoning) and Liaoyang Zhongwang Aluminum Profile Co. Ltd. (Liaoyang), exporters/producers of aluminum extrusions from the People's Republic of China (China), received countervailable subsidies during the period of review (POR) January 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016.
Applicable July 25, 2018.
Davina Friedmann AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0698.
Commerce published the
The merchandise covered by the order is aluminum extrusions which are shapes and forms, produced by an extrusion process, made from aluminum alloys having metallic elements corresponding to the alloy series designations published by The Aluminum Association commencing with the numbers 1, 3, and 6 (or proprietary equivalents or other certifying body equivalents).
Imports of the subject merchandise are provided for under the following categories of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS): 6603.90.8100, 7616.99.51, 8479.89.94, 8481.90.9060, 8481.90.9085, 9031.90.9195, 8424.90.9080, 9405.99.4020, 9031.90.90.95, 7616.10.90.90, 7609.00.00, 7610.10.00, 7610.90.00, 7615.10.30, 7615.10.71, 7615.10.91, 7615.19.10, 7615.19.30, 7615.19.50, 7615.19.70, 7615.19.90, 7615.20.00, 7616.99.10, 7616.99.50, 8479.89.98, 8479.90.94, 8513.90.20, 9403.10.00, 9403.20.00, 7604.21.00.00, 7604.29.10.00, 7604.29.30.10, 7604.29.30.50, 7604.29.50.30, 7604.29.50.60, 7608.20.00.30, 7608.20.00.90, 8302.10.30.00, 8302.10.60.30, 8302.10.60.60, 8302.10.60.90, 8302.20.00.00, 8302.30.30.10, 8302.30.30.60, 8302.41.30.00, 8302.41.60.15, 8302.41.60.45, 8302.41.60.50, 8302.41.60.80, 8302.42.30.10, 8302.42.30.15, 8302.42.30.65, 8302.49.60.35, 8302.49.60.45, 8302.49.60.55, 8302.49.60.85, 8302.50.00.00, 8302.60.90.00, 8305.10.00.50, 8306.30.00.00, 8414.59.60.90, 8415.90.80.45, 8418.99.80.05, 8418.99.80.50, 8418.99.80.60, 8419.90.10.00, 8422.90.06.40, 8473.30.20.00, 8473.30.51.00, 8479.90.85.00, 8486.90.00.00, 8487.90.00.80, 8503.00.95.20, 8508.70.00.00, 8515.90.20.00, 8516.90.50.00, 8516.90.80.50, 8517.70.00.00, 8529.90.73.00, 8529.90.97.60, 8536.90.80.85, 8538.10.00.00, 8543.90.88.80, 8708.29.50.60, 8708.80.65.90, 8803.30.00.60, 9013.90.50.00, 9013.90.90.00, 9401.90.50.81, 9403.90.10.40, 9403.90.10.50, 9403.90.10.85, 9403.90.25.40, 9403.90.25.80, 9403.90.40.05, 9403.90.40.10, 9403.90.40.60, 9403.90.50.05, 9403.90.50.10, 9403.90.50.80, 9403.90.60.05, 9403.90.60.10, 9403.90.60.80, 9403.90.70.05, 9403.90.70.10, 9403.90.70.80, 9403.90.80.10, 9403.90.80.15, 9403.90.80.20, 9403.90.80.41, 9403.90.80.51, 9403.90.80.61, 9506.11.40.80, 9506.51.40.00, 9506.51.60.00, 9506.59.40.40, 9506.70.20.90, 9506.91.00.10, 9506.91.00.20, 9506.91.00.30, 9506.99.05.10, 9506.99.05.20, 9506.99.05.30, 9506.99.15.00, 9506.99.20.00, 9506.99.25.80, 9506.99.28.00, 9506.99.55.00, 9506.99.60.80, 9507.30.20.00, 9507.30.40.00, 9507.30.60.00, 9507.90.60.00, and 9603.90.80.50.
The subject merchandise entered as parts of other aluminum products may be classifiable under the following additional Chapter 76 subheadings: 7610.10, 7610.90, 7615.19, 7615.20, and 7616.99, as well as under other HTSUS chapters. In addition, fin evaporator coils may be classifiable under HTSUS numbers: 8418.99.80.50 and 8418.99.80.60. While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of this order is dispositive.
All issues raised in the parties' briefs are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice. A list of issues addressed is attached as an Appendix to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at
Commerce conducted this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(A) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). For each of the subsidy programs found countervailable, we find that there is a subsidy,
In the
In accordance with 19 CFR 351.221(b)(5), we determine the following final net subsidy rates for the 2016 administrative review:
Commerce intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions directly to CBP, 15 days after publication of these final results of review, to liquidate shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after January 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016, at the
Commerce also intends to instruct CBP to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties in the amounts indicated above for each company listed on shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of the final results of this administrative review. For all non-reviewed firms, we will instruct CBP to collect cash deposits of estimated countervailing duties at the most recent company-specific or all-others rate applicable to the company, as appropriate. Accordingly, the cash deposit requirements that will be applied to companies covered by this order, but not examined in this administrative review, are those established in the most recently completed segment of the proceeding for each company. These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on a continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before September 24, 2018.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230 (or via the internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to David Ritchie, International Trade Administration, 202-482-4936 or
The Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework was designed by the U.S. Department of Commerce (DOC) and the Swiss Administration (Swiss) to provide companies in both Switzerland and the United States with a mechanism to comply with data protection requirements when transferring personal data from Switzerland to the United States in support of transatlantic commerce. On January 12, 2017, the Swiss deemed the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework (Swiss Privacy Shield) adequate to enable data transfers under Swiss law, and on April 12, 2017, the DOC began accepting self-certifications from U.S. companies to join the program (82 FR 16375; April 12, 2017). For more information on the Privacy Shield, visit
As described in Annex I of the Swiss Privacy Shield, the DOC and the Swiss committed to implement an arbitration mechanism to provide Swiss individuals with the ability to invoke binding arbitration to determine, for residual claims, whether an organization has violated its obligations under the Privacy Shield. Organizations voluntarily self-certify to the Swiss Privacy Shield and, upon certification, the commitments the organization has made to comply with the Swiss Privacy Shield become legally enforceable under U.S. law. Organizations that self-certify to the Swiss Privacy Shield commit to binding arbitration of residual claims if the individual chooses to exercise that option. Under the arbitration option, a Privacy Shield Panel
The DOC and the Swiss Administration are developing a list of up to five arbitrators to supplement the list of arbitrators developed under the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework. To be eligible for inclusion on the supplemental list, applicants must be admitted to practice law in the United States and have expertise in both U.S. privacy law and European or Swiss data protection law. Applicants shall not be subject to any instructions from, or be affiliated with, any Privacy Shield organization, or the U.S., Switzerland, EU, or any EU Member State or any other governmental authority, public authority or enforcement authority.
The DOC received emergency approval for this information collection on March 26, 2018 under Control Number 0625-0278. Upon receiving that approval, the DOC accepted applications submitted by April 30, 2018 for inclusion on the Supplemental List of Arbitrators. The DOC is currently evaluating applicants who submitted by April 30, 2018 and is thus not currently
To be considered for inclusion on the Supplemental List of Arbitrators, eligible individuals are evaluated on the basis of independence, integrity, and expertise:
Demonstrates high ethical standards and commitment necessary to be an arbitrator.
Level of demonstrated expertise in U.S. privacy law and European or Swiss data protection law.
Other expertise that may be considered includes any of the following:
Relevant educational degrees and professional licenses.
Relevant professional or academic experience or legal practice.
Relevant training or experience in arbitration or other forms of dispute resolution.
Evaluation of applications for inclusion on the list of arbitrators is undertaken by the DOC and the Swiss Administration. Selected applicants remain on the list for a period of 3 years, absent exceptional circumstances, change in eligibility, or for cause, renewable for one additional period of 3 years.
The DOC selected the International Centre for Dispute Resolution-American Arbitration Association (ICDR-AAA) as administrator for Privacy Shield arbitrations brought under either the Swiss-U.S. or EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Frameworks.
Arbitrators are subject to a code of conduct consistent with Annex I of the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework and generally accepted ethical standards for arbitrators. The DOC and the Swiss Administration agreed to adopt the arbitral procedures adopted under the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework to govern the arbitral proceedings, subject to considerations identified in Annex I of the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, including that materials submitted to arbitrators will be treated confidentially and will only be used in connection with the arbitration. For more information, please visit
Applications must be typewritten and should be headed “Application for Inclusion on the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Supplemental List of Arbitrators.” Applications should include the following information, and each section of the application should be numbered as indicated:
As stated above, the DOC is not currently seeking additional applications, but may do so in the future as appropriate. OMB reviewed and approved this information collection on an emergency basis as of March 26, 2018 under Control Number 0625-0278. As the emergency approval is only valid for 180 days, the DOC is now submitting a request for a 3-year approval through OMB's full PRA clearance process. Future applications would be submitted to the U.S. Department of Commerce, either by email or by fax. More information on the arbitration mechanism may be found at
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
As a result of this sunset review, the Department of Commerce (Commerce) finds that revocation of the countervailing duty order would be likely to lead to the continuation or recurrence of a countervailable subsidy at the levels indicated in the “Final Results of Review” section of this notice.
Applicable July 25, 2018.
David Crespo, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3693.
On April 11, 2013, Commerce published its countervailing duty order on drawn stainless steel sinks from China.
On April 2, 2018, Commerce received an adequate substantive response to the notice of initiation from Elkay within the 30-day deadline specified in 19 CFR 351.218(d)(3)(i).
On April 10, 2018, Commerce notified the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) that it did not receive an adequate substantive response from respondent interested parties.
The merchandise covered by the order includes drawn stainless steel sinks with single or multiple drawn bowls, with or without drain boards, whether finished or unfinished, regardless of type of finish, gauge, or grade of stainless steel. Mounting clips, fasteners, seals, and sound-deadening pads are also covered by the scope of this order if they are included within the sales price of the drawn stainless steel sinks.
Excluded from the scope of the order are stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls. Fabricated bowls do not have seamless corners, but rather are made by notching and bending the stainless steel, and then welding and finishing the vertical corners to form the bowls. Stainless steel sinks with fabricated bowls may sometimes be referred to as “zero radius” or “near zero radius” sinks. The products covered by this order are currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under statistical reporting number 7324.10.0000 and 7324.10.0010. Although the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description of the scope of the order is dispositive.
All issues raised in this sunset review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum,
Pursuant to sections 751(c)(1) and 752(b) of the Act, Commerce determines that revocation of the countervailing duty order on drawn stainless steel sinks from China would be likely to lead to the continuation or recurrence of a
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective orders is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
We are issuing and publishing the final results and this notice in accordance with sections 751(c), 752(b), and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.218.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On July 11, 2018, the United States Court of International Trade (CIT) entered its final judgment sustaining the final results of remand redetermination pursuant to court order by the Department of Commerce (Commerce) pertaining to the countervailing duty (CVD) investigation of certain new pneumatic off-the-road tires (off road tires) from Sri Lanka. Commerce is notifying the public that the final judgment in this case is not in harmony with Commerce's final determination in the CVD investigation of off road tires from Sri Lanka. Pursuant to the CIT's final judgment, the mandatory respondent in the CVD investigation of off road tires from Sri Lanka received a net countervailable subsidy rate of 1.23 percent, a rate that is
Applicable July 21, 2018.
Whitley Herndon, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6274.
On January 10, 2017, Commerce published the
Camso Loadstar and the Government of Sri Lanka (GOSL) appealed the
In its decision in
Because there is now a final court decision, Commerce is amending the
Pursuant to section 705(a)(3) of the Act, Commerce “shall disregard any countervailable subsidy that is de minimis as defined in section 703(b)(4)” of the Act. Furthermore, and pursuant to section 705(c)(2) of the Act, “the investigation shall be terminated upon publication of that negative
Although section 705(c)(2)(A) of the Act instructs Commerce to terminate suspension of liquidation, we note that, pursuant to
Lastly, we note that, at this time, Commerce remains enjoined by Court order from liquidating entries that were produced and/or exported by Camso Loadstar, and were entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the period June 20, 2016, through October 17, 2016, and from February 28, 2017, through December 31, 2017. These entries will remain enjoined pursuant to the terms of the injunction during the pendency of any appeals process.
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of the APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with section 516A(c)(1) and (e) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Based on affirmative final determinations by the Department of Commerce (Commerce) and the International Trade Commission (ITC), Commerce is issuing antidumping duty (AD) orders on citric acid and certain citrate salts (citric acid) from Belgium, Colombia and Thailand.
Applicable July 25, 2018.
Paul Stolz (Belgium), Stephanie Moore (Colombia) or Joy Zhang (Thailand); AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4474, (202) 482-3692, (202) 482-1168, respectively.
On June 5, 2018, in accordance with sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act) and 19 CFR 351.210(c), Commerce published its affirmative final determinations in the less-than-fair-value (LTFV) investigations of citric acid from Belgium, Colombia and Thailand.
The product covered by these orders is citric acid from Belgium, Colombia, and Thailand. For a complete description of the scope of these orders,
In accordance with sections 735(b)(1)(A)(i) and 735(d) of the Act, the ITC notified Commerce of its final determination in these investigations that an industry in the United States is materially injured by reason of imports of citric acid from Belgium, Colombia, and Thailand.
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, Commerce will instruct CBP to continue to suspend liquidation of all relevant entries of citric acid from Belgium, Colombia, and Thailand. These instructions suspending liquidation will remain in effect until further notice.
Commerce will also instruct CBP to require cash deposits for estimated antidumping duties equal to the estimated cash deposit rates indicated below. Accordingly, effective the date of publication of the ITC's final affirmative injury determination, CBP will require, at the same time as importers would normally deposit estimated duties on the subject merchandise, a cash deposit equal to the cash deposit rates listed below. The relevant all-others rates apply to producers or exporters not specifically listed, as appropriate.
With regard to the ITC's negative critical circumstances determination regarding imports of citric acid from Thailand, Commerce will instruct CBP to lift suspension and refund any cash deposits made to secure payment of estimated antidumping duties on subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after October 10, 2017, (
The estimated weighted-average AD margins and cash deposit rates are as follows:
This notice constitutes the AD orders with respect to citric acid from Belgium, Colombia, and Thailand, pursuant to section 736(a) of the Act. Interested parties can find a list of AD orders currently in effect at
These orders are issued and published in accordance with section 736(a) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.211(b).
The merchandise covered by the scope of the Orders includes all grades and granulation sizes of citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium citrate in their unblended forms, whether dry or in solution, and regardless of packaging type. The scope also includes blends of citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium citrate; as well as blends with other ingredients, such as sugar, where the unblended form(s) of citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium citrate constitute 40 percent or more, by weight, of the blend.
The scope also includes all forms of crude calcium citrate, including dicalcium citrate monohydrate, and tricalcium citrate tetrahydrate, which are intermediate products in the production of citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium citrate.
The scope includes the hydrous and anhydrous forms of citric acid, the dihydrate and anhydrous forms of sodium citrate, otherwise known as citric acid sodium salt, and the monohydrate and monopotassium forms of potassium citrate. Sodium citrate also includes both trisodium citrate and monosodium citrate which are also known as citric acid trisodium salt and citric acid monosodium salt, respectively.
The scope does not include calcium citrate that satisfies the standards set forth in the United States Pharmacopeia and has been mixed with a functional excipient, such as dextrose or starch, where the excipient constitutes at least 2 percent, by weight, of the product.
Citric acid and sodium citrate are classifiable under 2918.14.0000 and 2918.15.1000 of the Harmonized Tariff
Notice of Application for an Amended Export Trade Certificate of Review by Northwest Fruit Exporters, Application No. 84-29A12.
The Secretary of Commerce, through the International Trade Administration, Office of Trade and Economic Analysis (“OTEA”), has received an application for an amended Export Trade Certificate of Review (“Certificate”) from Northwest Fruit Exporters. This notice summarizes the proposed amendment and seeks public comments on whether the amended Certificate should be issued.
Joseph Flynn, Director, Office of Trade and Economic Analysis, International Trade Administration, by telephone at (202) 482-5131 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Title III of the Export Trading Company Act of 1982 (15 U.S.C. 4001-21) authorizes the Secretary of Commerce to issue Export Trade Certificates of Review. An Export Trade Certificate of Review protects the holder and the members identified in the Certificate from State and Federal government antitrust actions and from private treble damage antitrust actions for the export conduct specified in the Certificate and carried out in compliance with its terms and conditions. Section 302(b)(1) of the Export Trading Company Act of 1982 and 15 CFR 325.6(a) require the Secretary to publish a notice in the
Interested parties may submit written comments relevant to the determination whether an amended Certificate should be issued. If the comments include any privileged or confidential business information, it must be clearly marked and a nonconfidential version of the comments (identified as such) should be included. Any comments not marked as privileged or confidential business information will be deemed to be nonconfidential.
An original and five (5) copies, plus two (2) copies of the nonconfidential version, should be submitted no later than 20 days after the date of this notice to: Office of Trade and Economic Analysis, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, Room 21028, Washington, DC 20230.
Information submitted by any person is exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). However, nonconfidential versions of the comments will be made available to the applicant if necessary for determining whether or not to issue the amended Certificate. Comments should refer to this application as “Export Trade Certificate of Review, application number 84-29A12.”
A summary of the current application follows.
1. Add the following companies as new Members of the Certificate within the meaning of section 325.2(l) of the Regulations (15 CFR 325.2(l)):
2. Delete the following companies as Members of the Certificate:
3. Change the name of the following Members of the Certificate:
4. Correct the name of the following Members of the Certificate:
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On July 3, 2018, the United States Court of International Trade (CIT or Court) entered its final judgment in
Applicable July 13, 2018.
Aleksandras Nakutis, Office IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3147.
The litigation in this case relates to Commerce's final determination in the antidumping duty investigation covering multilayered wood flooring from China,
Regarding the dumping margins for two mandatory respondents in the investigation, on April 23, 2014, the Court granted a consent motion for severance and entered final judgment in
Commerce was subsequently remanded by the CIT
The CIT sustained Commerce's determinations; however, the CAFC vacated the CIT's judgment and remanded back to the CIT with instructions to remand to Commerce to revise its determination of the separate rate and apply the “expected method” under section 735(c)(5) of the Act, or to justify any departure.
On July 3, 2018, the CIT sustained, in part, Commerce's fifth remand redetermination.
In its decision in
There is now a final court decision with respect to the
Further, pursuant to the CIT's July 3, 2018, final judgment, Commerce is also excluding Dunhua City Jisen Wood Industry Co., Ltd., Fine Furniture (Shanghai) Limited, and Armstrong Wood Products (Kunshan) Co., Ltd., from the order. Section 735(c)(2)(A)-(B) of the Act instructs Commerce to terminate suspension of liquidation and to release any bond or other security, and refund any cash deposit, in the event of a negative determination. Here, suspension of liquidation must continue during the pendency of the appeals process (in accordance with
This notice serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of the APO is a violation subject to sanction.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 516A(e)(1), 735, and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meeting.
The Office of Under Secretary of Commerce (USEC) for Oceans and Atmosphere is holding multiple listening sessions to provide information and receive stakeholder input regarding implementation of the Department of Commerce's 2018-2022 Strategic Plan. Focal topics will be implementation of the Weather Research and Forecasting Innovation Act of 2017, reducing the seafood trade deficit, supporting maritime commerce, fisheries, recreation and tourism. The listening sessions will include presentations and time for stakeholder input into the development of priority objectives. The meeting topics are described under the
The meetings will be held between August and November 2018. For specific dates and times, see
Meeting address: The meetings will be held in Norman, OK; Juneau, AK; St. Petersburg, FL; Madison, WI; Charleston, SC; Seattle, WA; San Diego, CA and Durham, NC. For specific locations, see
Julie Kay Roberts, Director of Communications, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration; telephone: 202-482-6090.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has several initiatives underway to support the Department of Commerce (DOC) 2018-2022 Strategic Plan. NOAA will address the priority of reducing extreme weather impacts through the implementation of the Weather Research and Forecasting Innovation Act (Act). Among other requirements, the Act directs NOAA to improve seasonal and sub-seasonal forecasts, an area of forecasting that presents significant opportunity for improvement. NOAA is also interested in ideas to expand marine aquaculture across the United States as a means of creating quality jobs in coastal communities and reducing the seafood trade deficit. Other aspects to support domestic fisheries include reducing regulatory burden for wild-caught fisheries, implementing and enforcing recent regulations that establish minimum standards for imported seafood, and increasing foreign market access for U.S. seafood products. NOAA is also interested in pursuing efforts to support commerce through expanding precision maritime navigation products, ecotourism through the National Marine Sanctuaries Program, and harnessing the deep sea through ocean exploration. NOAA also intends to re-energize the National Oceanographic Partnership Program—a federal program that facilitates public-private partnerships to fund marine research.
For the listening sessions, the Office of Under Secretary of Commerce (USEC) for Oceans and Atmosphere will present background on these ideas and solicit comment from stakeholders. The focus of each public meeting and structure of public comment will be at the discretion of the presenters and NOAA staff. The USEC schedule, location, and agenda for the following eight meetings are as follows with exact times and locations to be released at least 14 days in advance of the events at
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Julie Kay Roberts; 202-482-6090, at least 10 working days prior to the meeting date.
15 U.S.C. 8501
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS received a request from the Port of Kalama (POK) to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) previously issued to the POK to incidentally take three species of marine mammal, by Level B harassment only, during construction activities associated with an expansion project at the Port of Kalama on the Lower Columbia River, Washington. The current IHA was issued in 2017 and is in effect until August 31, 2018 (2017-2018 IHA). However, the project has been delayed such that none of the work covered by the 2017-2018 IHA has been initiated and, therefore, the POK requested that an IHA be issued to conduct their work beginning on or about September 1, 2018 (2018-2019 IHA). NMFS is seeking public comment on its proposal to issue the 2018-2019 IHA to cover the incidental take analyzed and authorized in the 2017-2018 IHA. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to POK to incidentally take, by Level B harassment, small numbers of marine mammals during the specified activities. The authorized take numbers and related analyses would be the same as for the 2017-2018 IHA, and the required mitigation, monitoring, and reporting would remain the same as authorized in the 2017-2018 IHA referenced above. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
Comments and information must be received no later than August 24, 2018.
An electronic copy of the final Authorization issued in 2017 and supporting material along with an updated IHA request memo from POK may be obtained by visiting
Dale Youngkin, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Since this IHA covers the same work covered in the 2017-2018 IHA, NMFS has reviewed our previous EA and FONSI, and has preliminarily determined that this action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review. We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the 2018-2019 IHA request.
On September 28, 2015, we received a request from the POK for authorization of the taking, by Level B harassment only, of marine mammals incidental to the construction associated with the Port of Kalama Expansion Project, which involved construction of the Kalama Marine Manufacturing and Export Facility including a new marine terminal for the export of methanol, and installation of engineered log jams, restoration of riparian wetlands, and the removal of existing wood piles in a side channel as mitigation activities. The specified activity is expected to result in the take of three species of marine mammals (harbor seals, California sea lions, and Steller sea lions). A final version of the application, which we deemed adequate and complete, was submitted on December 10, 2015. We published a notice of a proposed IHA and request for comments on March 21, 2016 (81 FR 715064). After the public comment period and before we issued the final IHA, POK requested that we issue the IHA for 2017 instead of the 2016 work season. We subsequently published the final notice of our issuance of the IHA on December 12, 2016 (81 FR 89436), effective from September 1, 2017-August 31, 2018. In-water work associated with the project was expected to be completed within the one-year timeframe of the IHA.
On June 21, 2018, POK informed NMFS that work relevant to the specified activity considered in the MMPA analysis for the 2017-2018 IHA was postponed and would not be completed. POK requested that the IHA be issued to be effective for the period from September 1, 2018-August 31, 2019. In support of that request, POK submitted an application addendum affirming that no change in the proposed activities is anticipated and that no new information regarding the abundance of marine mammals is available that would change the previous analysis and findings.
The 2017-2018 IHA covered the construction of a marine terminal and dock/pier for the export of methanol, and associated compensatory mitigation activities for the purposes of offsetting habitat effects from the action. The marine terminal will be approximately 45,000 square feet in size, supported by 320 concrete piles (24-inch precast octagonal piles to be driven by impact hammer) and 16 steel piles (12 x 12-inch and 4 x 18-inch anticipated to be driven by vibratory hammer, and impact hammering will only be done to drive/proof if necessary). The compensatory mitigation includes installation of 8 engineered log jams (ELJs), which will be anchored by untreated wooden piles driven by impact hammer at low tides (not in water). The compensatory mitigation also includes removal of approximately 320 untreated wooden piles from an abandoned U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) dike in a nearby backwater area. The piles will be removed either by direct pull or vibratory extraction. Finally, the compensatory mitigation includes wetland restoration and enhancement by removal of invasive species and replacement with native wetland species.
NMFS refers the reader to the documents related to the 2017-2018 IHA for more detailed description of the project activities. These previous documents include the
At least three observers shall be on duty during vibratory pile driving activity for the first two days, and thereafter on every third day to allow for estimation of Level B takes. The first observer shall be positioned on a work platform or barge where the entirety of a 10 m shutdown zone can be monitored. Shore based observers shall be positioned to observe the disturbance zone from the bank of the river. Protocols will be implemented to ensure that coordinated communication of sightings occurs between observers in a timely manner.
Pile driving activities shall only be conducted during daylight hours. If the shutdown zone is obscured by fog or poor lighting conditions, pile driving
Soft start procedures shall be implemented at the start of each day's impact pile driving and at any time following cessation of impact driving for a period of thirty minutes or longer. If steel piles require impact installation or proofing, a bubble curtain will be used for sound attenuation.
The POK proposes to conduct activities in 2018-2019 that are identical to those covered in the currently 2017-2018 IHA. As described above, the number of estimated takes of the same stocks of harbor seals (OR/WA Coast stock), California sea lion (U.S. stock), and Steller sea lion (Eastern DPS) is the same for this proposed IHA as those authorized in the 2017-2018 IHA, which were found to meet the negligible impact and small numbers standards. The authorized take of 1,200 harbor seals; 70 California sea lions, and 68 Steller sea lions represent 4.8 percent, >0.1 percent, and 0.1 percent of these stocks of marine mammals by Level B harassment, respectively. This proposed IHA includes identical required mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures as the 2017-2018 IHA, and there is no new information suggesting that our prior analyses or findings should change.
Based on the information contained here and in the referenced documents, NMFS has preliminarily determined the following: (1) The authorized takes will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks; (2) the required mitigation measures will effect the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat; (3) the authorized takes represent small numbers of marine mammals relative to the affected species or stock abundances; and (4) the POK's activities will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on taking for subsistence purposes, as no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals are implicated by this action.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is expected to result from this activity, and none would be authorized. Therefore, NMFS has determined that consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to POK for in-water construction work activities beginning September 2018 through August 2019, with the proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements. The proposed IHA language is provided next.
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
The Port of Kalama (POK), 110 West Marine Drive, Kalama, Washington, 98625, is hereby authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)) and 50 CFR 216.107 to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to conducting in-water construction work for the Port of Kalama Expansion Project contingent upon the following conditions:
1. This Authorization is effective for one year from the date of issuance.
2. Timing of Activities
(a) Timing of activities anticipated to result in take of marine mammals shall be conducted between September 1, 2018 and January 31, 2019;
(b) Timing of Activities Not Anticipated to Result in Take of Marine Mammals;
(i) Dredging would be conducted between September 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018;
(ii) Construction/installation of engineered log jams (ELJ) may be conducted year-round;
(iii) Construction that will take place below the Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM), but outside of the wetted perimeter of the river (in the dry) may be conducted year-round; and
(iv) Removal of wooden piles from former trestle in the freshwater intertidal backwater channel portion of the project site (compensatory mitigation measure of removal of 157 wooden piles) may be conducted year-round.
3. This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with in-water construction work for the Port of Kalama Expansion Project on approximately 100 acres (including uplands) at the northern end of the Port of Kalama's North Port site (Lat. 46.049, Long. −122.874), located at approximately river mile 72 along the lower Columbia River along the east bank in Cowlitz County, Washington.
4. Briefings shall be conducted between construction supervisors, crews, marine mammal observer team, and Port of Kalama staff prior to the start of all pile driving/removal work and when new personnel join the work in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
5. (a) The number and species authorized for taking are: 1,530 harbor seals (
(b) The Authorization for taking by harassment is limited to the following acoustic sources and activities:
(i) Impact pile driving; and
(ii) Vibratory pile driving activities (including vibratory removal of temporary construction piles
(c) The taking of any marine mammal in a manner prohibited under this Authorization must be reported within 24 hours of the taking to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) West Coast Regional Administrator at (206) 526-6150 and the NMFS Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division at (301) 427-8401.
6. The taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species listed, and by the numbers listed, under condition 4(a) above. The taking by Level A harassment or death of the species identified in 4(a) or any taking of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this Authorization.
7. Mitigation
(a) Activities authorized for take of marine mammals by this Authorization shall occur only during daylight hours.
(b) A bubble curtain shall be used for sound attenuation if steel piles require impact installation or proofing.
(c) Exclusion Zone and Level B Harassment Zones of Influence;
(i) Exclusion zones out to distances encompassing the Level A harassment
(ii) Disturbance zones shall be established as 117 m (384 ft) for impact driving of concrete piles; 1,848 m (6,063 ft) for impact driving of steel piles; and line of sight to nearest shoreline (5.7 km (18,700 ft) maximum) for vibratory driving of steel piles;
(d) Monitoring of marine mammals shall take place starting 30 minutes before pile driving begins and shall continue until 30 minutes after pile driving ends.
(e) Soft Start
(i) Soft start procedures shall be implemented at the start of each day's impact pile driving and at any time following cessation of impact pile driving for a period of 30 minutes or longer; and
(ii) Soft start procedures require that the contractor provides an initial set of three strikes at reduced energy followed by a 30-second waiting period, then two subsequent reduced energy strike sets.
(f) Shutdown Measures
(i) POK shall implement shutdown measures if a marine mammal is sighted within, or is perceived to be approaching, the exclusion zones identified in 5(c)(i) above and the associated construction or pile driving activities shall immediately cease. Pile driving or in-water construction work shall not be resumed until the exclusion zone has been observed as being clear of marine mammals for at least 15 minutes; and
(ii) If marine mammals are present within the exclusion zones established in 5(c)(i) above prior to the start of in-water construction activities, these activities would be delayed until the animals leave the exclusion zone of their own volition, or until 15 minutes elapse without resighting the animal, at which time it may be assumed that the animal(s) have left the exclusion zone.
8. Monitoring
Marine Mammal Observers—POK shall employ observers to conduct marine mammal monitoring for its construction project. Observers shall have the following minimum qualifications:
(i) Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible) sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface with the ability to estimate target size and distance. Use of binoculars may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
(ii) Experience and ability to conduct field observations and collect data according to assigned protocols (this may include academic experience);
(iii) Experience or training in the field identification of the marine mammals that could potentially be encountered;
(iv) Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations;
(v) Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations that shall include such information as the number and types of marine mammals observed; the behavior of marine mammals in the project area during construction; the dates and times when observations were conducted; the dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; the dates and times when marine mammals were present at or within the defined disturbance zone; and the dates and times when in-water construction activities were suspended to avoid incidental harassment by disturbance from construction noise; and
(vi) Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real time information on marine mammals observed in the area.
(b) Individuals meeting the minimum qualifications identified in 7(a), above, shall be present on site (on land or dock) at all times during pile driving activities conducted for the project.
(c) During all impact pile driving activities, observers shall be stationed to allow a clear line of sight of the exclusion zone (10 m (33 ft) except for steel piles, which shall be 18 m (59 ft)) and the entire disturbance zone as identified in Table 2 (attached).
(d) Marine mammal observers shall monitor for the first two days of vibratory pile driving, and thereafter on every third day of vibratory pile driving. Monitoring shall be conducted by three observers during vibratory pile driving activities. One observer shall be stationed in the general vicinity of the pile being driven and shall have clear line of sight views of the entire inner harbor. Another observer shall be stationed at an accessible location downstream (such as northern tip of Prescott Beach County Park) and would observe the northern (downstream) portion of the disturbance zone. A third observer shall be stationed at an accessible location upstream and would observe the southern (upstream) portion of the disturbance zone.
(e) Marine mammal observers shall scan the waters within each monitoring zone activity using binoculars (Vector 10 X 42 or equivalent), spotting scopes (Swarovski 20-60 zoom or equivalent; Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife 2000), and visual observation.
(f) Marine mammal presence within the Level B harassment zones of influence (disturbance zones) shall be monitored, but pile driving activity shall not be stopped if marine mammals are found present unless they enter or approach the exclusion zone. Any marine mammal observed within the disturbance zone shall be documented and counted as a Level B take. Monitoring during vibratory pile driving shall occur during the first two days of activity and during every three days thereafter to estimate the number of individuals present within the Level B harassment area.
(g) If waters exceed a sea-state which restrict the observers' ability to make observations within the Level A injury exclusion zone, relevant activities shall cease until conditions allow the resumption of monitoring. Vibratory pile installation would continue under these conditions.
(h) The waters shall be scanned 30 minutes prior to commencing pile driving activities and during all pile driving activities. If marine mammals enter or are observed within the designated exclusion zones during, or 15 minutes prior to, impact pile driving, the monitors shall notify the on-site construction manager to not begin, or cease, work until the animal(s) leave of their own volition, or have not been observed within the zone for 15 minutes.
9. Reporting
(a) POK shall provide NMFS with a draft monitoring report within 90 days of the expiration of this Authorization, or within conclusion of the construction work, whichever comes first. This report shall detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed.
(b) If comments are received from NMFS (West Coast Regional Administrator or NMFS Office of Protected Resources) on the draft report within 30 days, a final report shall be submitted to NMFS within 30 days thereafter. If not comments are received from NMFS within 30 days after receipt of the draft report, the draft report shall be considered final.
(c) In the unanticipated event that the construction activities clearly cause the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this Authorization, such as an injury, serious injury, or mortality (Level A take), POK shall immediately cease all operations and immediately report the incident to the NMFS Chief of the Permits and Conservation
(i) Time, date, and location (latitude and longitude) of the incident;
(ii) Description of the incident;
(iii) Status of all sound sources used in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(iv) Environmental conditions (wind speed, wind direction, sea state, cloud cover, visibility, water depth);
(v) Description of the marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(vi) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(vii) The fate of the animal(s); and
(viii) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s), if equipment is available.
(d) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with POK to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. POK may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
(e) In the event that POK discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the marine mammal observer determines that the cause of injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (less than a moderate state of decomposition), POK shall immediately report the incident to the NMFS Chief of Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, and the NMFS West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the same information identified above. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS shall work with POK to determine whether modifications in the activities are appropriate
(f) In the event that POK discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the marine mammal observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced decomposition, or scavenger damage), POK shall report the incident to the NMFS Chief of Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, and the NMFS West Coast Regional Stranding Coordinator within 24 hours of the discovery. POK shall provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded animal(s) to NMFS and the Marine Mammal Stranding Network. POK may continue its operations under such a case.
10. This Authorization may be modified, suspended, or withdrawn if the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein or if NMFS determines that the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed POK construction activities. Please include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year renewal IHA without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section is planned, or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time the IHA expires and renewal would allow completion of the activities beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section, provided all of the following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days prior to expiration of the current IHA;
• The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed activities or include changes so minor (
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not previously analyzed or authorized;
• Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate, and the original findings remain valid.
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Fishery regulations do not generally affect scientific research activities conducted by a scientific research vessel. Persons planning to conduct such research are encouraged to submit a scientific research plan to ensure that the activities are considered research and not fishing. The researchers are requested to submit reports of their scientific research activity after its completion. Eligible researchers on board federally permitted fishing vessels that plan to temporarily possess fish in a manner not compliant with applicable fishing regulations for the purpose of collecting scientific data on catch may submit a request for a temporary possession letter of authorization. The researchers are requested to submit reports of their scientific research activity after its completion. The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) may also grant exemptions from fishery regulations for educational or other activities (
This information collection request may be viewed at
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as amended, notification is hereby given that we have issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) to take small numbers of marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock in Seattle, Washington.
This authorization is effective from August 1, 2018, through July 31, 2019.
Shane Guan, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as the issued IHA, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
On November 21, 2017, WSDOT submitted a request to NMFS requesting an IHA for the possible harassment of small numbers of marine mammal species incidental to Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock in Seattle, Washington, from August 1, 2018 to July 31, 2019. After receiving the revised project description and the revised IHA application, NMFS determined that the IHA application was adequate and complete on April 4, 2018. NMFS is authorizing the take by Level A and Level B harassment of the following marine mammal species: Harbor seal (
NMFS previously issued an IHA to WSDOT for the first year of this project (FR 21579; July 7, 2017). WSDOT complied with all the requirements (
The purpose of the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock is to preserve the transportation function of an aging, deteriorating and seismically deficient facility to continue providing safe and reliable service. The project will also address existing safety concerns related to conflicts between vehicles and pedestrian traffic and operational inefficiencies.
Due to NMFS and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) in-water work timing restrictions to protect Endangered Species Act (ESA)-listed salmonids, planned WSDOT in-water construction is limited each year to July 16 through February 15.
The Seattle Ferry Terminal at Colman Dock is located on the downtown Seattle waterfront, in King County, Washington. The terminal services vessels from the Bainbridge Island and Bremerton routes, and is the most heavily used terminal in the Washington State Ferry system. The Seattle terminal is located in Section 6, Township 24 North, Range 4 East, and is adjacent to Elliott Bay, tributary to Puget Sound (Figure 1-2 of the IHA application). Land use in the area is highly urban, and includes business, industrial, the Port of Seattle container
The project will reconfigure the Colman Dock while maintaining approximately the same vehicle holding capacity as current conditions. The construction began in August 2017. In the 2017-2018 season, the construction activities were focused on the South Trestle, Terminal Building Foundation, and the temporary and permanent Passenger Offloading Facility.
In the 2018-2019 season, WSDOT plans to continue the project by constructing the North Trestle, and Slip 3 bridge seat, overhead loading, wingwall, and inner dolphin. Both impact pile driving and vibratory pile driving and pile removal will be conducted. A total of 37 days are estimated for pile driving and 77 days for pile removal.
In-water construction methods include:
• Installing 119 36-inch (in) permanent steel piles with a vibratory hammer, and then proofed with an impact hammer for the last 5-10 feet;
• Installing six 36-in and (8) 30-in steel piles with a vibratory hammer;
• Installing one 108-in steel pile with a vibratory hammer;
• Removing all existing 12-in steel, 14-in timber, 14-in H, 24-in steel and 30-in steel piles with a vibratory hammer;
• Installing and then removing eight 24-in Slip 3 Overhead loading temporary piles with a vibratory hammer; and
• Installing and then removing 147 24-in temporary template piles with a vibratory hammer.
A list of pile driving and removal activities is provided in Table 1.
Prescribed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are described in detail later in this document (please see “Mitigation” and “Monitoring and Reporting”).
A notice of NMFS' proposal to issue an IHA was published in the
For the current IHA, WSDOT estimated that a total of 17 days would have Level A harassment zones beyond the newly required 60-m shutdown distance. Level A harassment distance for the 24-in vibratory pile driving and removal is less than the 60-m shutdown distance due to fewer piles being driven per day. Finally, there is no indication that the environment in the project area has changed that there are more harbor seals in the region that warrant to increase take numbers.
In conclusion, based on the planned construction activity level for the Seattle Year 2 project, harbor seal abundance in the project area, harbor seal Level A harassment takes from Seattle Year 1 monitoring report, and the feasibility of WSDOT to implement a 60-m shutdown measure for harbor seals, we think that requiring WSDOT to implement a 60-m shutdown zone for harbor seal with an authorized Level A harassment take of 187 animals is feasible for WSDOT and
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in the lower Puget Sound area and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2017). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's 2017 U.S. Pacific Marine Mammal SARs (Carretta
All species that could potentially occur in the proposed construction areas are included in Table 2. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of humpback whale and Southern Resident killer whale (SRKW) and the implementation of monitoring and mitigation measures are such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. The occurrence of humpback whale in the WSDOT's Seattle Multimodal Project area is rare, and WSDOT's 2017 monitoring report showed no sighting of this species. Although the SRKW could occur in the vicinity of the project area, WSDOT is required to implement strict monitoring and mitigation measures with assistance from local marine mammal researchers and observers. Thus, the take of this marine mammal stock can be avoided (see details in Mitigation section).
In addition, the sea otter may be found in Puget Sound area. However, this species is managed by the USFWS and is not considered further in this document.
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (
• Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 hertz (Hz) and 35 kilohertz (kHz);
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
• Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. Eleven marine mammal species (7 cetacean and 4 pinniped (2 otariid and 2 phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed construction activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean species that may be present, one species is classified as low-frequency cetaceans (
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The “Estimated Take” section later in this document will include a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The “Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination” section will consider the content of this section, the “Estimated Take” section, and the Mitigation section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or stocks.
Potential impacts to marine mammals from the Seattle Multimodal Colman Dock project are from noise generated during in-water pile driving and pile removal activities.
Here, we first provide background information on marine mammal hearing before discussing the potential effects of the use of active acoustic sources on marine mammals.
The WSDOT's Seattle Multimodal Project using in-water pile driving and pile removal could adversely affect marine mammal species and stocks by exposing them to elevated noise levels in the vicinity of the activity area.
Exposure to high intensity sound for a sufficient duration may result in auditory effects such as a noise-induced threshold shift (TS)—an increase in the auditory threshold after exposure to noise (Finneran
For marine mammals, published data are limited to the captive bottlenose dolphin, beluga, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Finneran, 2015). For pinnipeds in water, data are limited to measurements of TTS in harbor seals, an elephant seal, and California sea lions (Kastak
Lucke
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
In addition, chronic exposure to excessive, though not high-intensity, noise could cause masking at particular frequencies for marine mammals, which utilize sound for vital biological functions (Clark
Masking occurs at the frequency band that the animals utilize. Therefore, since noise generated from vibratory pile driving is mostly concentrated at low frequency ranges, it may have less effect on high frequency echolocation sounds by odontocetes (toothed whales). However, lower frequency man-made noises are more likely to affect detection of communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds such as surf and prey noise. It may also affect communication signals when they occur near the noise band and thus reduce the communication space of animals (
Unlike TS, masking, which can occur over large temporal and spatial scales, can potentially affect the species at population, community, or even ecosystem levels, as well as individual levels. Masking affects both senders and receivers of the signals and could have long-term chronic effects on marine mammal species and populations. Recent science suggests that low frequency ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial periods, and most of these increases are from distant shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). For WSDOT's Seattle Multimodal at Colman Dock Project, noises from vibratory pile driving and pile removal contribute to the elevated ambient noise levels in the project area, thus increasing potential for or severity of masking. Baseline ambient noise levels in the vicinity of project area are high due to ongoing shipping, construction and other activities in the Puget Sound.
Finally, marine mammals' exposure to certain sounds could lead to behavioral disturbance (Richardson
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise depends on both external factors (characteristics of noise sources and their paths) and the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is also difficult to predict (Southall
The biological significance of many of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However, the consequences of behavioral modification could be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, and/or reproduction, which depends on the severity, duration, and context of the effects.
The primary potential impacts to marine mammal habitat are associated with elevated sound levels produced by vibratory pile removal and pile driving in the area. However, other potential impacts to the surrounding habitat from physical disturbance are also possible.
With regard to fish as a prey source for cetaceans and pinnipeds, fish are known to hear and react to sounds and to use sound to communicate (Tavolga
The level of sound at which a fish will react or alter its behavior is usually well above the detection level. Fish have been found to react to sounds when the sound level increased to about 20 dB above the detection level of 120 dB (Ona, 1988); however, the response threshold can depend on the time of year and the fish's physiological condition (Engas
During the coastal construction, only a small fraction of the available habitat would be ensonified at any given time. Disturbance to fish species would be short-term and fish would return to their pre-disturbance behavior once the pile driving activity ceases. Thus, the proposed construction would have little, if any, impact on marine mammals' prey availability in the area where construction work is planned.
Finally, the time of the proposed construction activity would avoid the spawning season of the ESA-listed salmonid species.
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes authorized through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is “small” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level A and Level B harassment.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources—Though significantly driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the source (
Applicant's proposed activity includes the generation of impulse (impact pile driving) and non-impulse (vibratory pile driving and removal) sources; and, therefore, both 160- and 120-dB re 1 μPa (rms) are used.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources—NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). Applicant's proposed activity would generate and non-impulsive (vibratory pile driving and pile removal) noises. These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product and are provided in the table below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
The source level for vibratory pile driving and removal of the 24- and 30-in steel pile is based on vibratory pile driving of the 30-in steel pile at Port Townsend (WSDOT, 2010). The unweighted SPL
The source level for vibratory pile driving of the 36-in steel piles is based on vibratory test pile driving of 36-in steel piles at Port Townsend in 2010 (Laughlin 2011). Recordings of vibratory pile driving were made at a distance of 10 m from the pile. The results show that the unweighted SPL
The source level for vibratory pile driving of the 108-in steel pile is based on measurements of 72-in steel piles vibratory driving conducted by CALTRANS. The unweighted SPL
The source level for impact pile driving of the 36-in steel pile is based on impact test pile driving for the 36-in steel pile at Mukilteo in November 2006
The source level for vibratory pile removal of 14-in timber pile is based measurements conducted at the Port Townsend Ferry Terminal during vibratory removal of a 12-in timber pile by WSDOT (Laughlin 2011). The recorded source level is 152 dB
The source levels for vibratory pile removal of 12-in steel and 14-in steel H piles are based on vibratory pile driving of 12-in steel pipe pile measured by CALTRANS. The unweighted source level is 155 dB
A summary of source levels is presented in Table 4.
These source levels are used to compute the Level A harassment zones and to estimate the Level B harassment zones. For Level A harassment zones, since the peak source levels for both pile driving are below the injury thresholds, cumulative SEL were used to do the calculations using the NMFS acoustic guidance (NMFS 2016).
The Level B harassment ensonified areas for vibratory removal of the 14-in timber, 12-in steel, 14-in steel H, and 18-in concrete piles are based on the above source level of 155 dB
For Level B harassment ensonified areas for vibratory pile driving and removal of the 24-in, 30-in, 36-in, and 108-in steel piles, the distance is based on measurements conducted during the year 1 Seattle multimodal project at Colman. The result showed that pile driving noise of two 36-in steel piles being concurrently driven was no longer detectable at a range of 5.4 miles (8.69 km) (WSDOT 2017). Therefore, the distance of 8,690 m is selected as the Level B harassment distance for vibratory pile driving and removal of the 24-in, 30-in, 36-in and 108-in steel piles.
The Level B harassment ensonified area for impact pile driving of the 36-in steel piles is based on the above source level of 193 dB
For Level A harassment, calculation is based on pile driving duration of each pile and the number of piles installed or removed per day, using NMFS optional spreadsheet.
Distances of ensonified area for different pile driving/removal activities for different marine mammal hearing groups is presented in Table 5.
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations.
All marine mammal density data except harbor seal, California sea lion, harbor porpoise, bottlenose dolphin, and long-beaked common dolphin are from the U.S. Navy Marine Species Density Report. For harbor seal and California sea lion, because WSDOT has local distribution data based on recent survey in the area, local animal abundance are used to calculate the take numbers. Specifically, the occurrence of these two species are based on local seal abundance information off the Seattle area from Year One (2017/18) of WSDOT's Seattle Colman Project.
For bottlenose dolphin and long-beaked common dolphin, no density estimate is available. Therefore, take numbers for these two species are based on prior anecdotal observations and strandings in the action area (Shuster
Harbor porpoise density is based on a recent study by Smultea
A summary of marine mammal density, days and Level A and Level B harassment areas from different pile driving and removal activities is provided in Table 6.
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
In general, marine mammal takes were calculated as: Take = ensonified area × average animal abundance in the area × pile driving days. All Level A harassment takes were further adjusted by subtracting animals that would occur within the Level A harassment zone (except for harbor seal where a 60-m shutdown zone would be implemented), where pile driving activities that could cause Level A harassment for all marine mammals, except harbor seal, harbor porpoise, and Dall's porpoise, would be suspended when an animal is observed to approach such a zone. Further, the number of Level B harassment takes were adjusted to exclude those already counted for Level A harassment takes.
The harbor seal take estimate is based on local seal abundance information off the Seattle area from Year One (2017/18) of WSDOT's Seattle Colman Project. During 99 days of marine mammal visual monitoring, 813 harbor seals were observed, an average of 8.212 animals/day, with a one-day high of 43 observations on 10/24/17 (WSDOT 2018b). By adjusting the averaged observation of harbor seals to 11 animals/day as a conservative estimate to account for possible missed observation, and based on a total of 114 pile driving days for the WSDOT Seattle Colman Dock project, it is estimated that up to 1,254 harbor seals could be exposed to noise levels associated with “take.” Since 17 days would involve vibratory/impact pile driving of 36-in steel piles (16 days) and vibratory driving of and 108-in steel pile (1 day) with Level A harassment zones beyond shutdown zones (445 m and 122 m, respectively, vs. the 60-m shutdown zone), we consider that 187 harbor seals exposed during these 17 days would experience Level A harassment. The difference between the 1,254 total takes and the 187 Level A harassment takes makes up the harbor seal Level B harassment takes, which is 1,067 animals.
The California sea lion take estimate is also based on local sea lion abundance information from the Seattle Colman Project). During 99 days of marine mammal visual monitoring 1,047 California sea lions were observed, an average of 11 animals/day, with a one-day high of 48 observations on 1/8/2018. (WSDOT 2018b). By adjusting the averaged observation of California sea lions to 14 animals/day as a conservative estimate to account for possible missed observation, and based on a total of 114 pile driving days for the WSDOT Seattle Colman Dock project, it is estimated that up to 1,596 California sea lions could be exposed to noise levels associated with “take”. Although the Level A harassment zones of otariids are all very small (<33 m, Table 5) and WSDOT will implement strict shutdown measures if a sea lion is observed to be moving towards the Level A zone, it is still possible that in rare occasions an animal could enter the Level A zone undetected. We therefore, estimate that one California sea lion could be taken by Level A harassment on each of the 16 days that involve vibratory/impact pile driving of 36-in steel piles when the Level A zone is 32 m. Thus a total of 16 Level A harassment of California sea lion is estimated. The difference between the 1,596 total takes and the 16 Level A takes makes up the California sea lions Level B takes, which is 1,580 animals. The same reasoning is used for estimating Steller sea lion Level A takes, which results in an estimated 16 Level A takes and 215 Level B takes.
The common bottlenose dolphin estimate is based on sightings data from Cascadia Research Collective. Between September 2017 and March 2018, a group of up to five to six individuals was sighted in South Puget Sound (CRC 2017/18). It is assumed that this group is still present in the area.
Given how rare common bottlenose dolphins are in the area, it is unlikely they would be present on a daily basis. Instead it is assumed that they may be present in the Level B harassment zone once a month during the in-water work window (7 months), and adjusted for potential group size of 5-10 individuals with an average of 7 animals per group.
The long-beaked common dolphin estimate is based on sightings data from Cascadia Research Collective. Four to six Long-beaked Common dolphins have remained in Puget Sound since June 2016, and four animals with distinct markings have been seen multiple times and in every season of the year as of October 2017 (CRC 2017).
Given how rare long-beaked common dolphins are in the area, it is unlikely they would be present on a daily basis. Instead it is assumed that they may be present in the Level B harassment zone once a month during the in-water work window (7 months), and adjusted for potential group size of 5-10 individuals with an average of 7 animals per group.
For harbor porpoise, density based Level A harassment take calculation yields a total of 28 animals. However, due to the large Level A harassment distance during the 36-in pile driving (990 m) during 16 days and the 108-in pile driving (296 m) during one day, its Level A harassment take is readjusted to account for a typical animal group size of 3 multiplied by these 17 days with large Level A harassment zones. Therefore, we estimate that a total of 51 harbor porpoise could be taken by Level A harassment.
For Dall's porpoise, due to its relatively uncommon occurrence in comparison to harbor porpoise, the estimated Level A harassment take is scaled down by
For calculated take number less than 15, such as northern elephant seals, transient killer whales, gray whales, and minke whales, takes numbers were adjusted to account for group encounter and the likelihood of encountering. Specifically, for northern elephant seal, take of 15 animals is estimated based on the likelihood of encountering this species during the project period. For transient killer whale, takes of 30 animals is estimated based on the group size and the likelihood of encountering in the area. For gray whale and minke whale, takes of 30 and 8 animals each are estimated, respectively, based on the likelihood of encountering.
For SRKWs, WSDOT will implement strict monitoring and mitigation measures and to suspend pile driving activities when such animal is detected in the vicinity of the action area (see Mitigation section below).
A summary of estimated takes based on the above analysis is listed in Table 7.
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned); and
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
1. Time Restriction.
Work would occur only during daylight hours, when visual monitoring of marine mammals can be conducted.
2. Establishing and Monitoring Level A, Level B Harassment Zones, and Shutdown Zones.
WSDOT shall establish shutdown zones that encompass the distances within which marine mammals could be taken by Level A harassment (see Table 7 above) except for harbor seal. For Level A harassment zones that is less than 10 m from the source, a minimum of 10 m distance should be established as a shutdown zone. For harbor seal, a maximum of 60 m shutdown zone would be implemented if the actual Level A harassment zone exceeds 60 m. This is because there are a few habituated harbor seals that repeated occur within the larger Level A zone, which makes implementing a shutdown zone larger than 60 m infeasible.
A summary of exclusion zones is provided in Table 8.
WSDOT shall also establish a Zone of Influence (ZOI) based on the Level B harassment zones for take monitoring where received underwater SPLs are higher than 160 dB
NMFS-approved protected species observers (PSO) shall conduct an initial 30-minute survey of the exclusion zones to ensure that no marine mammals are seen within the zones before pile driving and pile removal of a pile segment begins. If marine mammals are found within the exclusion zone, pile driving of the segment would be delayed until they move out of the area. If a marine mammal is seen above water and then dives below, the contractor would wait 15 minutes. If no marine mammals are seen by the observer in that time it can be assumed that the animal has moved beyond the exclusion zone.
If pile driving of a segment ceases for 30 minutes or more and a marine mammal is sighted within the designated exclusion zone prior to commencement of pile driving, or if a shutdown occurs due to marine mammal sighting, the observer(s) must notify the pile driving operator (or other authorized individual) immediately and continue to monitor the exclusion zone. Operations may not resume until the marine mammal has exited the exclusion zone or 30 minutes have elapsed since the last sighting.
3. Soft-start.
A “soft-start” technique is intended to allow marine mammals to vacate the area before the impact pile driver reaches full power. Whenever there has been downtime of 30 minutes or more without impact pile driving, the contractor will initiate the driving with ramp-up procedures described below.
Soft start for impact hammers requires contractors to provide an initial set of three strikes from the impact hammer at 40 percent energy, followed by a 1-minute waiting period, then two subsequent three-strike sets. Each day, WSDOT will use the soft-start technique at the beginning of impact pile driving, or if pile driving has ceased for more than 30 minutes.
4. Shutdown Measures.
WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if a marine mammal is detected within an exclusion zone or is about to enter an exclusion zone listed in Table 8.
WSDOT shall also implement shutdown measures if SRKWs or humpback whales are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the ZOI during in-water construction activities.
If a killer whale approaches the ZOI during pile driving or removal, and it is unknown whether it is a SRKW or a transient killer whale, it shall be assumed to be a SRKW and WSDOT shall implement the shutdown measure.
If a SRKW, an unidentified killer whale, or a humpback whale enters the ZOI undetected, in-water pile driving or
Further, WSDOT shall implement shutdown measures if the number of authorized takes for any particular species reaches the limit under the IHA or if a marine mammal observed is not authorized for take under this IHA, if such marine mammals are sighted within the vicinity of the project area and are approaching the Level B harassment zone during in-water construction activities.
5. Coordination with Local Marine Mammal Research Network.
Prior to the start of pile driving for the day, the Orca Network and/or Center for Whale Research will be contacted by WSDOT to find out the location of the nearest marine mammal sightings. The Orca Sightings Network consists of a list of over 600 (and growing) residents, scientists, and government agency personnel in the United States and Canada. Sightings are called or emailed into the Orca Network and immediately distributed to other sighting networks including: the NMFS Northwest Fisheries Science Center, the Center for Whale Research, Cascadia Research, the Whale Museum Hotline and the British Columbia Sightings Network.
Sightings information collected by the Orca Network includes detection by hydrophone. The SeaSound Remote Sensing Network is a system of interconnected hydrophones installed in the marine environment of Haro Strait (west side of San Juan Island) to study orca communication, in-water noise, bottom fish ecology and local climatic conditions. A hydrophone at the Port Townsend Marine Science Center measures average in-water sound levels and automatically detects unusual sounds. These passive acoustic devices allow researchers to hear when different marine mammals come into the region. This acoustic network, combined with the volunteer (incidental) visual sighting network allows researchers to document presence and location of various marine mammal species.
With this level of coordination in the region of activity, WSDOT will be able to get real-time information on the presence or absence of whales before starting any pile driving.
Based on our evaluation of the required measures, NMFS has determined that the prescribed mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
WSDOT shall employ NMFS-approved PSOs to conduct marine mammal monitoring for the Seattle Multimodal Year 2 Project at Colman Dock. The purposes of marine mammal monitoring are to implement mitigation measures and learn more about impacts to marine mammals from WSDOT's construction activities. The PSOs will observe and collect data on marine mammals in and around the project area for 30 minutes before, during, and for 30 minutes after all pile removal and pile installation work. NMFS-approved PSOs shall meet the following requirements:
1. Independent observers (
2. At least one observer must have prior experience working as an observer;
3. Other observers may substitute education (undergraduate degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience;
4. Where a team of three or more observers are required, one observer should be designated as lead observer or monitoring coordinator. The lead observer must have prior experience working as an observer; and
5. NMFS will require submission and approval of observer CVs.
Monitoring of marine mammals around the construction site shall be conducted using high-quality binoculars (
• For Level B harassment zones with radii less than 1,600 m, 3 PSOs will be monitoring from land.
• For Level B harassment zones with radii larger than 1,600 m but smaller than 2,500 m, 4 PSOs will be monitoring from land.
• For Level B harassment zones with radii larger than 2,500 m, 4 PSOs will be monitoring from land with an additional 1 PSO monitoring from a ferry.
6. PSOs shall collect the following information during marine mammal monitoring:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins and ends for each day conducted (monitoring period);
• Construction activities occurring during each daily observation period, including how many and what type of piles driven;
• Deviation from initial proposal in pile numbers, pile types, average driving times, etc.;
• Weather parameters in each monitoring period (
• Water conditions in each monitoring period (
• For each marine mammal sighting:
○ Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
○ Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns,
○ Location and distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point; and
○ Estimated amount of time that the animals remained in the Level B zone;
• Description of implementation of mitigation measures within each monitoring period (
• Other human activity in the area within each monitoring period.
To verify the required monitoring distance, the exclusion zones and ZOIs will be determined by using a range finder or hand-held global positioning system device.
WSDOT will conduct noise field measurement to determine the actual Level B distance from the source during vibratory driving of the first 36-in pile. If the actual Level B harassment distance is less than modelled, the number of PSOs will be adjusted based on the criteria listed above.
WSDOT is required to submit a draft monitoring report within 90 days after completion of the construction work or the expiration of the IHA, whichever comes earlier. In the case if WSDOT intends to renew the IHA in a subsequent year, a monitoring report should be submitted 60 days before the expiration of the current IHA (if issued). This report would detail the monitoring protocol, summarize the data recorded during monitoring, and estimate the number of marine mammals that may have been harassed. NMFS would have an opportunity to provide comments on the report, and if NMFS has comments, WSDOT would address the comments and submit a final report to NMFS within 30 days.
In addition, NMFS would require WSDOT to notify NMFS' Office of Protected Resources and NMFS' West Coast Stranding Coordinator within 48 hours of sighting an injured or dead marine mammal in the construction site. WSDOT shall provide NMFS and the Stranding Network with the species or description of the animal(s), the condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition, if the animal is dead), location, time of first discovery, observed behaviors (if alive), and photo or video (if available).
In the event that WSDOT finds an injured or dead marine mammal that is not in the construction area, WSDOT would report the same information as listed above to NMFS as soon as operationally feasible.
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
To avoid repetition, this introductory discussion of our analyses applies to all the species listed in Table 7, given that the anticipated effects of WSDOT's Seattle Multimodal at Colman Dock project involving pile driving and pile removal on marine mammals are expected to be relatively similar in nature. There is no information about the nature or severity of the impacts, or the size, status, or structure of any species or stock that would lead to a different analysis by species for this activity, or else species-specific factors would be identified and analyzed.
Although a few marine mammals (132 harbor seals, 12 harbor porpoises, and 1 Dall's porpoise) are estimated to experience Level A harassment in the form of PTS if they stay within the Level A harassment zone during the entire pile driving for the day, the degree of injury is expected to be mild and is not likely to affect the reproduction or survival of the individual animals. It is expected that, if hearing impairments occurs, most likely the affected animal would lose a few dB in its hearing sensitivity, which in most cases is not likely to affect its survival and recruitment. Hearing impairment that occur for these individual animals would be limited to the dominant frequency of the noise sources,
For these species except harbor seal, California sea lion, Steller sea lion, harbor porpoise and Dall's porpoise, takes that are anticipated and authorized are expected to be limited to short-term Level B harassment (behavioral and TTS). Marine mammals present in the vicinity of the action area and taken by Level B harassment would most likely show overt brief disturbance (startle reaction) and avoidance of the area from elevated noise levels during pile driving and pile removal and the implosion noise. A few marine mammals could experience TTS if they occur within the Level B TTS ZOI. However, as discussed earlier in this document, TTS is a temporary loss of hearing sensitivity when exposed to loud sound, and the hearing threshold is expected to recover completely within minutes to hours. Therefore, it is not considered an injury.
There are no other important areas for marine mammals, such as important feeding, pupping, or other areas.
The project also is not expected to have significant adverse effects on affected marine mammals' habitat, as analyzed in detail in the “Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat” subsection. There is no ESA designated critical area in the vicinity of the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
• Injury—only five species of marine mammals would experience Level A harassment in the form of mild PTS, which is expected to be of small degree; and
• Behavioral disturbance—eleven species/stocks of marine mammals would experience behavioral disturbance from the WSDOT's Seattle Colman Dock project. However, as discussed earlier, the area to be affected is small and the duration of the project is short. No other important habitat for marine mammals exist in the vicinity of the project area. Therefore, the overall impacts are expected to be insignificant.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
The estimated takes are below 13 percent of the population for all marine mammals except harbor porpoise (Table 7). For harbor porpoise, the estimate of 3,120 incidences of takes would be 28 percent of the population, if each single take were a unique individual. However, this is highly unlikely because the harbor porpoise in Washington waters shows site fidelity to small areas for periods of time that can extend between seasons (Hanson
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the prescribed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of each species or stock will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
NMFS has determined the issuance of the IHA is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 (issuance of incidental harassment authorizations under section 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for which no serious injury or mortality is anticipated) of NOAA's Companion Manual for NAO 216-6A, and we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances listed in Chapter 4 of the Companion Manual for NAO 216-6A that would preclude this categorical exclusion under NEPA.
Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
The California-Oregon-Washington stock of humpback whale and the Southern Resident stock of killer whale are the only marine mammal species listed under the ESA that could occur in the vicinity of WSDOT's proposed construction projects. Two DPSs of humpback whales, the Mexico DPS and the Central America DPS, are listed as threatened and endangered under the ESA, respectively. NMFS worked with WSDOT to implement shutdown measures in the IHA that would avoid takes of both SR killer whale and humpback whales. Therefore, NMFS determined that no ESA-listed marine mammal species would be affected as a result of WSDOT's Seattle Colman Dock construction project.
As a result of these determinations, NMFS has issued an IHA to the Washington State Department of Transportation for the Seattle Multimodal Project at Colman Dock in Washington State, provided the previously described mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before September 24, 2018.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230 (or via the internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Bronwen Rice, NOAA Office of Education, (202) 482-6797 or
This request is for an extension of a currently approved information collection.
The NOAA Office of Education's Bay Watershed Education and Training (B-WET) program seeks to contribute to NOAA's mission by supporting education efforts to create an environmentally literate citizenry with the knowledge, attitudes, and skills needed to protect watersheds and related ocean, coastal, and Great Lakes ecosystems. B-WET currently funds projects in seven regions (California, Chesapeake Bay, Great Lakes, Gulf of Mexico, Hawaii, New England, and the Pacific Northwest). B-WET has created an across-region, internal evaluation system to provide ongoing feedback on program implementation and outcomes to ensure maximum quality and efficiency of the B-WET program. The evaluation system is sustained by B-WET staff with occasional assistance from an outside contractor.
B-WET awardees and the awardees' professional development teacher-participants are asked to voluntarily complete online survey forms to provide evaluation data. One individual from each awardee organization is asked to complete a form once per year of the award, and the teacher participants are asked to complete one form at the end of their professional development program and another form at the end of the following school year.
Respondents submit their information electronically on web-based survey forms.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
The public uses the Maintenance Fee Transmittal Form (PTO/SB/45) to determine and pay the correct amount due for a maintenance fee transaction. PTO/SB/45 may be mailed or faxed to the USPTO, but PTO/SB/45 may not be submitted electronically via EFS-Web. Customers may submit maintenance fees and six-month grace period surcharges paid before patent expiration electronically over the internet using the USPTO's Office of Finance Online Shopping Page (hereinafter, the
Completion of these forms results in information collected, maintained, and used consistent with all applicable OMB and USPTO Information Quality Guidelines. This includes the basic information quality standards established in the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35) (PRA), in OMB Circular A-130, and in the OMB information quality guidelines.
Once submitted, the request will be publicly available in electronic format through
•
•
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent on or before August 24, 2018 to Nicholas A. Fraser, OMB Desk Officer, via email to
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Order.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC” or “Commission”) is issuing an order in response to a petition from ICE Clear Credit LLC, ICE Clear US, Inc., and ICE Clear Europe Limited (collectively, “the ICE DCOs” or “the Petitioners”) seeking an exemption permitting the investment of futures and swap customer funds in certain categories of euro-denominated sovereign debt. The Commission is also granting exemptive relief to expand the universe of permissible counterparties and depositories that can be used in connection with these investments given the structure of the market for repurchase agreements in euro-denominated sovereign debt.
Applicable as of July 25, 2018.
Eileen A. Donovan, Deputy Director, (202) 418-5096,
By petition dated June 22, 2017, the Petitioners, all registered derivatives clearing organizations (“DCOs”), requested an exemptive order under section 4(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA” or “Act”) permitting the ICE DCOs to invest futures and cleared swap customer funds in certain categories of euro-denominated sovereign debt. On December 15, 2017, the Commission published a proposed order that would grant the requested exemption (“Proposed Order”) and requested public comment on the Proposed Order.
Section 4d of the Act
Regulation 1.25 previously included foreign sovereign debt as a permitted investment for customer funds.
In connection with their proposal to invest customer funds in foreign sovereign debt, the ICE DCOs have also requested an exemption from Regulations 1.25(d)(2) and (7). Regulation 1.25(d)(2) limits the counterparties with which a DCO can enter into a repurchase agreement involving customer funds to a bank as defined in section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a domestic branch of a foreign bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a securities broker or dealer, or a government securities broker or government securities dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or which has filed notice pursuant to section 15C(a) of the Government Securities Act of 1986. Regulation 1.25(d)(7) requires a DCO to hold the securities transferred to the DCO under a repurchase agreement in a safekeeping account with a bank as referred to in Regulation 1.25(d)(2), a Federal Reserve Bank, a DCO, or the Depository Trust Company in an account that complies with the requirements of Regulation 1.26.
The ICE DCOs request a limited exemption from section 4d of the Act and Commission Regulation 1.25(a) to invest euro-denominated customer funds in sovereign debt issued by the French Republic and the Federal Republic of Germany (“Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt”) through both direct investment and repurchase agreements.
In connection with the Proposed Order, the Commission preliminarily determined that granting the requested exemption would be consistent with Section 4(c) of the Act.
Specifically, the Commission has determined that the restriction on investments of customer funds by DCOs should not apply to Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt. As the Commission previously observed, the ICE DCOs demonstrated that the Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt has credit, liquidity, and volatility characteristics that are comparable to U.S. Government Securities, which are permitted investments under the Act and Regulation 1.25. For example, as evidence of the creditworthiness of France and Germany, the ICE DCOs provided data demonstrating that credit default swap spreads of France and Germany have historically been similar to those of the United States. To demonstrate the liquidity of the markets, the ICE DCOs pointed to, for example, the substantial amount of outstanding marketable French and German debt and the daily transaction value of the repo markets for their debt. And with respect to volatility, the ICE DCOs provided data on daily changes to sovereign debt yields demonstrating that the price stability of French and German debt is comparable to that of U.S. Government Securities.
The Commission also observed that the ICE DCOs demonstrated that investing in the Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt poses less risk to customer funds than the current alternative of holding the funds at a commercial bank, on the basis that exposure to high-quality sovereign debt is preferable to facing the credit risk of commercial banks through unsecured bank demand deposit accounts. While investments through reverse repurchase agreements (as opposed to direct investments) still involve exposure to a commercial counterparty, a DCO would receive the additional benefit of receiving securities as collateral against that counterparty's credit risk. The ICE DCOs also represented that in the event a securities custodian enters insolvency proceedings, they would have a claim to specific securities rather than a general claim against the assets of the custodian.
Further, the Commission has determined that the exemption is consistent with the public interest and the purposes of the Act, which include ensuring the financial integrity of transactions and avoiding systemic risk.
Finally, the Commission has determined that granting an exemption allowing investment of customer funds in instruments with risk characteristics comparable to currently permitted investments does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Commission or any contract market to discharge its regulatory or self-regulatory duties under the Act.
Based on the foregoing, the Commission has determined that granting the exemption provided in the order below satisfies the requirements of section 4(c) of the Act.
The Commission proposed an exemption to permit the ICE DCOs, subject to certain conditions, to invest customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt. The first condition required that the ICE DCOs only use customer euro cash to invest in the Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt. This restriction was previously included in
Second, the Commission proposed to permit the ICE DCOs to invest in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt only so long as the two-year credit default spread of the issuing sovereign is 45 basis points (“BPS”) or less. The Commission explained that because the proposed order was not intended to expand the universe of permitted investments beyond instruments with a risk profile similar to those that are currently permitted, U.S. Government Securities provide an appropriate benchmark to confine permitted investments in foreign sovereign debt. The Commission proposed the cap of 45 BPS based on a historical analysis of the two-year credit default spread of the United States (“U.S. Spread”). Forty-five BPS is approximately two standard deviations above the mean U.S. Spread over the past eight years and represents a risk level that the U.S. Spread has exceeded approximately 5% of the time over that period.
Third, the Commission proposed to limit the length to maturity of direct investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, to limit permitted investments to those with a lower risk profile. Specifically, the Proposed Order contained a requirement that each of the ICE DCOs ensure that the dollar-weighted average of the time-to-maturity of their portfolio of direct investments in each type of Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt does not exceed 60 days. This restriction was modeled on Securities and Exchange Commission requirements for money market mutual funds,
To provide the ICE DCOs with the ability to invest customer funds in the Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, the Commission proposed to exempt the ICE DCOs from the counterparty and depository requirements of Regulation 1.25(d)(2) and (7), subject to conditions. As a practical matter, complying with these requirements would severely restrict the ICE DCOs' ability to enter into repurchase agreements for Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt.
Specifically the Commission proposed to exempt the ICE DCOs from the counterparty restrictions of Regulation 1.25(d)(2), subject to the condition that counterparties be limited to certain categories that are intended to limit the risk associated with reverse repurchase transactions. The ICE DCOs represented that the principal participants in the European sovereign debt repurchase markets are non-U.S. banks, non-U.S. securities dealers, and foreign branches of U.S. banks. As a result, the counterparty requirements under Regulation 1.25(d)(2) would significantly constrain the use of euro-denominated sovereign debt repurchase agreements. Additionally, the ICE DCOs represented that it would be impractical and inefficient to hold such securities at a U.S. custodian, and the Commission proposed to exempt the ICE DCOs from the depository requirement of Regulation 1.25(d)(7), so long as the depository qualifies as a permitted depository under Regulation 1.49. The Commission explained that the proposed restrictions on permitted counterparties and depositories are designed to ensure that the counterparties and depositories used by the ICE DCOs will be regulated entities comparable to those currently permitted under Regulation 1.25(d)(2) and (7).
The Commission published a request for comments regarding the Proposed Order in the
The Commission received three comment letters.
All three commenters recommended that the Commission expand the scope of the order to grant relief to additional registrants. Eurex, a registered DCO, requested that it be included within the scope of the exemption. CME encouraged the Commission to include all DCOs in the scope of the exemption, and FIA recommended including all DCOs and their FCM clearing members.
CME and Eurex argued that expanding the scope of the order is consistent with the promotion of fair competition, which is one of the stated purposes of section 4(c) exemptions.
The Commission agrees that the benefits of the Proposed Order are not unique to the ICE DCOs and is accordingly expanding the scope of the Proposed Order to permit all DCOs to invest customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, subject to the conditions of the order. The Commission notes, however, that some DCOs have access to a central bank account for euro deposits and believes that such access can, in certain
Both Eurex and FIA encouraged the Commission to expand the weighted average time-to-maturity limit beyond the proposed 60 days. Eurex recommended limiting portfolios, including repurchase agreements, to a two-year time-to-maturity requirement, consistent with the current limit in Regulation 1.25 for the overall portfolio of investments purchased with customer funds. It argued that because the Commission found the risk characteristics of German and French debt to be similar to those of U.S. Government Securities, the same time-to-maturity limit should apply. FIA recommended using a six month time-to-maturity limit.
The 60-day average time-to-maturity limitation as proposed to apply only to direct investments may unduly limit investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, and the Commission is therefore amending the calculation of the limitation. Under the final order, the dollar-weighted average time-to-maturity of all investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debit, including repurchase agreements, may not exceed 60 days. The Commission is also, however, limiting individual direct investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt to securities that have a remaining maturity of 180 days or less. While the risk characteristics of Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt are broadly comparable to those of U.S. Government Securities, Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt is somewhat less liquid than U.S. Government Securities and the cap on the time-to-maturity of individual investments is intended to address that reduced liquidity.
FIA recommended using the five-year credit default swap (“CDS”) spread as the measure of credit quality for Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, arguing that the two-year CDS is thinly traded and quoted compared to the five-year instrument. FIA recommended permitting investments in French and German debt when the five-year CDS spread is at 60 basis points or less.
The Commission understands that the five-year CDS is more commonly traded than the two-year, but believes that the two-year spread is more suitable for this purpose because it more closely tracks the duration of the investments that DCOs will make in Designated Foreign Sovereign debt. While liquidity of the two-year product may not match that of the five-year, the Commission believes that data and quotes on the two-year spread are adequately available for their intended use as a measure of creditworthiness.
FIA noted that under the proposed exemption from Regulation 1.25(d)(2) and (7), the ICE DCOs would be required to comply with the remaining provisions of Regulation 1.25(d). FIA stated that these requirements provide important protections for customer funds employed in repurchase agreements and should not be waived. The Commission agrees and confirms that DCOs must continue to comply with all requirements in Regulation 1.25 not exempted by the order.
Eurex requested the Commission clarify that like U.S. Government Securities, Foreign Sovereign Debt is not subject to an asset-based concentration limit. The Commission confirms that the order does not subject Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt to an asset-based concentration limit. Because investments of customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt will be limited to the amount of euro cash held by DCOs, the Commission does not believe that an asset-based concentration limit is necessary.
In addition, the Commission is amending the Proposed Order to permit DCOs a reasonable amount of time after the two-year CDS spread of France or Germany exceeds 45 basis points to determine an appropriate alternative investment or depository for funds that had been invested in a repurchase agreement for the relevant Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt. The Commission does not believe it is prudent to immediately require DCOs to locate depositories for potentially large amounts of cash without notice. The order as revised will require DCOs to stop entering into repurchase agreements as soon as practicable under the circumstances while the French or German two-year CDS spread exceeds 45 basis points. The Commission is not amending the restriction that no new direct investments in the relevant debt may be made if the two-year spread is greater than 45 basis points.
The Commission is also making a change to the Proposed Order to clarify that the exemption to Regulation 1.25(d)(2) and (7) only applies to investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt and not all securities purchased with customer funds.
The Commission does not intend this order to relieve a DCO of any obligation relating to investments in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt that would apply if Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt were a permitted investment under Commission Regulation 1.25. The Commission is adding a new paragraph to the order to clarify that certain Commission regulations apply to investments made pursuant to this order.
After considering the above factors and the comment letters received in response to its request for comments, the Commission has determined to issue the following:
(1) The Commission, pursuant to its authority under section 4(c) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“Act”) and subject to the conditions below, hereby grants registered derivatives clearing organizations (“DCOs”) a limited exemption to section 4d of the Act and to Commission Regulation 1.25(a) to permit all registered DCOs to invest euro-denominated futures and cleared swap customer funds in euro-denominated sovereign debt issued by the French Republic and the Federal
(2) The Commission, subject to the conditions below, additionally grants:
(a) A limited exemption to Commission Regulation 1.25(d)(2) to permit registered DCOs to use customer funds to enter into repurchase agreements for Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt with foreign banks and foreign securities brokers or dealers; and
(b) A limited exemption to Commission Regulation 1.25(d)(7) to permit registered DCOs to hold Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt purchased under a repurchase agreement in a safekeeping account at a foreign bank.
(3) This order is subject to the following conditions:
(a) Investments of customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt by a DCO must be limited to investments made with euro customer cash.
(b) If the two-year credit default spread of an issuing sovereign of Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt is greater than 45 basis points:
(i) A DCO must discontinue investing customer funds in the relevant debt through repurchase transactions as soon as practicable under the circumstances;
(ii) A DCO may not make any new direct investments in the relevant debt using customer funds. Direct investment refers to purchases of Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt unaccompanied by a contemporaneous agreement to resell the securities.
(c) The dollar-weighted average of the time-to-maturity of a DCO's portfolio of investments in each sovereign's Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt may not exceed 60 days.
(d) A DCO may not make a direct investment in any Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt that has a remaining maturity of greater than 180 calendar days.
(e) A DCO may use customer funds to enter into repurchase agreements for Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt with a counterparty that does not meet the requirements of Commission Regulation 1.25(d)(2) only if the counterparty is:
(i) A foreign bank that qualifies as a permitted depository under Commission Regulation 1.49(d)(3) and that is located in a money center country (as defined in Commission Regulation 1.49(a)(1)) or in another jurisdiction that has adopted the euro as its currency;
(ii) A securities dealer located in a money center country as defined in Commission Regulation 1.49(a)(1) that is regulated by a national financial regulator such as the UK Prudential Regulation Authority or Financial Conduct Authority, the German Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin), the French Autorité Des Marchés Financiers (AMF) or Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (ACPR), or the Italian Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB); or
(iii) The European Central Bank, the Deutsche Bundesbank, or the Banque de France.
(f) A DCO may hold customer Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt purchased under a repurchase agreement with a depository that does not meet the requirements of Commission Regulation 1.25(d)(7) only if the depository meets the location and qualification requirements contained in Commission Regulation 1.49(c) and (d) and if the account complies with the requirements of Commission Regulation 1.26.
(4) A DCO must continue to comply with all other requirements in Commission Regulation 1.25, including but not limited to the counterparty concentration limits in Commission Regulation 1.25(b)(3)(v), and other applicable Commission regulations.
(5) Investments made pursuant to this order will be considered “instruments described in § 1.25” for the purposes of Commission Regulation 1.29 and will be considered to be made “in accordance with § 1.25” for the purposes of Commission Regulation 22.3.
The Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”) imposes certain requirements on federal agencies (including the Commission) in connection with their conducting or sponsoring any collection of information as defined by the PRA. This exemptive order does not involve a collection of information. Accordingly, the PRA does not apply.
Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the costs and benefits of its action before issuing an order under the CEA. By its terms, section 15(a) does not require the Commission to quantify the costs and benefits of an order or to determine whether the benefits of the order outweigh its costs. Rather, section 15(a) simply requires the Commission to “consider the costs and benefits” of its action. The Commission did not receive any comments on its proposed costs and benefits.
The Commission's baseline for consideration of the costs and benefits of the exemptive order are the costs and benefits that DCOs and the public would face if the Commission does not grant the order, or in other words, the status quo. In that scenario, DCOs would be limited to investing customer funds in the instruments listed in Regulation 1.25.
The costs and benefits of the order are not presently susceptible to meaningful quantification. Therefore, the Commission discusses costs and benefits in qualitative terms.
The Commission does not believe granting the exemption will impose additional costs on DCOs. The order permits but does not require DCOs to invest customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt. Each DCO may therefore decide whether to accept any costs and benefits of an investment. The Commission also does not expect the order to impose additional costs on other market participants or the public, which do not face any direct costs from the order. While other market participants or the public could potentially face costs from riskier investment activity leading to financial instability at a DCO, the Commission believes that this is unlikely, because the order prescribes limits on investments of customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt designed to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. In addition, the flexibility to hold customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt rather than in euro cash at a commercial bank provides risk management benefits as described above.
The Commission believes that DCOs will benefit from the order. The exemption provides DCOs additional flexibility in how they manage and hold customer funds and allows them to improve the risk management of their customer accounts. Further, if DCOs invest customer funds in Designated Foreign Sovereign Debt, other participants in the relevant market may benefit from the additional liquidity. Moreover, as described above, it is safer from a risk management perspective to hold Foreign Sovereign Debt in a safekeeping account than to hold euro cash at a commercial bank. Therefore, market participants and the public may also benefit from the exemption.
Section 15(a) of the CEA further specifies that costs and benefits shall be evaluated in light of five broad areas of market and public concern: protection of market participants and the public; efficiency, competitiveness, and
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
On this matter, Chairman Giancarlo and Commissioners Quintenz and Behnam voted in the affirmative. No Commissioner voted in the negative.
Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy, Department of the Air Force.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
On Thursday, July 5, 2018, the Department of Defense published a notice to announce a Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy to be held on July 27, 2018. Subsequent to the publication of the notice, the meeting timeframe for opening and closing was changed, as well as part of the order of agenda topics. All other information in the July 5, 2018 notice remains the same.
Open to the public Friday July 27, 2018 from 7:30 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. (Mountain Time).
United States Air Force Academy, Blue and Silver Club, Colorado Springs, CO.
Jean R. Love, (703) 692-7757 (Voice), 703-693-4244 (Facsimile),
Captain Natalie Campos, Officer of the Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Air Force, SAF/MRM, Executive Officer and Force Management Action Officer, 1660 Air Force Pentagon, Washington, DC 20330, (703) 697-7058,
Due to circumstances beyond the control of the Department of Defense (DoD) and the Designated Federal Officer, the meeting schedule for the previously announced meeting of the Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy on July 27, 2018 was changed and the Designated Federal Officer to the Board of Visitors of the U.S. Air Force Academy was unable to provide sufficient public notification of this change as required by 41 CFR 102-3.150(a). Accordingly, the Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.150(b), waives the 15-calendar day notification requirement. This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.140 and 102-3.150.
Air Force Civil Engineer Center, United States Air Force, DoD.
Notice of intent.
The Air Force is publishing this Notice to identify Federal real property that it intends to exchange for property that is needed by the Air Force to limit encroachment and other constraints on military operations at Melrose Air Force Range (MAFR), NM.
Mr. Joe Weathersby, Air Force Civil Engineer Center (AFCEC/CIUB), 2261 Hughes Avenue, Suite 155, Joint Base San Antonio (JBSA) Lackland, TX 78236-9853; telephone (210) 395-9516.
MAFR is a long established training range, consisting of some 70,000 acres, 25 miles west of Cannon Air Force Base, New Mexico. Operations on Melrose Range also cover an area of 2,500 square miles of airspace. Melrose is used for training such as air to ground, small arms, and electronic combat.
Description of the Air Force Property: Approximately 1,240 acres of undeveloped rangeland located on the southern perimeter of MAFR in Township 1S, Ranges 29E and 30E, in Roosevelt County, New Mexico. This undeveloped land is adjacent to private ranchlands owned by Davis Mesa Ranch, LLC, Davis Arch Ranch, LLC, and Davis Spear Ranch, LLC. The ranchland properties represent ideal conditions for the commercial development of wind energy generation. For the exchange of 1,240 acres of Air Force real property the owner of these properties has agreed to convey 160 acres of ranchland on the eastern perimeter of the range utilizing 10 U.S.C. 2869 authority.
In conjunction with the exchange, the same landowner has agreed to convey a perpetual restrictive use easement on 29,319 acres to protect those acres adjoining MAFR from incompatible land uses. 10 U.S.C. 2869 authorizes the Air Force to convey real property at an installation in exchange for property interests to be acquired under the terms of an encroachment protection agreement executed in accordance with Title 10 U.S.C. 2684a. The Air Force executed an encroachment management agreement with The Conservation Fund on July 21, 2017.
The Air Force has notified the appropriate Congressional committees of the terms and conditions of the proposed exchange pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 2869(d)(2).
10 U.S.C. 2869(d)(1) and 10 U.S.C. 2684a(d)(4)(B).
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative. Services, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for Technical Assistance and Dissemination to Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities—Center on Dispute Resolution, Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.326X.
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Tina Diamond, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 5136, Potomac Center Plaza,
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
This priority is:
IDEA includes procedural safeguards that are designed to protect the rights of children with disabilities and their parents and to provide parents with mechanisms for resolving, at the earliest point in time, disputes with those who provide services to children with disabilities (State educational agencies (SEAs), local educational agencies (LEAs), schools, Part C State lead agencies, and early intervention service (EIS) providers). The procedural safeguards include the opportunity to seek a timely resolution of disputes about establishing a child's eligibility under IDEA and providing a free appropriate public education (FAPE) to an eligible child or the appropriate EIS to infants and toddlers with disabilities. Thus, IDEA encourages constructive relationships between parents of children with disabilities and those who provide services to children with disabilities by facilitating open communication between the parents and these entities and encouraging early resolution of disputes so that disagreements do not escalate and become adversarial and result in a delay in identifying, and providing needed services to, eligible children. IDEA's dispute resolution procedures include provisions for State complaints, mediation, due process complaints, and resolution sessions, as described below.
Each SEA and Part C State lead agency is responsible for annually reporting data on dispute resolution activity to the Office of Special Education Programs (OSEP) to help determine the extent to which States effectively implement dispute resolution practices. The data collected by OSEP include information on the timeliness of State complaint reports and due process hearing decisions, the percentage of due process complaints that were resolved through settlement agreements, and mediations resulting in agreements.
An analysis of national data trends in dispute resolution conducted by the Center for Appropriate Dispute Resolution in Special Education (CADRE) shows declines in processes, such as written State complaints and due process complaints, and increases in the use of collaborative approaches,
(a) Increased capacity of SEAs and Part C State lead agencies to support local implementation of effective early resolution practices to resolve disputes and thereby decrease State complaints and due process complaints;
(b) Increased capacity of SEAs and Part C State lead agencies to collect, report, and use high-quality dispute resolution data;
(c) Increased body of knowledge on dispute prevention and exemplary dispute resolution practices to meet the dispute resolution needs of parents and families, including those from vulnerable populations who may be less likely to access dispute resolution due to language, informational, or economic barriers;
(d) Improved access for hearing officers to information on emerging issues related to special education and early intervention dispute resolution;
(e) Improved ability of SEAs and Part C State lead agencies to implement a range of dispute resolution options, including methods of dispute resolution required under IDEA and early resolution practices and to support SEAs and Part C State lead agencies in ensuring that dispute resolution options are not affected by administrative constraints (
(f) Improved capacity of OSEP-funded parent centers to provide TA on the range of effective dispute resolution options;
(g) Increased knowledge of OSEP-funded parent centers, parents, and families about school choice as it relates to due process and procedural safeguards under IDEA; and
(h) An annual analysis of State and national trends and other data about dispute resolution to determine the extent to which SEAs and Part C State lead agencies have—
(i) Met the required timelines when resolving State complaints and issuing due process hearing decisions;
(ii) Used resolution meetings and mediation to successfully resolve disputes between parents and LEAs or EIS providers; and
(iii) Implemented effective methods of early dispute resolution.
In addition to these programmatic requirements, to be considered for funding under this priority, applicants must meet the application and administrative requirements in this priority, which are:
(a) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Significance of the Project,” how the proposed project will—
(1) Address gaps or weaknesses in State or local dispute resolution performance and compliance to meet the dispute resolution needs of SEA and Part C State lead agency personnel, as well as the needs of parents and families, including those from vulnerable populations who may be less likely to access dispute resolution due to language, informational, or economic barriers. To meet this requirement the applicant must—
(i) Demonstrate knowledge of exemplary dispute resolution practices that will assist SEAs and Part C State lead agencies in improving dispute resolution, especially practices that will assist agencies in meeting compliance and performance targets and implementing effective early resolution practices;
(ii) Present information about the current level of implementation of exemplary dispute resolution practices in SEAs and Part C State lead agencies, especially practices that will assist agencies in meeting compliance and performance targets and implementing effective early resolution practices; and
(iii) Present national, State, or local data on the financial and administrative burden of involvement in dispute resolution and discuss strategies for minimizing these burdens for all parties involved.
(2) Improve outcomes in dispute resolution compliance and performance for SEAs and Part C State lead agencies and increase the implementation of early resolution practices.
(3) Improve communication between parents and families and education professionals to minimize conflict and increase the use of collaborative problem-solving and dispute resolution practices.
(b) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Quality of the Project Services,” how the proposed project will—
(1) Ensure equal access and treatment for members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability. To meet this requirement, the applicant must describe how it will—
(i) Identify the needs of the intended recipients for TA and information; and
(ii) Ensure that services and products meet the needs of the intended recipients of the grant;
(2) Achieve its goals, objectives, and intended outcomes. To meet this requirement, the applicant must provide—
(i) Measurable intended project outcomes; and
(ii) In Appendix A, the logic model (as defined in this notice) by which the proposed project will achieve its intended outcomes that depicts, at a minimum, the goals, activities, outputs, and intended outcomes of the proposed project;
(3) Use a conceptual framework (and provide a copy in Appendix A) to develop project plans and activities, describing any underlying concepts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, or theories, as well as the presumed relationships or linkages among these variables, and any empirical support for this framework;
(4) Be based on current research on effective dispute resolution practices, provide services that assist SEAs and Part C State lead agencies to comply with IDEA requirements, and draw from the knowledge base of effective early resolution evidence-based (as defined in this notice) practices (EBPs). To meet this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) The current research on effective dispute resolution practices, including early resolution EBPs;
(ii) The current research about adult learning principles and implementation science that will inform the proposed TA; and
(iii) How the proposed project will incorporate current research and EBPs in the development and delivery of its products and services;
(5) Develop products and provide services that are of high quality and sufficient intensity and duration to achieve the intended outcomes of the proposed project. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) How it proposes to identify or develop the knowledge base in special education dispute resolution;
(ii) Its proposed approach to universal, general TA,
(iii) Its proposed approach to targeted, specialized TA,
(A) The intended recipients, including the type and number of recipients, that will receive the products and services, a description of the products and services that the Center proposes to make available, and the expected impact of those products and services under this approach; and
(B) Its proposed approach to measure the dispute resolution needs and readiness of potential TA recipients to work with the project, assessing, at a minimum, their current infrastructure, available resources, and ability to build capacity at the local level; and
(iv) Its proposed approach to intensive, sustained TA,
(A) The intended recipients, including the type and number of recipients, that will receive the products and services, a description of the products and services that the Center proposes to make available, and the expected impact of those products and services under this approach;
(B) Its proposed approach to measure the dispute resolution needs and readiness of SEAs, Part C State lead agencies, and parent centers to work with the project, including their commitment to the initiative, alignment of the initiative to their needs, current infrastructure, available resources, and ability of the SEAs, Part C State lead agencies, and parent centers to build capacity at the local school district or program level;
(C) Its proposed plan for assisting SEAs and Part C State lead agencies to build or enhance training systems related to special education dispute resolution that include professional development based on adult learning principles and coaching; and
(D) Its proposed plan for working with appropriate levels of the education system (
(6) Develop products and implement services that are impartial and maximize efficiency. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) How the proposed project will use technology to achieve the intended project outcomes;
(ii) With whom the proposed project will collaborate and the intended outcomes of this collaboration; and
(iii) How the proposed project will use non-project resources to achieve the intended project outcomes.
(c) In the narrative section of the application under “Quality of the Evaluation Plan,” include an evaluation plan for the project as described in the following paragraphs. The evaluation plan must describe: Measures of progress in implementation, including the criteria for determining the extent to which the project's products and services have met the goals for reaching its target population; measures of intended outcomes or results of the project's activities in order to evaluate those activities; and how well the goals or objectives of the proposed project, as described in its logic model, have been met.
The applicant must provide an assurance that, in designing the evaluation plan, it will—
(1) Designate, with the approval of the OSEP project officer, a project liaison staff person with sufficient dedicated time, experience in evaluation, and knowledge of the project to work in collaboration with the Center to Improve Program and Project Performance (CIP3),
(i) Revise, as needed, the logic model submitted in the application to provide for a more comprehensive measurement of implementation and outcomes and to reflect any changes or clarifications to the model discussed at the kick-off meeting;
(ii) Refine the evaluation design and instrumentation proposed in the application consistent with the logic model (
(iii) Revise, as needed, the evaluation plan submitted in the application such that it clearly—
(A) Specifies the measures and associated instruments or sources for data appropriate to the evaluation questions, suggests analytic strategies for those data, provides a timeline for conducting the evaluation, and includes staff assignments for completing the plan;
(B) Delineates the data expected to be available by the end of the second project year for use during the project's evaluation (3+2 review) for continued funding described under the heading
(C) Can be used to assist the project director and the OSEP project officer, with the assistance of CIP3, as needed, to specify the performance measures to be addressed in the project's Annual Performance Report;
(2) Cooperate with CIP3 staff in order to accomplish the tasks described in paragraph (1) of this section; and
(3) Dedicate sufficient funds in each budget year to cover the costs of carrying out the tasks described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this section and implementing the evaluation plan.
(d) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Adequacy of Project Resources,” how—
(1) The proposed project will encourage applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability, as appropriate;
(2) The proposed key project personnel, consultants, and subcontractors have the qualifications and experience to carry out the proposed activities and achieve the project's intended outcomes;
(3) The applicant and any key partners have adequate resources to carry out the proposed activities; and
(4) The proposed costs are reasonable in relation to the anticipated results and benefits.
(e) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Quality of the Management Plan,” how—
(1) The proposed management plan will ensure that the project's intended outcomes will be achieved on time and within budget. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) Clearly defined responsibilities for key project personnel, consultants, and subcontractors, as applicable; and
(ii) Timelines and milestones for accomplishing the project tasks;
(2) Key project personnel and any consultants and subcontractors will be allocated and how these allocations are appropriate and adequate to achieve the project's intended outcomes;
(3) The proposed management plan will ensure that the products and services provided are of high quality, relevant, and useful to recipients; and
(4) The proposed project will benefit from a diversity of perspectives, including those of families, educators, TA providers, researchers, and policy makers, among others, in its development and operation.
(f) Address the following application requirements. The applicant must—
(1) Include, in Appendix A, personnel-loading charts and timelines, as applicable, to illustrate the management plan described in the narrative;
(2) Include, in the budget, attendance at the following:
(i) A one and one-half day kick-off meeting in Washington, DC, after receipt of the award, and an annual planning meeting, with the OSEP project officer and other relevant staff during each subsequent year of the project period.
(ii) A two and one-half day project directors' conference in Washington, DC, during each year of the project period;
(iii) Two annual two-day trips to attend Department briefings, Department-sponsored conferences, and other meetings, as requested by OSEP; and
(iv) A one-day intensive 3+2 review meeting during the last half of the second year of the project period;
(3) Include, in the budget, a line item for an annual set-aside of five percent of the grant amount to support emerging needs that are consistent with the proposed project's intended outcomes, as those needs are identified in consultation with, and approved by, the OSEP project officer. With approval from the OSEP project officer, the project must reallocate any remaining funds from this annual set-aside no later than the end of the third quarter of each budget period;
(4) Maintain a high-quality website, with an easy-to-navigate design, that meets government or industry-recognized standards for accessibility; and
(5) Include, in Appendix A, an assurance to assist OSEP with the transfer of pertinent resources and products and to maintain the continuity of services to TA recipients during the transition to this new award period and at the end of this award period, as appropriate.
In deciding whether to continue funding the project for the fourth and fifth years, the Secretary will consider the requirements of 34 CFR 75.253(a), as well as—
(a) The recommendation of a 3+2 review team consisting of experts selected by the Secretary. This review will be conducted during a one-day intensive meeting that will be held during the last half of the second year of the project period;
(b) The timeliness with which, and how well, the requirements of the negotiated cooperative agreement have been or are being met by the project; and
(c) The quality, relevance, and usefulness of the project's products and services and the extent to which the project's products and services are aligned with the project's objectives and likely to result in the project achieving its intended outcomes.
(i) A randomized controlled trial employs random assignment of, for example, students, teachers, classrooms, or schools to receive the project component being evaluated (the treatment group) or not to receive the project component (the control group).
(ii) A regression discontinuity design study assigns the project component being evaluated using a measured variable (
(iii) A single-case design study uses observations of a single case (
(i) A practice guide prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “strong evidence base” or “moderate evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(ii) An intervention report prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “positive effect” or “potentially positive effect” on a relevant outcome based on a “medium to large” extent of evidence, with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(iii) A single experimental study or quasi-experimental design study reviewed and reported by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, or otherwise assessed by the Department using version 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, as appropriate, and that—
(A) Meets WWC standards with or without reservations;
(B) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(C) Includes no overriding statistically significant and negative effects on relevant outcomes reported in the study or in a corresponding WWC intervention report prepared under version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook; and
(D) Is based on a sample from more than one site (
(i) A practice guide prepared by WWC reporting a “strong evidence base” or “moderate evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(ii) An intervention report prepared by the WWC reporting a “positive effect” or “potentially positive effect” on a relevant outcome with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(iii) A single study assessed by the Department, as appropriate, that—
(A) Is an experimental study, a quasi-experimental design study, or a well-designed and well-implemented correlational study with statistical controls for selection bias (
(B) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(i) A practice guide prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “strong evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(ii) An intervention report prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “positive effect” on a relevant outcome based on a “medium to large” extent of evidence, with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(iii) A single experimental study reviewed and reported by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, or otherwise assessed by the Department using version 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, as appropriate, and that—
(A) Meets WWC standards without reservations;
(B) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(C) Includes no overriding statistically significant and negative effects on relevant outcomes reported in the study or in a corresponding WWC intervention report prepared under version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook; and
(D) Is based on a sample from more than one site (
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in FY 2019 from the list of unfunded applications from this competition.
1.
2.
3.
4.
(b) Applicants for, and recipients of, funding must, with respect to the aspects of their proposed project relating to the absolute priority, involve individuals with disabilities, or parents of individuals with disabilities ages birth through 26, in planning, implementing, and evaluating the project (see section 682(a)(1)(A) of IDEA).
1.
2.
3.
4.
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, reference citations, and captions, as well as all text in charts, tables, figures, graphs, and screen shots.
• Use a font that is 12 point or larger.
•
The recommended page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the abstract (follow the guidance provided in the application package for completing the abstract), the table of contents, the list of priority requirements, the resumes, the reference list, the letters of support, or the appendices. However, the recommended page limit does apply to all of the application narrative, including all text in charts, tables, figures, graphs, and screen shots.
1.
(a)
(1) The Secretary considers the significance of the proposed project.
(2) In determining the significance of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which specific gaps or weaknesses in services, infrastructure, or opportunities have been identified and will be addressed by the proposed project, including the nature and magnitude of those gaps or weaknesses.
(ii) The importance or magnitude of the results or outcomes likely to be attained by the proposed project.
(b)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project, the Secretary considers the quality and sufficiency of strategies for ensuring equal access and treatment for eligible project participants who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability.
(3) In addition, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which the goals, objectives, and outcomes to be achieved by the proposed project are clearly specified and measurable.
(ii) The extent to which there is a conceptual framework underlying the proposed research or demonstration
(iii) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project reflect up-to-date knowledge from research and effective practice.
(iv) The extent to which the training or professional development services to be provided by the proposed project are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration to lead to improvements in practice among the recipients of those services.
(v) The extent to which the technical assistance services to be provided by the proposed project involve the use of efficient strategies, including the use of technology, as appropriate, and the leveraging of non-project resources.
(vi) The adequacy of mechanisms for ensuring high-quality products and services from the proposed project.
(c)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the evaluation to be conducted of the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the evaluation, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which the methods of evaluation are thorough, feasible, and appropriate to the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project.
(ii) The extent to which the methods of evaluation provide for examining the effectiveness of project implementation strategies.
(iii) The extent to which the methods of evaluation will provide performance feedback and permit periodic assessment of progress toward achieving intended outcomes.
(iv) The extent to which the methods of evaluation include the use of objective performance measures that are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and will produce quantitative and qualitative data to the extent possible.
(d)
(1) The Secretary considers the adequacy of resources for the proposed project and the quality of the personnel who will carry out the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of project personnel, the Secretary considers the extent to which the applicant encourages applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability.
(3) In addition, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of the project director or principal investigator.
(ii) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of key project personnel.
(iii) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of project consultants or subcontractors.
(iv) The qualifications, including relevant training, experience, and independence, of the evaluator.
(v) The adequacy of support, including facilities, equipment, supplies, and other resources, from the applicant organization or the lead applicant organization.
(vi) The relevance and demonstrated commitment of each partner in the proposed project to the implementation and success of the project.
(vii) The extent to which the budget is adequate to support the proposed project.
(viii) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the objectives, design, and potential significance of the proposed project.
(e)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the management plan for the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the management plan for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, timelines, and milestones for accomplishing project tasks.
(ii) The extent to which the time commitments of the project director and principal investigator and other key project personnel are appropriate and adequate to meet the objectives of the proposed project.
(iii) The adequacy of mechanisms for ensuring high-quality products and services from the proposed project.
(iv) How the applicant will ensure that a diversity of perspectives are brought to bear in the operation of the proposed project, including those of parents, teachers, the business community, a variety of disciplinary and professional fields, recipients or beneficiaries of services, or others, as appropriate.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
3.
4.
5.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
4.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
5.
•
•
•
•
•
The measures apply to projects funded under this competition, and grantees are required to submit data on these measures as directed by OSEP.
Grantees will be required to report information on their project's performance in annual and final performance reports to the Department (34 CFR 75.590).
6.
In making a continuation award, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 24, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Kashka Kubzdela, 202-502-7411 or email
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education (Department) is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for Technical Assistance and Dissemination to Improve Services and Results for Children With Disabilities, School Safety National Activities, and Student Support and Academic Enrichment (SSAE) Grants Programs—National Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports, Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.326S.
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Renee Bradley, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 5161, Potomac Center Plaza, Washington, DC 20202-5076. Telephone: (202) 245-7277. Email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
The School Safety National Activities Program provides support to State educational agencies (SEAs) and local educational agencies (LEAs) for activities to improve student safety and well-being.
The Student Support and Academic Enrichment (SSAE) Grants Program is intended to improve student academic achievement by increasing the capacity of States, LEAs, schools, and communities to (1) provide all students with access to a well-rounded education, (2) improve school conditions for student learning, and (3) improve the use of technology in order to improve academic achievement and digital literacy.
In accordance with 34 CFR 75.105(b)(2)(v), Absolute Priority 1 is from allowable activities specified in the statute (see sections 663 and 681(d) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA); 20 U.S.C. 1463 and 1481(d)). We are establishing Absolute Priority 2 under title IV, part F, subpart 3, section 4631 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA) (20 U.S.C. 7281), and, for the FY 2018 grant competition and any subsequent year in which we make awards from the list of unfunded applications for this competition, in accordance with section 437(d)(1) of the General Education Provisions Act (GEPA) (20 U.S.C. 1232(d)(1)). We are establishing Absolute Priority 3 under title IV, part A, subpart 1 of the ESEA (20 U.S.C. 7101
These priorities are:
The mission of the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) is to improve early childhood, educational, and employment outcomes and raise expectations for all people with disabilities, their families, their communities, and the Nation.
PBIS is a framework or approach for assisting school personnel in adopting and organizing evidence-based behavioral interventions and supports into an integrated continuum that enhances academic and social behavior outcomes for all students. The Department provided additional background about the term PBIS in a notice inviting applications published in the
Evidence supports the positive outcomes associated with the effective implementation of PBIS frameworks (Bradshaw, Waasdorp, & Leaf, 2015). When there is fidelity in implementing PBIS frameworks, studies have found the following statistically significant results in schools as compared to schools without PBIS implementation: Improved student perception of school safety and reductions in overall problem behaviors, bullying behaviors, office discipline referrals, chronic absenteeism, and suspensions (Waasdorp, Bradshaw, & Leaf, 2012). Studies have also found a correlation between the use of PBIS procedures and improved social skills and academic achievement (McIntosh, Filter, Bennett, Ryan, & Sugai, 2010; Bradshaw et al., 2009).
Projects funded by the Office of Special Education Programs (OSEP) to date have succeeded in developing and refining the multi-tiered behavioral framework, developing resources for educators, policy makers, students, and families, and building SEA, LEA, and school capacity for implementation of PBIS with fidelity at the universal or primary tier of support and, to some extent, at the more intensive tiers for students with disabilities. Although these projects have documented successful implementation of PBIS and positive outcome data in over 25,000 schools, additional TA is needed to focus on students with more intensive needs and those most likely to be excluded from the learning environment due to behavior that interferes with instruction. In addition, SEAs and LEAs
Accordingly, the National Technical Assistance Center on PBIS (TA Center) will enable SEAs and LEAs to continue to further develop, expand, and sustain comprehensive, systemic PBIS frameworks that (1) improve students' school behavior; (2) prevent bullying, violence, or disruptive actions that detract from a high-quality education; (3) address exclusionary practices and other disciplinary issues that detract from a high-quality learning environment; and (4) improve overall school climate by facilitating national, regional, State, and district implementation networks.
This priority is consistent with four priorities from the Secretary's Final Supplemental Priorities and Definitions for Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
The purpose of this priority is to fund a cooperative agreement to establish and operate a National Technical Assistance Center for Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) (TA Center) to assist SEAs and LEAs and national and regional networks, including professional networks and private school associations, to successfully implement and sustain evidence-based (as defined in this notice) PBIS practices and policies, especially for, but not limited to, students with the most significant behavioral challenges that interfere with their ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment in public, private, parochial, alternative, charter, and other educational settings. This investment is needed to continue to assist SEAs and LEAs to enhance their capacity to develop, implement, scale-up, and sustain school-wide frameworks for PBIS to improve behavior and climate and to enable all students to fully participate in, and benefit from, instruction. The applicant must propose to achieve, at a minimum, the following expected outcomes:
(a) Improved infrastructure at the national, regional, State, and district levels to support, develop, and sustain local PBIS implementation efforts;
(b) Improved capacity at the SEA and LEA levels to implement the components of a PBIS framework (
(c) Improved capacity of SEA and LEA personnel to enhance the knowledge and skills of members of school leadership teams and Individualized Education Program (IEP) Teams to implement PBIS practices and policies to support positive school behavior and respond to behaviors that interfere with a student's ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment (
(d) Increased use and promulgation by SEAs and LEAs, as well as charter management organizations and private school organizations, of interventions, accommodations, and reliable and valid tools and processes for implementing a behavioral framework, developing local capacity, and measuring fidelity of implementation and outcomes (
(e) Increased body of knowledge to enhance implementation of PBIS in schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement under section 1111(d)(1) of the ESEA, schools identified for targeted support and improvement under section 1111(d)(2) of the ESEA, rural schools, high schools, alternative public schools, charter schools, mental health settings, private schools, parochial schools, and juvenile correction settings; and develop and improve the quality of information, tools, and resources to address these environments.
In FY 2014, under Safe and Drug-Free Schools and Communities National Programs (the predecessor ESEA authority to School Safety National Activities) the Department awarded five-year grants to a cohort of SEAs and to a cohort of LEAs under a competition for School Climate Transformation Grants (SCTGs). The grants enabled these SEAs and LEAs to develop, adapt, or expand a multi-tiered decision-making framework that guides the selection, integration, and implementation of the best evidence-based behavioral practices aimed at improving school climate and behavioral outcomes for all students.
The current National Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports continues to provide TA to the recipients of SCTGs but began its five-year project period one year earlier than the FY 2014 cohort of SCTGs. As a result, there is a need for the National Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports to provide TA to recipients of SCTGs during their fifth and final year, as well as to one or more new cohorts of SCTGs, if additional funds for SCTGs become available.
The purpose of this priority is to assist SEAs and LEAs that received or will receive SCTGs with developing and implementing PBIS frameworks that are designed to keep students engaged in instruction and improve academic outcomes. To meet this priority, the applicant must at a minimum propose to achieve for School Climate Transformation Grantees the following intended outcomes that support implementing a PBIS framework:
(a) Improved skills of SEA personnel to organize the components of a PBIS framework, such as policies, funding, professional development, coaching, data collection and analysis, and interagency coordination for service provision with State justice, mental health, and other youth services agencies.
(b) Improved skills of LEA personnel to (1) implement the evidence-based practices and skills that comprise the PBIS behavioral framework; (2) collect and use data to inform behavioral decision-making; and (3) develop,
(c) Increased body of knowledge of researchers and practitioners on implementing, scaling up, and sustaining a PBIS framework to provide the behavioral supports to prevent violence and the illegal use of drugs among, and promote safety and discipline for, students.
(d) Increased use by SEAs and LEAs of reliable and valid tools and processes for evaluating the fidelity of the implementation of a PBIS framework and for measuring its outcomes, including reductions in violence and the illegal use of drugs, discipline referrals, suspensions, expulsions, and the use of restraints and seclusion, and improvements in school climate, time spent in instruction, and overall academic achievement.
(e) Increased body of knowledge on the processes to effectively implement PBIS in high-need LEAs
(f) Expanded use of the lessons learned from implementing a PBIS framework to: (1) Inform other Federal, State, and district efforts to reduce incidents of violence and illegal drug use by students (including bullying), the use of restraint and seclusion, and the disproportionate application of disciplinary procedures such as suspension and expulsion to minority students and students with disabilities; (2) reduce inappropriate referrals of students to law enforcement; and (3) inform school climate and school mental health initiatives that are supported or will be supported by the Department and other Federal agencies.
Funds under this priority must be used to meet the absolute priority with regard to serving recipients of SCTGs that do not receive assistance under Absolute Priority 3.
Authorized under title IV, part A, subpart 1 of the ESEA, the SSAE Grants Program is intended to improve student academic achievement by increasing the capacity of States, LEAs, schools, and communities to (1) provide all students with access to a well-rounded education, (2) improve school conditions for student learning, and (3) improve the use of technology in order to improve academic achievement and digital literacy. State capacity-building under this priority could include, for example, assisting States in developing or refining PBIS frameworks for implementation by their LEAs.
The purpose of this priority is to build the capacity of States to assist LEAs that seek to use SSAE funds to improve school conditions for student learning by implementing PBIS frameworks. To meet this priority the applicant must propose to build the capacity of States to assist such LEAs in a manner that achieves, at a minimum, the following intended outcomes that support implementing a PBIS framework:
(a) Improved skills of SEA personnel to organize the components of a PBIS framework, such as policies, funding, professional development, coaching, data collection and analysis, and interagency coordination for service provision with State justice, mental health, and other youth services agencies.
(b) Increased body of knowledge on implementing, scaling up, and sustaining a PBIS framework to provide the behavioral supports to prevent violence and illegal use of drugs among, and promote safety and discipline for, students.
(c) Increased use of reliable and valid tools and processes for evaluating the fidelity of the implementation of a PBIS framework and for measuring its outcomes, including reductions in violence and the illegal use of drugs, discipline referrals, suspensions, expulsions, and the use of restraints and seclusion, and improvements in school climate, time spent on instruction, and overall academic achievement.
(d) Increased body of knowledge on the processes to effectively implement PBIS in high-need schools, high-poverty schools, schools identified for comprehensive support and improvement under section 1111(d)(1) of the ESEA, schools identified for targeted support and improvement under section 1111(d)(2) of the ESEA, or schools identified as persistently dangerous public elementary or secondary schools under section 8532 of the ESEA, to develop and improve the quality of information, tools, and products to assist initial and sustained implementation of a PBIS framework.
(e) Expanded use of the lessons learned from implementing a PBIS framework to (1) inform other Federal, State, and district efforts to reduce incidents of illegal drug use and violence by students (including bullying), the use of restraint and seclusion, and the disproportionate application of disciplinary procedures such as suspension and expulsion to minority students and students with disabilities; and (2) reduce inappropriate referrals of students to law enforcement.
Funds received under this priority must be used to build the capacity of States to assist only LEAs that: (1) Seek to use SSAE funds to improve school conditions for student learning by implementing PBIS frameworks; and (2) are not receiving assistance under Absolute Priority 2.
(a) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Significance,” how the proposed project will—
(1) Improve SEAs' and LEAs' implementation, scaling, and sustainability of evidence-based PBIS practices and policies that are designed to improve school climate and, as needed, to provide additional behavioral supports for students whose behavior interferes with their ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment, including students with disabilities. To meet this requirement, the applicant must—
(i) Present applicable State, regional, or local data demonstrating SEAs' and LEAs' needs related to (A) high-quality implementation of evidence-based PBIS practices and policies and (B) increasing students' ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment, particularly for students
(ii) Demonstrate knowledge of current educational issues and policy initiatives relating to PBIS and school climate practices and policies for students whose behavioral challenges interfere with their ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment, including students with disabilities; and
(iii) Present information about the current level of implementation of PBIS practices and policies, as well as students' access to more positive school climates that supports their ability to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment;
(2) Improve outcomes for students with behavioral challenges that interfere with their ability or the ability of their peers to fully participate in, and benefit from, a high-quality learning environment through the implementation of PBIS frameworks, and indicate the likely magnitude or importance of the improvements.
(b) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Quality of Project Services,” how the proposed project will—
(1) Ensure equal access and treatment for members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability. To meet this requirement, the applicant must describe how it will—
(i) Identify the needs of the intended recipients for TA and information; and
(ii) Ensure that services and products meet the needs of the intended recipients of the grant;
(2) Achieve its goals, objectives, and intended outcomes. To meet this requirement, the applicant must provide—
(i) Measurable intended project outcomes; and
(ii) In Appendix A, the logic model (as defined in this notice) by which the proposed project will achieve its intended outcomes that depicts, at a minimum, the goals, activities, outputs, and intended outcomes of the proposed project;
(3) Use a conceptual framework (and provide a copy in Appendix A) to develop project plans and activities, describing any underlying concepts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, or theories, as well as the presumed relationships or linkages among these variables, and any empirical support for this framework;
The following websites provide more information on logic models and conceptual frameworks:
(4) Be based on current research and make use of evidence-based practices (EBPs). To meet this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) The current research on the assessment of the implementation of PBIS frameworks and related EBPs;
(ii) The current research about adult learning principles and implementation science that will inform the proposed TA; and
(iii) How the proposed project will incorporate current research and EBPs in the development and delivery of its products and services;
(5) Develop products and provide services that are of high quality and sufficient intensity and duration to achieve the intended outcomes of the proposed project. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) How it proposes to further develop the knowledge base of PBIS;
(ii) Its proposed approach to universal, general TA,
(iii) Its proposed approach to targeted, specialized TA,
(A) The intended recipients, including the type and number of recipients, that will receive the products and services under this approach; and
(B) Its proposed approach to measure the readiness of potential TA recipients to work with the project, assessing, at a minimum, their current infrastructure, available resources, and ability to build capacity at the local level; and
(iv) Its proposed approach to intensive, sustained TA,
(A) The intended recipients, including the type and number of recipients, that will receive the products and services under this approach;
(B) Its proposed approach to measure the readiness of State- and local-level personnel to work with the project, including their commitment to the initiative, alignment of the initiative to their needs, current infrastructure, available resources, and ability to build capacity at the local level;
(C) Its proposed plan for assisting SEAs, LEAs, charter management organizations, and private school organizations to build or enhance training systems that include professional development based on adult learning principles and coaching; and
(D) Its proposed plan for working with appropriate levels of the education system (
(6) Develop products and implement services that maximize efficiency. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) How the proposed project will use technology to achieve the intended project outcomes;
(ii) With whom the proposed project will collaborate and the intended outcomes of this collaboration; and
(iii) How the proposed project will use non-project resources to achieve the intended project outcomes.
(c) In the narrative section of the application under “Quality of the project evaluation,” include an evaluation plan for the project developed in consultation with and implemented by a third-party evaluator.
(1) Articulate formative and summative evaluation questions,
(2) Describe how progress in and fidelity of implementation, as well as project outcomes, will be measured to answer the evaluation questions by, at a minimum:
(i) Specifying the measures and associated instruments or sources for data appropriate to the evaluation questions; and
(ii) Including information regarding reliability and validity of measures where appropriate;
(3) Describe strategies for analyzing data and how data collected as part of this plan will be used to inform and improve service delivery over the course of the project and to refine the proposed logic model and evaluation plan, including subsequent data collection;
(4) Provide a timeline for conducting the evaluation, and include staff assignments for completing the plan. The timeline must indicate that the data will be available annually for the Annual Performance Report (APR) and at the end of Year 2 for the review process described under the heading,
(5) Dedicate sufficient funds in each budget year to cover the costs of developing or refining the evaluation plan in consultation with a “third-party” evaluator, as well as the costs associated with the implementation of the evaluation plan by the third-party evaluator.
(d) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Adequacy of resources,” how—
(1) The proposed project will encourage applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability, as appropriate;
(2) The proposed key project personnel, consultants, and subcontractors have the qualifications and experience to carry out the proposed activities and achieve the project's intended outcomes;
(3) The applicant and any key partners have adequate resources to carry out the proposed activities; and
(4) The proposed costs are reasonable in relation to the anticipated results and benefits.
(e) Demonstrate, in the narrative section of the application under “Quality of the management plan,” how—
(1) The proposed management plan will ensure that the project's intended outcomes will be achieved on time and within budget. To address this requirement, the applicant must describe—
(i) Clearly defined responsibilities for key project personnel, consultants, and subcontractors, as applicable; and
(ii) Timelines and milestones for accomplishing the project tasks;
(2) Key project personnel and any consultants and subcontractors will be allocated and how these allocations are appropriate and adequate to achieve the project's intended outcomes;
(3) The proposed management plan will ensure that the products and services provided are of high quality, relevant, and useful to recipients; and
(4) The proposed project will benefit from a diversity of perspectives, including those of families, educators, TA providers, researchers, and policy makers, among others, in its development and operation.
(f) Address the following application requirements. The applicant must—
(1) Include, in Appendix A, personnel-loading charts and timelines, as applicable, to illustrate the management plan described in the narrative;
(2) Include, in the budget, attendance at the following:
(i) A one and one-half day kick-off meeting in Washington, DC, after receipt of the award, and an annual planning meeting in Washington, DC, with the OSEP project officer and other relevant staff during each subsequent year of the project period.
Within 30 days of receipt of the award, a post-award teleconference must be held between the OSEP project officer and the grantee's project director or other authorized representative;
(ii) A two and one-half day project directors' conference in Washington, DC, during each year of the project period;
(iii) Three annual two-day trips to attend Department briefings, Department-sponsored conferences, and other meetings, as requested by OSEP; and
(iv) A one-day intensive 3+2 review meeting in Washington, DC, during the last half of the second year of the project period;
(3) Include, in the budget, a line item for an annual set-aside of five percent of the grant amount to support emerging needs that are consistent with the proposed project's intended outcomes, as those needs are identified in consultation with, and approved by, the OSEP project officer. With approval from the OSEP project officer, the project must reallocate any remaining funds from this annual set-aside no later than the end of the third quarter of each budget period;
(4) Maintain a high-quality website, with an easy-to-navigate design, that meets government or industry-recognized standards for accessibility; and
(5) Include, in Appendix A, an assurance to assist OSEP with the transfer of pertinent resources and products and to maintain the continuity of services to States during the transition to this new award period and at the end of this award period, as appropriate.
In deciding whether to continue funding the project for the fourth and fifth years, the Secretary will consider the requirements of 34 CFR 75.253(a), as well as—
(a) The recommendation of a 3+2 review team consisting of experts selected by the Secretary. This review will be conducted during a one-day intensive meeting that will be held during the last half of the second year of the project period;
(b) The timeliness with which, and how well, the requirements of the negotiated cooperative agreement have been or are being met by the project; and
(c) The quality, relevance, and usefulness of the project's products and services and the extent to which the project's products and services are aligned with the project's objectives and likely to result in the project achieving its intended outcomes.
The following definition of “evidence-based” is from section 8101(21) of the ESEA, as amended, 20 U.S.C. 7801(21). The remaining definitions are from 34 CFR 77.1:
(i) Demonstrates a statistically significant effect on improving student outcomes or other relevant outcomes based on—
(I) Strong evidence from at least one well-designed and well-implemented experimental study;
(II) Moderate evidence from at least one well-designed and well-implemented quasi-experimental study; or
(III) Promising evidence from at least one well-designed and well-implemented correlational study with statistical controls for selection bias; or
(ii)(I) Demonstrates a rationale based on high-quality research findings or positive evaluation that such activity, strategy, or intervention is likely to improve student outcomes or other relevant outcomes; and
(II) Includes ongoing efforts to examine the effects of such activity, strategy, or intervention.
20 U.S.C. 1463, 1481, 7113(a)(3), 7101, and 7281(a)(1)(B).
The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian Tribes.
We will make one award comprised of separate funding under each of the three absolute priorities. Therefore, applicants must submit a separate Form 524b budget and budget narrative for each absolute priority. The Secretary may reject any application that does not separately address the requirements specified in Absolute Priority 1, Absolute Priority 2, and Absolute Priority 3 and include separate budgets and budget narratives for each of those priorities.
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in FY 2019 from the list of unfunded applications from this competition.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
2.
3.
4.
(b) Applicants for, and recipients of, funding must, with respect to the aspects of their proposed project relating to Absolute Priority 1, involve individuals with disabilities, or parents of individuals with disabilities ages birth through 26, in planning, implementing, and evaluating the project (see section 682(a)(1)(A) of IDEA).
1.
2.
3.
4.
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double-space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, reference citations, and captions, as well as all text in charts, tables, figures, graphs, and screen shots.
• Use a font that is 12 point or larger.
• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The recommended page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the abstract (follow the guidance provided in the application package for completing the abstract), the table of contents, the list of priority requirements, the resumes, the reference list, the letters of support, or the appendices. However, the recommended page limit does apply to all of the application narrative, including all text in charts, tables, figures, graphs, and screen shots.
1.
(a)
(1) The Secretary considers the significance of the proposed project.
(2) In determining the significance of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which specific gaps or weaknesses in services, infrastructure, or opportunities have been identified and will be addressed by the proposed project, including the nature and magnitude of those gaps or weaknesses.
(ii) The importance or magnitude of the results or outcomes likely to be attained by the proposed project.
(b)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project, the Secretary considers the quality and sufficiency of strategies for ensuring equal access and treatment for eligible project participants who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability.
(3) In addition, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which the goals, objectives, and outcomes to be achieved by the proposed project are clearly specified and measurable.
(ii) The extent to which there is a conceptual framework underlying the proposed research or demonstration activities and the quality of that framework.
(iii) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project reflect up-to-date knowledge from research and effective practice.
(iv) The extent to which the training or professional development services to be provided by the proposed project are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration to lead to improvements in practice among the recipients of those services.
(v) The extent to which the TA services to be provided by the proposed project involve the use of efficient strategies, including the use of technology, as appropriate, and the leveraging of non-project resources.
(c)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the evaluation to be conducted of the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the evaluation, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The extent to which the methods of evaluation are thorough, feasible, and appropriate to the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project.
(ii) The extent to which the methods of evaluation provide for examining the effectiveness of project implementation strategies.
(iii) The extent to which the methods of evaluation will provide performance feedback and permit periodic assessment of progress toward achieving intended outcomes.
(iv) The extent to which the methods of evaluation include the use of objective performance measures that are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and will produce quantitative and qualitative data to the extent possible.
(d)
(1) The Secretary considers the adequacy of resources for the proposed project and the quality of the personnel who will carry out the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of project personnel, the Secretary considers the extent to which the applicant encourages applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability.
(3) In addition, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of the project director or principal investigator.
(ii) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of key project personnel.
(iii) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of project consultants or subcontractors.
(iv) The qualifications, including relevant training, experience, and independence, of the evaluator.
(v) The adequacy of support, including facilities, equipment, supplies, and other resources, from the applicant organization or the lead applicant organization.
(vi) The relevance and demonstrated commitment of each partner in the proposed project to the implementation and success of the project.
(vii) The extent to which the budget is adequate to support the proposed project.
(viii) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the objectives, design, and potential significance of the proposed project.
(e)
(1) The Secretary considers the quality of the management plan for the proposed project.
(2) In determining the quality of the management plan for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(i) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the
(ii) The extent to which the time commitments of the project director and principal investigator and other key project personnel are appropriate and adequate to meet the objectives of the proposed project.
(iii) The adequacy of mechanisms for ensuring high-quality products and services from the proposed project.
(iv) How the applicant will ensure that a diversity of perspectives are brought to bear in the operation of the proposed project, including those of parents, teachers, the business community, a variety of disciplinary and professional fields, recipients or beneficiaries of services, or others, as appropriate.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
3.
4.
5.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
4.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
5.
•
•
•
•
•
The measures apply to projects funded under this competition, and grantees are required to submit data on these measures as directed by OSEP.
Grantees will be required to report information on their project's performance in annual and final performance reports to the Department (34 CFR 75.590).
6.
In making a continuation award, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
National Assessment Governing Board, U.S. Department of Education.
Announcement of open and closed meetings.
This notice sets forth the agenda for the August 2-4, 2018 Quarterly Board Meeting of the National Assessment Governing Board (hereafter referred to as Governing Board). This notice provides information to members of the public who may be interested in attending the meeting or providing written comments related to the work of the Governing Board. Notice of this meeting is required under § 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA). This meeting notice is published late due to the fact that approval of the August Board meeting agenda required a quorum of the Board's Executive Committee which could not be established in time to provide timely notice in the
The Quarterly Board Meeting will be held on the following dates:
• August 2, 2018 from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
• August 3, 2018 from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
• August 4, 2018 from 7:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
Park Hyatt Washington, 1201 24th Street NW, Washington, DC 20037.
Munira Mwalimu, Executive Officer/Designated Federal Official for the Governing Board, 800 North Capitol Street NW, Suite 825, Washington, DC 20002, telephone: (202) 357-6938, fax: (202) 357-6945, email:
The Governing Board is established to formulate policy for the National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP). The Governing Board's responsibilities include the following: Selecting subject areas to be assessed, developing assessment frameworks and
The Governing Board's standing committees will meet to conduct regularly scheduled work based on agenda items planned for this Quarterly Board Meeting and follow-up items as reported in the Governing Board's committee meeting minutes available at
On Thursday, August 2, 2018, the ADC will meet in open session from 9:00 a.m. to 9:15 a.m. for opening remarks and a review of the committee agenda, followed by a closed session meeting from 9:15 a.m. to 12:05 p.m. During the closed session, ADC will receive a briefing on the secure item pool for the NAEP Mathematics Assessment and review secure cognitive and contextual items for the NAEP Assessments in Reading, Writing, Mathematics, and Science. This meeting must be conducted in closed session because the test items and data are secure and have not been released to the public. Public disclosure of the secure test items would significantly impede implementation of the NAEP assessment program if conducted in open session. Such matters are protected by exemption 9(B) of § 552b(c) of Title 5 of the United States Code.
On Thursday, August 3, 2018, the Ad Hoc Committee on Measures of Postsecondary Preparedness will meet in open session from 1:30 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Thereafter, from 4:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. a Poster Gallery session will provide a spotlight on NAEP Secondary Research.
The Executive Committee will then convene in open session from 5:00 p.m. to 5:15 p.m. followed by a closed session from 5:15 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. During the closed session, the Executive Committee will receive and discuss cost estimates and implications for implementing NAEP's Assessment Schedule for 2014-2024. The first session of this closed meeting must be conducted in closed session because public disclosure of this information would likely have an adverse financial effect on the NAEP program by providing confidential cost details and proprietary contract costs of current contractors to the public. Discussion of this information would be likely to significantly impede implementation of a proposed agency action if conducted in open session. Such matters are protected by exemption 9(B) of section 552b of Title 5 U.S.C. Following this closed session, the second session of the closed meeting is being held to receive a briefing from Terry Mazany, Chair of the Search Committee for the Executive Director on the status of the search process.
On Friday, August 3, 2018, the Governing Board will meet in open session from 8:30 a.m. to 10:15 a.m. The Governing Board will review and approve the August 2-4, 2018 Governing Board meeting agenda and meeting minutes from the May 2018 Quarterly Board Meeting from 8:30 a.m. to 8:40 a.m. Thereafter, from 8:40 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. the Governing Board's Executive Director, Bill Bushaw will provide an annual report on progress made in implementing the Governing Board's Strategic Vision. From 9:00 a.m. to 9:15 a.m., the standing committee chairs will provide a preview of the agenda items for the committee meetings. At 9:15 a.m., the Governing Board will recess for a 15 minute break. Thereafter, committee meetings will take place from 9:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
On Friday, August 3, 2018, the Reporting and Dissemination Committee will meet in open session from 9:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. ADC will meet in closed session from 9:30 a.m. to 11:20 a.m. to address two agenda items. For the first agenda item, ADC will complete the review of secure cognitive and contextual items for the NAEP Assessments in Reading, Writing, Mathematics, and Science. For the second agenda item, ADC will receive a briefing on secure test items and data for NAEP Assessments in Civics, Geography, and U.S. History. This meeting must be conducted in closed session because the test items and data are secure and have not been released to the public. Public disclosure of the secure test items would significantly impede implementation of the NAEP assessment program if conducted in open session. Such matters are protected by exemption 9(B) of § 552b(c) of Title 5 of the United States Code. Following the closed sessions, ADC will meet in open session from 11:20 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
On Friday, August 3, 2018, COSDAM will meet in open session from 9:30 a.m. to 11:10 a.m. followed by a closed session from 11:10 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. During the closed session, COSDAM will discuss information regarding analyses of secure 2017 NAEP writing assessment data. This part of the meeting must be conducted in closed session because the secure writing data has not been released to the public. Public disclosure of the data would significantly impede implementation of the NAEP assessment program if conducted in open session. Such matters are protected by exemption 9(B) of § 552b(c) of Title 5 of the United States Code.
The Governing Board will meet in closed session from 12:15 p.m. to 1:30 p.m. during a working lunch to discuss the NAEP budget implications of implementing the Board's priorities for extending the NAEP Assessment Schedule beyond the year 2024. This meeting must be conducted in closed session because public disclosure of this information would likely have an adverse financial effect on the NAEP program by providing confidential cost details and proprietary contract costs of current contractors to the public.
On Friday, August 3, 2018 from 1:30 p.m. to 2:30 p.m. the Board will meet in open session to receive an update on the NAEP Mathematics Framework followed by a full Board member discussion. From 2:30 p.m. to 3:00 p.m. Mr. Terry Mazany, Chair of the Ad Hoc Committee on Measures of Postsecondary Preparedness will provide an overview of the Ad Hoc Committee's draft recommendations. Following this session, the Board will take a 15 minute break and reconvene in open session from 3:15 p.m. to 4:15 p.m. in small groups to discuss draft the Ad Hoc Committee's recommendations. Thereafter, the Board will recess for a 15 minute break and convene at 4:30 p.m. to discuss takeaways from the small group discussions on the Ad Hoc Committee recommendations. The breakout sessions will conclude at 5:00 p.m.
The August 3, 2018 session of the Governing Board meeting will adjourn at 5:00 p.m.
On Saturday, August 4, 2018, the Nominations Committee will meet in closed session from 7:30 a.m. to 8:15 a.m. The Committee will provide updates on nominees for Governing Board vacancies for terms beginning October 1, 2018 and provide updates on plans to open the nominations cycle for Board vacancies for terms beginning October 1, 2019. The Nominations Committee's discussions pertain solely to internal personnel rules and practices of an agency and information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. As such, the discussions are protected by exemptions 2 and 6 of § 552b(c) of Title 5 of the United States Code.
On August 4, 2018, the Governing Board will convene in closed session from 8:30 a.m. to 8:45 a.m. to receive a briefing from Terry Mazany, Chair of the Search Committee for the Executive Director on the status of the search process and make decisions on the next steps for the hiring process. These discussions pertain solely to internal personnel rules and practices of an agency and information of a personal nature where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy. As such, the discussions are protected by exemptions 2 and 6 of § 552b(c) of Title 5 of the United States Code.
Following the closed session, the Governing Board will meet in open session from 8:30 a.m. to 9:30 a.m. to receive a briefing on the NAEP Assessment Schedule with a focus on Social Studies. This briefing will be led by Sharyn Rosenberg, Governing Board staff and Eunice Greer, NCES staff.
From 9:30 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. the Ad Hoc Committee Chair, Terry Mazany will provide additional reflections on the Ad Hoc Committee's recommendations on Post-Secondary Preparedness. The Governing Board will then receive reports from its standing committees from 10:00 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. Following a 15 minute break, the Board will receive a briefing and engage in discussion on the NAEP Achievement Levels Setting Policy led by Andrew Ho, COSDAM Chair. From 11:30 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. retiring Governing Board's Executive Director Bill Bushaw will provide remarks.
The August 4, 2018 session of the board meeting will adjourn at 12:00 p.m.
Pub. L. 107-279, Title III—National Assessment of Educational Progress § 301.
Take notice that on July 12, 2018, El Paso Natural Gas Company, L.L.C. (EPNG), P.O. Box 1087, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80944, filed a prior notice request pursuant to sections 157.205, 157.208, and 157.210 of the Commission's regulations under the Natural Gas Act (NGA) requesting authorization to install or upgrade appurtenant facilities at various locations in Winkler and Yoakum Counties, Texas and in Eddy and Lea Counties, New Mexico. Additionally, EPNG proposes to increase the maximum allowable operating pressure for approximately 2,800 feet of its 20-inch-diameter Line No. 1115 in Ector County, Texas (collectively, Permian North Project). EPNG states that the Permian North Project will provide 182,000 dekatherms per day of firm transportation service for six shippers. Specifically, EPNG proposes to install valves, actuators, station yard piping, and other auxiliary equipment at the Keystone, Pecos River Eunice B/C, and Plains Compressor Stations and the Ramsey North Meter Station. EPNG estimates the cost of the Permian North Project to be approximately $12 million, all as more fully set forth in the application which is on file with the Commission and open to public inspection. The filing may also be viewed on the web at
Any questions concerning this application may be directed to Francisco Tarin, Director, Regulatory, El
Any person or the Commission's staff may, within 60 days after issuance of the instant notice by the Commission, file pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Procedural Rules (18 CFR 385.214) a motion to intervene or notice of intervention and pursuant to section 157.205 of the regulations under the NGA (18 CFR 157.205), a protest to the request. If no protest is filed within the time allowed therefore, the proposed activity shall be deemed to be authorized effective the day after the time allowed for filing a protest. If a protest is filed and not withdrawn within 30 days after the allowed time for filing a protest, the instant request shall be treated as an application for authorization pursuant to section 7 of the NGA.
Pursuant to section 157.9 of the Commission's rules, 18 CFR 157.9, within 90 days of this Notice the Commission staff will either: Complete its environmental assessment (EA) and place it into the Commission's public record (eLibrary) for this proceeding; or issue a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review. If a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review is issued, it will indicate, among other milestones, the anticipated date for the Commission staff's issuance of the EA for this proposal. The filing of the EA in the Commission's public record for this proceeding or the issuance of a Notice of Schedule for Environmental Review will serve to notify federal and state agencies of the timing for the completion of all necessary reviews, and the subsequent need to complete all federal authorizations within 90 days of the date of issuance of the Commission staff's EA.
Persons who wish to comment only on the environmental review of this project should submit an original and two copies of their comments to the Secretary of the Commission. Environmental commenter's will be placed on the Commission's environmental mailing list, will receive copies of the environmental documents, and will be notified of meetings associated with the Commission's environmental review process. Environmental commenter's will not be required to serve copies of filed documents on all other parties. However, the non-party commentary, will not receive copies of all documents filed by other parties or issued by the Commission (except for the mailing of environmental documents issued by the Commission) and will not have the right to seek court review of the Commission's final order.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filings of comments, protests, and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.
Notice of information collection and request for comments.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is submitting its information collection, FERC-585 (Reporting of Electric Energy Shortages and Contingency Plans Under PURPA Section 206) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review of the information collection requirements. Any interested person may file comments directly with OMB and should address a copy of those comments to the Commission as explained below. The Commission previously issued a Notice in the
Comments on the collection of information are due August 24, 2018.
Comments filed with OMB, identified by the OMB Control No. 1902-0138, should be sent via email to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs:
A copy of the comments should also be sent to the Commission, in Docket No. IC18-11-000, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
• Any anticipated shortages of electric energy or capacity which would affect the utility's capability to serve its wholesale customers; and
• a contingency plan that would outline what circumstances might give rise to such occurrences.
• In Order No. 575,
• It will treat firm power wholesale customers without undue discrimination or preference; and
• it will report any modifications to its contingency plan for accommodating shortages within 15 days to the appropriate state regulatory agency and to the affected wholesale customers, then the utility need not file with the Commission an additional statement of contingency plan for accommodating such shortages.
This revision merely changed the reporting mechanism; the public utility's contingency plan would be located in its filed rate rather than in a separate document.
In Order No. 659,
• Examine and approve or modify utility actions;
• prepare a response to anticipated disruptions in electric energy; and/or
• ensure equitable treatment of all public utility customers under the shortage situation.
The Commission implements these filing requirements in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) under 18 CFR part 294.101.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces that EPA is planning to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR, entitled: “Premanufacture Review Reporting and Exemption Requirements for New Chemical Substances and Significant New Use Reporting Requirements for Chemical Substances” and identified by EPA ICR No. 0574.18 and OMB Control No. 2070-0012, represents the renewal of an existing ICR that is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2018. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval, EPA is soliciting comments on specific aspects of the proposed information collection that is summarized in this document. The ICR and accompanying material are available in the docket for public review and comment.
Comments must be received on or before September 24, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0645, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
EPA is authorized to determine that a use of a chemical substance is a significant new use and promulgate a significant new use rule (SNUR). In certain instances, persons may opt to pursue that use, in which case they must submit a notice and undergo a review. For such circumstances, TSCA section 5 requires a significant new use notice (SNUN) from any person who proposes to manufacture or process a chemical for a use that is determined by EPA to be a “significant new use.”
Furthermore, TSCA section 5 requires EPA to make determinations regarding the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use and/or disposal of new chemical substances or significant new uses. To assist in the evaluation, EPA encourages notice submitters to contact an EPA specialist through a pre-submission consultation to ensure that the submitter understands EPA's review process and information needed to make a determination regarding the chemical. On June 20, 2018, EPA issued guidance entitled “
This information collection addresses the reporting and recordkeeping requirements associated with TSCA section 5.
Responses to the collection of information are mandatory (see 40 CFR parts 700, 720, 721, 723 and 725). Respondents may claim all or part of a document confidential. EPA will disclose information that is covered by a claim of confidentiality only to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the procedures in TSCA section 14 and 40 CFR part 2.
The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:
There is an increase of 146,312 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This increase reflects a change in the mix of EPA's estimated number of each type of notice. Similarly, the estimated number of annual CDX registrants also increased. Lastly, there was an increase in burden associated with new CBI substantiation requirements resulting from the 2016 amendment to TSCA. The change in burden is explained more fully in the ICR Supporting Statement. This change is an adjustment and a program change.
EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another
44 U.S.C. 3501
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces that EPA is planning to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR, entitled: “Health and Safety Data Reporting, Submission of Lists and Copies of Health and Safety Studies” and identified by EPA ICR No. 0575.16 and OMB Control No. 2070-0004, represents the renewal of an existing ICR that is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2018. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval, EPA is soliciting comments on specific aspects of the proposed information collection that is summarized in this document. The ICR and accompanying material are available in the docket for public review and comment.
Comments must be received on or before September 24, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0646, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
EPA uses this information to construct a complete picture of the known effects of the chemicals in question, leading to determinations by EPA of whether additional testing of the chemicals is required. The information enables EPA to base its testing decisions on the most complete information available and to avoid demands for testing that may be duplicative. EPA will use information obtained via this collection to support its investigation of the risks posed by chemicals and, in particular, to support its decisions on whether to require industry to test chemicals under section 4 of TSCA. This information collection request addresses the reporting requirements found in TSCA section 8(d).
Responses to the collection of information are mandatory (see 40 CFR part 716). Respondents may claim all or part of a response confidential. EPA will disclose information that is covered by a claim of confidentiality only to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the procedures in TSCA section 14 and 40 CFR part 2.
The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:
There is a decrease of 1,303 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This decrease reflects the realization that the methodology used in the previous ICR overestimated the burden resulting from the addition of chemicals to the TSCA section 8(d) rule. The ICR supporting statement provides a detailed analysis of the change in burden estimate. This change is an adjustment.
EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another
44 U.S.C. 3501
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces that EPA is planning to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR, entitled: “Chemical-Specific Rules, TSCA Section 8(a)” and identified by EPA ICR No. 1198.11 and OMB Control No. 2070-0067, represents the reinstatement of an ICR that expired on June 30, 2018. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval, EPA is soliciting comments on specific aspects of the proposed information collection that is summarized in this document. The ICR and accompanying material are available in the docket for public review and comment.
Comments must be received on or before September 24, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0317, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information,
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Responses to the collection of information are mandatory (see 40 CFR part 704). Respondents may claim all or part of a response confidential. EPA will disclose information that is covered by a claim of confidentiality only to the extent permitted by, and in accordance with, the procedures in TSCA section 14 and 40 CFR part 2.
The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:
There is an increase of 6 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This increase reflects new reporting requirements in the Frank R. Lautenberg Chemical Safety for the 21st Century Act to substantiate CBI claims. This change is the result of a program change.
EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another
44 U.S.C. 3501
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), this document announces that EPA is planning to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The ICR, entitled: “Foreign Purchaser Acknowledgement Statement of Unregistered Pesticides” and identified by EPA ICR No. 0161.14 and OMB Control No. 2070-0027, represents the renewal of an existing ICR that is scheduled to expire on March 31, 2019. Before submitting the ICR to OMB for review and approval, EPA is soliciting
Comments must be received on or before September 24, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2018-0266, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Carolyn Siu, Field and External Affairs Division (7506P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 347-0159; email address:
Pursuant to PRA section 3506(c)(2)(A) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), EPA specifically solicits comments and information to enable it to:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
In addition to the export notification for unregistered pesticides, FIFRA requires that all exported pesticides include appropriate labeling. There are different requirements for registered and unregistered products. Export labeling requirements meet the definition of third-party notification. In the interests of consolidating various related information collection requests, this ICR includes the burden estimates for the FPAS requirement for unregistered pesticides, as well as the labeling requirement for all exported pesticides, both registered and unregistered. These burdens have been consolidated in this information collection since the implementation of the 1993 pesticide export policy governing the export of pesticides, devices, and active ingredients used in producing pesticides.
The ICR, which is available in the docket along with other related materials, provides a detailed explanation of the collection activities and the burden estimate that is only briefly summarized here:
There is a decrease of 1,333 hours in the total estimated respondent burden compared with that identified in the ICR currently approved by OMB. This decrease reflects EPA's decrease in the annual number of foreign purchaser acknowledgment statements submitted (from 3,024 to 2,774) which resulted in a change to the annual burden hours for respondents from 3,205 in the previous renewal to 2,940 in the current renewal.
EPA will consider the comments received and amend the ICR as appropriate. The final ICR package will then be submitted to OMB for review and approval pursuant to 5 CFR 1320.12. EPA will issue another
44 U.S.C. 3501
In notice document 2018-14858, appearing on pages 32288 through 32289, in the issue of Thursday, July 12, 2018, make the following correction:
On page 32288, in the second column, in the
Federal Maritime Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given of the names of the members of the Performance Review Board.
William “Todd” Cole, Director Office of Human Resources, Federal Maritime Commission, 800 North Capitol Street NW, Washington, DC 20573.
Sec. 4314(c) (1) through (5) of title 5, U.S.C., requires each agency to establish, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Office of Personnel Management, one or more performance review boards. The board shall review and evaluate the initial appraisal of a senior executive's performance by the supervisor, along with any recommendations to the appointing authority relative to the performance of the senior executive.
This
Administration for Community Living, HHS.
Notice.
Representatives of the Administration on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (AIDD), Administration for Community Living (ACL), will be conducting a federal review of the Puerto Rico State Council on Developmental Disabilities (SCDD) and the Protection and Advocacy System (P&A) on September 17-21, 2018.
AIDD is soliciting comments from interested parties on your experiences with the work, program, and strategies employed by P&A and SDCC in meeting the needs of individuals with developmental disabilities and their families in Puerto Rico. You are encouraged to share your experiences by way of any of the following methods:
Comments should be received by September 10, 2018 in order to be included in the final report.
Clare Barnett Huerta, Administration for Community Living, Administration on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, Office of Program Support, 330 C Street SW, 1st Floor, Washington, DC 20201, 202-795-7301.
Administration for Community Living (ACL), HHS.
Notice.
The Administration for Community Living is announcing that the proposed collection of information listed above has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance as required under section 506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This 30-Day notice collects comments on the information collection requirements related to ACL's National Center on Law and Elder Rights.
Submit written comments on the collection of information by August 24, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information by:
(a) Email to:
(b) fax to 202.395.5806, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for ACL; or
(c) by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, New Executive Office Bldg., 725 17th St. NW, Rm. 10235, Washington, DC 20503, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for ACL.
Omar Valverde at
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The proposed collection of information represents new information requested from aging/disability networks to fulfill requirements regarding the provision of services and overall performance of ACL legal assistance programs.
ACL contracts with a national legal assistance resource center, the National Center on Law and Elder Rights, to provide the required services. Through the contract, ACL provides aging, disability, and related legal professionals with training, case consultations and technical assistance for demonstration projects regarding contractually identified priority legal topics.
The purpose of the information requested is for ACL to ensure that the resource center creates and prioritizes the training, case consultations and technical assistance resources it was contracted to provide and to ensure that the center targets the contractually designated aging network practitioners about priority subject matters. This approach enables ACL to make data-
The information requested by ACL from legal and aging/disability professionals falls into the following areas: (1) Requests for training, case consultation, and technical assistance through an online, secure Uniform Resource Support Request Tool; (2) general requests for Legal Training (including the volume of Webinar registrations); (3) Case Consultation and Technical Assistance; and (4) information about satisfaction and use of the services and support received in order to enable ACL to measure performance outcomes.
As required by 5 CFR 1320.8(d), a 60-day notice was published in the
The total estimated burden is 460.78 hours per year for individuals requesting and/or receiving resource support through NCLER. This figure is based on ACL field testing of 8 providers working within aging/disability/legal networks who measured the time required to fully submit information by answering the required questions using standardized forms:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry entitled “Use of Liquids and/or Soft Foods as Vehicles for Drug Administration: General Considerations for Selection and In Vitro Methods for Product Quality Assessments.” This draft guidance applies to orally administered drug products and provides recommendations to sponsors who will use or recommend use of liquids and/or soft foods as vehicles for drug administration in investigational new drug applications (INDs), new drug applications (NDAs), Biologics License Applications (BLAs), as applicable, and in supplements to these applications.
Submit either electronic or written comments on the draft guidance by September 24, 2018 to ensure that the Agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance.
You may submit comments on any guidance at any time as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
•
You may submit comments on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)).
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Mamta Gautam-Basak, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave. Bldg. 21, Rm. 2508, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-0712.
FDA is announcing the availability of a draft guidance for industry entitled “Use of Liquids and/or Soft Foods as Vehicles for Drug Administration: General Considerations for Selection and In Vitro Methods for Product Quality Assessments.” In the absence of availability of a dosage form that is appropriate for the targeted patient population (
Generally, drug products mixed in small amounts of liquids (5 to 15 milliliters) or soft foods are used in pediatric and other patient populations who are unable to swallow solid oral dosage forms. Liquids and/or soft foods that are shown not to alter performance of the drug product, and are deemed compatible and suitable for use in the targeted patient populations, are considered suitable for use as vehicles with the specific drug product.
This draft guidance addresses the approaches recommended for suitability determination of vehicles intended for use with specific drug products by providing the following:
• Considerations for selection of liquids and/or soft foods as vehicles.
• Standardized in vitro methodology and data recommendations for drug product quality assessments to qualify vehicle(s) for drug product administration.
• Recommendations to communicate acceptable (qualified) vehicles in drug product labeling. If certain foods are found unacceptable, they should also be included in the labeling.
This draft guidance and the methods it describes do not replace existing guidance documents that address food-effect assessments on the drug product or dosage form, or stability testing conducted to support a shelf-life determination. For those drug products marketed with a vehicle for administration (
This draft guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The draft guidance, when finalized, will represent the current thinking of FDA on “Use of Liquids and/or Soft Foods as Vehicles for Drug Administration: General Considerations for Selection and In Vitro Methods for Product Quality Assessments.” It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. This guidance is not subject to Executive Order 12866.
This draft guidance refers to previously approved collections of information that are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR part 312 (INDs) have been approved under 0910-0014, the collections of information in 21 CFR part 314 (NDAs and ANDAs) have been approved under 0910-0001, and the collections of information in 21 CFR 201.56 and 201.57 (Prescription Drug Product Labeling) have been approved under 0910-0572.
Persons with access to the internet may obtain the draft guidance at either
The Office for Human Research Protections, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Secretary, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Office for Human Research Protections (OHRP), Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health is announcing the availability of three draft guidance documents titled, “Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not to be Research: 2018 Requirements,” “When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements,” and “Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements,” respectively.
Submit written comments by August 24, 2018.
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance documents titled “Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not to be Research: 2018 Requirements,” “When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements,” and “Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements,” respectively, to the Division of Policy and Assurances, Office for Human Research Protections, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 20852. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your request, or fax your request to 240-453-6909. See the
You may submit comments identified by docket ID number HHS-OS-OPHS-2018-0012 (Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not to be Research: 2018 Requirements), docket ID number HHS-OS-OPHS-2018-0013 (When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements), and docket ID number HHS-OS-OPHS-2018-0014 (Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements), respectively, by one of the following methods:
•
•
Comments received, including any personal information, will be posted without change to
Irene Stith-Coleman, Ph.D., Office for Human Research Protections, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Suite 200, Rockville, MD 20852, 240-453-6900; email
OHRP, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, is announcing the availability of three draft guidance documents entitled “Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not to be Research: 2018 Requirements,” “When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements,” and “Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements.” The draft guidance documents, when finalized, will represent OHRP's current thinking on these topics. OHRP obtained input from HHS agencies and the Common Rule departments and agencies in developing the draft guidance documents.
The “Scholarly and Journalistic Activities Deemed Not to be Research: 2018 Requirements” draft guidance explains how certain scholarly and journalistic activities that focus directly on the specific individuals about whom the information is collected are deemed not to be research under the 2018 Requirements of the regulations for the protection of human subjects (45 CFR part 46), and consequently do not have to satisfy the requirements of those regulations. It is intended for IRB administrators, IRB chairpersons, relevant institutional officials, and investigators who may be concerned about whether scholarly or journalistic activities need to satisfy the 2018 Requirements of the regulations.
The “When Continuing Review Is Not Required During the 6-Month Delay Period of July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019: 2018 Requirements” draft guidance provides information on the HHS regulations for the protection of human research subjects at 45 CFR part 46 related to the circumstances in which continuing review of research is not required. In particular, this guidance applies to research that transitions to comply with the 2018 Requirements during the 6-month delay period from July 19, 2018 through January 20, 2019. This guidance only applies during the 6-month delay period. It is intended for Institutional Review Boards (IRBs), investigators, HHS funding agencies, and others that may be responsible for the review, conduct, or oversight of human subjects research conducted or supported by HHS.
The “Elimination of Institutional Review Board (IRB) Review of Research Applications and Proposals: 2018 Requirements” draft guidance provides guidance on the elimination of the requirement in the pre-2018 Requirements (45 CFR 46.103(f)) that each application or proposal for research undergo IRB review and approval as part of the certification process. It is intended for Institutions, IRBs, investigators, HHS funding agencies, and others that may be responsible for the review, conduct, or oversight of nonexempt research involving human subjects conducted or supported by HHS.
Persons with access may obtain the draft guidance documents on OHRP's website at
National Institutes of Health, HHS.
Notice.
The invention listed below is jointly owned by an agency of the U.S. Government with Vanderbilt University, University of Alabama and University of Pennsylvania and is available for licensing to achieve expeditious commercialization of results of federally-funded research and development. Foreign patent applications are filed on selected inventions to extend market coverage for companies and may also be available for licensing.
Licensing information and copies of the U.S. patent application listed below may be obtained by communicating with Sury Vepa, Ph.D., J.D., Senior Licensing and Patenting Manager,
Technology description follows.
This technology is available for licensing for commercial development in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404, as well as for further development and evaluation under a research collaboration.
• Novel therapeutics for cancer AND indications which depend on a metabolic switch to glycolysis (
• Novel LDH inhibitors with improved potency, selectivity, and/or bioavailability for the treatment of cancer.
• Optimized lactate dehydrogenase inhibitors are in pre-clinical development.
• David J. Maloney, Alex Gregory Waterson, Ganesha Rai Bantukallu, Kyle Ryan Brimacombe, Plamen Christov, Chi V. Dang, Victor M. Darley-Usmar, Matthew Hall, Xin Hu, Ajit Jadhav, Somnath Jana, Kwangho Kim, William J. Moore, Brian T. Mott, Leonard M. Neckers, Anton Simeonov, Gary Allen Sulikowski, Daniel Jason URBAN, and Shyh Ming Yang.
2. 1 H-PYRAZOL-1 -YL-THIAZOLES AS INHIBITORS OF LACTATE DEHYDROGENASE AND METHODS OF USE THERE OF, PCP/US2017/040021 filed on June 29, 2017 and published as WO 2018/005807 on January 8, 2018 9HHS Ref. No. E-190-2016).
Periodically, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) will publish a summary of information collection requests under OMB review, in compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35). To request a copy of these documents, call the SAMHSA Reports Clearance Officer on (240) 276-1243.
The Center for Mental Health Services awards grants each fiscal year to each of the states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands from allotments authorized under the PATH program established by Public Law 101-645, 42 U.S.C. 290cc-21
This submission is for a revision of the current approval of the annual grantee reporting requirements. Section 528 of the PHS Act and the 21st Century Cures Act specify that not later than January 31 of each fiscal year, a funded entity will prepare and submit a report in such form and containing such information as is determined necessary for securing a record and description of the purposes for which amounts received under section 521 were expended during the preceding fiscal year and of the recipients of such amounts and determining whether such amounts were expended in accordance with statutory provisions.
The proposed changes to the PATH Annual Report are as follows:
To ensure that all contacts made by PATH providers are reflected in the report, a new question has been added that reports out on all contacts provided during the reporting period. The previous PATH Annual Report only reported on contacts through the date of enrollment.
To align with the HMIS Data Standards, all PATH Referral response categories are now included in the PATH Annual Report.
When needed, field response options and questions have been updated to align with the most recent version of the HMIS Data Standards.
The estimated annual burden for these reporting requirements is summarized in the table below.
Written comments and recommendations concerning the proposed information collection should be sent by August 24, 2018 to the SAMHSA Desk Officer at the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB). To ensure timely receipt of comments, and to avoid potential delays in OMB's receipt and processing of mail sent through the U.S. Postal Service, commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Pursuant to Public Law 92-463, notice is hereby given that the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's (SAMHSA's) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) National Advisory Council will meet on September 11, 2018, 2:00 p.m.-3:00 p.m. (EDT) in a closed teleconference meeting.
The meeting will include discussions and evaluations of grant applications reviewed by SAMHSA's Initial Review Groups, and involve an examination of confidential financial and business information as well as personal information concerning the applicants. Therefore, the meeting will be closed to the public as determined by the SAMHSA Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use in accordance with Title 5 U.S.C 552b(c)(4) and (6) and Title 5 U.S.C. App. 2, 10(d).
Meeting information and a roster of Council members may be obtained by accessing the SAMHSA Committee website at
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of New Jersey (FEMA-4368-DR), dated June 8, 2018, and related determinations.
This amendment was issued July 13, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of New Jersey is hereby amended to include the following area among those areas determined to have been adversely affected by the event declared a major disaster by the President in his declaration of June 8, 2018.
Burlington County for Public Assistance.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050 Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Texas (FEMA-4377-DR), dated July 6, 2018, and related determinations.
The declaration was issued July 6, 2018.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated July 6, 2018, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Texas resulting from severe storms and flooding beginning on June 19, 2018, and continuing, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.
You are authorized to provide Individual Assistance in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the State. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance be supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Hazard Mitigation and Other Needs Assistance will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The time period prescribed for the implementation of section 310(a), Priority to Certain Applications for Public Facility and Public Housing Assistance, 42 U.S.C. 5153, shall be for a period not to exceed six months after the date of this declaration.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Jerry S. Thomas, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.
The following areas of the State of Texas have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:
Cameron and Hidalgo Counties for Individual Assistance.
All areas within the State of Texas are eligible for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice lists communities where the addition or modification of Base Flood Elevations (BFEs), base flood depths, Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) boundaries or zone designations, or the regulatory floodway (hereinafter referred to as flood hazard determinations), as shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and where applicable, in the supporting Flood Insurance Study (FIS) reports, prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for each community, is appropriate because of new scientific or technical data. The FIRM, and where applicable, portions of the FIS report, have been revised to reflect these flood hazard determinations through issuance of a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR), in accordance with Federal Regulations. The LOMR will be used by insurance agents and others to calculate appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings and the contents of those buildings. For rating purposes, the currently effective community number is shown in the table below and must be used for all new policies and renewals.
These flood hazard determinations will be finalized on the dates listed in the table below and revise the FIRM panels and FIS report in effect prior to this determination for the listed communities.
From the date of the second publication of notification of these changes in a newspaper of local circulation, any person has 90 days in which to request through the community that the Deputy Associate Administrator for Insurance and Mitigation reconsider the changes. The flood hazard determination information may be changed during the 90-day period.
The affected communities are listed in the table below. Revised flood hazard information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Submit comments and/or appeals to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
The specific flood hazard determinations are not described for each community in this notice. However, the online location and local community map repository address where the flood
Any request for reconsideration of flood hazard determinations must be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
The modifications are made pursuant to section 201 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4105, and are in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4001
The FIRM and FIS report are the basis of the floodplain management measures that the community is required either to adopt or to show evidence of having in effect in order to qualify or remain qualified for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
These flood hazard determinations, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. The flood hazard determinations are in accordance with 44 CFR 65.4.
The affected communities are listed in the following table. Flood hazard determination information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice.
The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before July 7, 2018, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.
Comments should be submitted by August 9, 2018.
Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before July 7, 2018. Pursuant to Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Nominations submitted by State Historic Preservation Officers:
A request for removal has been made for the following resource:
Nominations submitted by Federal Preservation Officers:
The State Historic Preservation Officer reviewed the following nominations and responded to the Federal Preservation Officer within 45 days of receipt of the nominations and supports listing the properties in the National Register of Historic Places.
Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.
Notice of proposed new fee site; request for comments.
The Bureau of Reclamation is proposing to charge and retain fees for day use and boat launch at Capell Cove Boat Launch, Oak Shores and Smittle Creek Day Use Areas located at Lake Berryessa. Special Recreation Event authorization fees, and shade shelter reservations are also proposed to be retained under this authority.
Submit written comments on the new fee site on or before January 31, 2019. The proposed new fees would begin May 1, 2019. Public meeting dates and location will be announced locally by press release and posted on the Lake Berryessa website at
Send written comments on the proposed new fee site to Drew Lessard, Area Manager, Central California Area Office, Bureau of Reclamation, 7794 Folsom Dam Road, Folsom, California 95630.
Margaret David Bailey, Lake Berryessa Park Manager, Bureau of Reclamation, 5520 Knoxville Road, Napa, California 94558; or call (707) 966-2111 extension 106; or send email to
The Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act (Title VII, Pub. L. 108-447) directed the Secretary of the Interior to publish a 6-month advance notice in the
The proposed fee for day use is $5 per vehicle ($50 annual fee); boat launch is $10 per launch ($100 annual fee); and $25 per shade shelter. All interagency Senior and Access Passes will be accepted for day use and discounted boat launching (50% discount). An analysis of the nearby Federal and state recreation offerings with similar amenities shows that the proposed fees are reasonable and typical of similar sites in the area. Funds from fees will be used for the continued operation, maintenance, and improvements of the reservoir area recreation amenities and related programs.
Public Disclosure. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.
Notice of information collection; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we, the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation), are proposing to renew an information collection with revisions.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 24, 2018.
Send your comments on this information collection request (ICR) by mail to Ronnie Baca, Bureau of Reclamation, Office of Policy and Administration, 84-57000, P.O. Box 25007, Denver, CO 80225-0007; or by email to
To request additional information about this ICR, contact Ronnie Baca by email at
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on new, proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand our information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format.
We are soliciting comments on the proposed ICR that is described below. We are especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is the collection necessary to the proper functions of Reclamation; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might Reclamation enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might Reclamation minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this ICR. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The authority for this action is the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined not to review an initial determination (Order No. 10) granting a joint motion to terminate the investigation based on consent orders and a settlement agreement. The Commission has issued the consent orders. The investigation is terminated.
Lucy Grace D. Noyola, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone 202-205-3438. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
The Commission instituted this investigation on January 22, 2018, based on a complaint filed by Newpark Mats & Integrated Services LLC of The Woodlands, Texas (“Newpark”). 83 FR 3022 (Jan. 22, 2018). The complaint, as amended, alleges violations of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain load supporting systems, including composite mat systems, and components thereof by reason of infringement of certain claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,511,257 and 6,695,527. The notice of investigation, as amended, names as respondents Checkers Industrial Products, LLC of Broomfield, Colorado; Checkers Safety Group UK LTD of Cheshire, United Kingdom; Zigma Ground Solutions LTD of Essex, United Kingdom; and Isokon d.o.o. of Slovenske Konjice, Slovenia (“Isokon”). The Office of Unfair Import Investigations was not named as a party to the investigation.
On June 28, 2018, the Commission determined not to review an initial determination (“ID”) terminating the investigation in part as to Isokon. Notice (June 28, 2018) (determining not to review Order No. 8 (May 29, 2018)).
On June 13, 2018, Newpark and the remaining respondents filed a joint motion to terminate the investigation in its entirety based on consent orders and a settlement agreement.
On June 26, 2018, the administrative law judge (“ALJ”) issued the subject ID (Order No. 10) granting the motion. The ALJ found that the motion, consent order stipulation, and proposed consent orders satisfy the requirements of 19 CFR 210.21(b) and (c). The ALJ also found that termination of the investigation would not be contrary to
The Commission has determined not to review the subject ID and has issued the consent orders. The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Notice.
This notice announces a change in benefit period eligibility under the EB program for the Virgin Islands.
The following change has occurred since the publication of the last notice regarding the Virgin Islands' EB status:
• The Virgin Islands' 13-week insured unemployment rate for the week ending June 2, 2018, was below the 5.00 percent threshold. Therefore, the EB period for the Virgin Islands will end on June 23, 2018. The State will remain in an “off” period for a minimum of 13 weeks.
The duration of benefits payable in the EB Program, and the terms and conditions on which they are payable, are governed by the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of 1970, as amended, and the operating instructions issued to the states by the U.S. Department of Labor. In the case of a state ending an EB period, the State Workforce Agency will furnish a written notice to each individual who is currently filing claims for EB of the forthcoming termination of the EB period and its effect on the individual's right to EB (20 CFR 615.13 (c)).
U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Unemployment Insurance, Room S-4524, Attn: Anatoli Sznoluch, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210, telephone number (202) 693-3176 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email:
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Notice of meeting.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) will convene a meeting of the Advisory Committee on the Medical Uses of Isotopes (ACMUI) on September 20-21, 2018. Tentative agenda items to be discussed during the public session include: (1) Medical-related events; (2) an update on nursing mother guidelines; (3) licensing of thorium-227 chloride; (4) an update on the yttrium-90 microspheres licensing guidance revision; and (5) status of the NRC's training and experience (T&E) evaluation and stakeholder outreach plans for T&E. The agenda is subject to change. The current agenda and any updates will be available at
Christopher J. Palestro, M.D. will chair the meeting. Dr. Palestro will conduct the meeting in a manner that will facilitate the orderly conduct of business. The following procedures apply to public participation in the meeting:
1. Persons who wish to provide a written statement should submit an electronic copy to Ms. Dimmick using the contact information listed above. All submittals must be received by September 17, 2018, three business days before the meeting, and must pertain to the topics on the agenda for the meeting.
2. Questions and comments from members of the public will be permitted during the meeting, at the discretion of the Chairman.
3. The draft transcript and meeting summary will be available on ACMUI's website
4. Persons who require special services, such as those for the hearing impaired, should notify Ms. Dimmick of their planned attendance.
This meeting will be held in accordance with the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (primarily Section 161a); the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App); and the Commission's regulations in title 10 of the
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's website (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
2.
3.
4.
This notice will be published in the
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on July 19, 2018, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on July 19, 2018, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on July 19, 2018, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service will implement two new options for mailers to submit refund requests for unused labels using an automated online process. A hyperlink will be located on the Electronic Verification System (eVS
These options shall be implemented August 1, 2018.
Direct questions to Jimmy A. Palma by email at
Currently the Postal Service allows eVS mailers to submit a refund request for unused labels using a Type “4” Corrections Shipping Services File. Additionally, eVS mailers can submit refund requests for unused labels through the Dispute Queue accessible from the Business Customer Gateway. In this Notice, the Postal Service is announcing its plan to replace these methods with two new options for eVS mailers to submit refund requests for unused labels, using an automated online process. A hyperlink titled “Submit Refund Request for Unused Labels” will be added to the eVS Monthly Account and Sampling Summary page. This hyperlink provides access to the portal to use the two new options. The two options are as follows:
A mailer can upload a text (.txt) file with multiple Package Identification Codes/Electronic File Numbers (PIC/EFNs). There is no limit to the number of PIC/EFNs submitted if using the text (.txt) upload option. Refer to appendix N in Postal Service Publication 205,
A mailer can enter up to 200 PIC/EFNs in the online entry form in
The addition of the above two automated options will provide a benefit to mailers by reducing the processing time of refund requests for unused labels while providing mailers better visibility into the status of refund cases. Once deployed, the two automated options will be the only method to submit unused label refund requests.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice.
Notice of an application for an order under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 2(a)(32), 5(a)(1), 22(d), and 22(e) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act, under sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act for an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act, and under section 12(d)(1)(J) for an exemption from sections 12(d)(1)(A) and 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act. The requested order would permit (a) index-based series of certain open-end management investment
IndexIQ ETF Trust (the “Trust”), a Delware statutory trust registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company with multiple series, IndexIQ Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), a Colorado corporation and broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).
The application was filed on March 16, 2018 and amended on May 25, 2018, July 2, 2018, and July 12, 2018.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on August 13, 2018, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit, or for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants: The Trust and the Adviser, 51 Madison Avenue 4th Floor, New York, NY 10010, and the Distributor, 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, CO 80203.
Hae-Sung Lee, Attorney-Adviser, at (202) 551-7345, or Andrea Ottomanelli Magovern, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6825 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's website by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. Applicants request an order that would allow Funds to operate as index exchange traded funds (“ETFs”).
2. Each Fund will hold investment positions selected to correspond closely to the performance of an Underlying Index. In the case of Self-Indexing Funds, an affiliated person, as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (“Affiliated Person”), or an affiliated person of an Affiliated Person (“Second-Tier Affiliate”), of the Trust or a Fund, of the Adviser, of any sub-adviser to or promoter of a Fund, or of the Distributor will compile, create, sponsor or maintain the Underlying Index.
3. Shares will be purchased and redeemed in Creation Units and generally on an in-kind basis, or issued in less than Creation Unit size to investors participating in a distribution reinvestment program. Except where the purchase or redemption will include cash under the limited circumstances specified in the application, purchasers will be required to purchase Creation Units by depositing specified instruments (“Deposit Instruments”), and shareholders redeeming their shares will receive specified instruments (“Redemption Instruments”). The Deposit Instruments and the Redemption Instruments will each correspond pro rata to the positions in the Fund's portfolio (including cash positions) except as specified in the application.
4. Because shares will not be individually redeemable, applicants request an exemption from section 5(a)(1) and section 2(a)(32) of the Act that would permit the Funds to register as open-end management investment companies and issue shares that are redeemable in Creation Units.
5. Applicants also request an exemption from section 22(d) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act as secondary market trading in shares will take place at negotiated prices, not at a current offering price described in a Fund's prospectus, and not at a price based on NAV. Applicants state that (a) secondary market trading in shares does not involve a Fund as a party and will not result in dilution of an investment in shares, and (b) to the extent different prices exist during a given trading day, or from day to day, such variances occur as a result of third-party market forces,
6. With respect to Funds that effect creations and redemptions of Creation Units in kind and that are based on certain Underlying Indexes that include foreign securities, applicants request relief from the requirement imposed by section 22(e) in order to allow such Funds to pay redemption proceeds within fifteen calendar days following the tender of Creation Units for redemption. Applicants assert that the requested relief would not be inconsistent with the spirit and intent of section 22(e) to prevent unreasonable, undisclosed or unforeseen delays in the actual payment of redemption proceeds.
7. Applicants request an exemption to permit Funds of Funds to acquire Fund shares beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act; and the Funds, and any principal underwriter for the Funds, and/or any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act, to sell shares to Funds of Funds beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act. The application's terms and conditions are designed to, among other things, help prevent any potential (i) undue influence over a Fund through control or voting power, or in connection with certain services, transactions, and underwritings, (ii) excessive layering of fees, and (iii) overly complex fund structures, which are the concerns underlying the limits in sections 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.
8. Applicants request an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act to permit persons that are Affiliated Persons, or Second Tier Affiliates, of the Funds, solely by virtue of certain ownership interests, to effectuate purchases and redemptions in-kind. The deposit procedures for in-kind purchases of Creation Units and the redemption procedures for in-kind redemptions of Creation Units will be the same for all purchases and redemptions, and Deposit Instruments and Redemption Instruments will be valued in the same manner as those investment positions currently held by the Funds. Applicants also seek relief from the prohibitions on affiliated transactions in section 17(a) to permit a Fund to sell its shares to and redeem its shares from a Fund of Funds, and to engage in the accompanying in-kind transactions with the Fund of Funds.
9. Applicants also request relief to permit a Feeder Fund to acquire shares of another registered investment company managed by the Adviser having substantially the same investment objectives as the Feeder Fund (“Master Fund”) beyond the limitations in section 12(d)(1)(A) and permit the Master Fund, and any principal underwriter for the Master Fund, to sell shares of the Master Fund to the Feeder Fund beyond the limitations in section 12(d)(1)(B).
10. Section 6(c) of the Act permits the Commission to exempt any persons or transactions from any provision of the Act if such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision of section 12(d)(1) if the exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. Section 17(b) of the Act authorizes the Commission to grant an order permitting a transaction otherwise prohibited by section 17(a) if it finds that (a) the terms of the proposed transaction are fair and reasonable and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned; (b) the proposed transaction is consistent with the policies of each registered investment company involved; and (c) the proposed transaction is consistent with the general purposes of the Act.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the operation of the Super Aggressive order instruction under paragraph (b)(4)(C) of Exchange Rule 11.13.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of
The Exchange proposes to amend the description of the Super Aggressive Re-Route instruction (“Super Aggressive instruction”) under paragraph (b)(4)(C) of Exchange Rule 11.13, Order Execution and Routing to: (i) Specify that an incoming BZX Post Only Order or Partial Post Only at Limit Order that locks a resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction must be designated as eligible for display on the Exchange (a “displayed order”) for the order with a Super Aggressive instruction to engage in a liquidity swap and execute against that incoming order; and (ii) modify language from the description of the Super Aggressive instruction that states if an order that does not contain a Super Aggressive instruction maintains higher priority than one or more Super Aggressive eligible orders, the Super Aggressive eligible order(s) with lower priority will not be converted and an incoming BZX Post Only Order or Partial Post Only at Limit Order will be posted or cancelled in accordance with Exchange Rule 11.9(c)(6) or 11.9(c)(7).
Super Aggressive is an optional order instruction that directs the System
First, the Exchange proposes to modify the behavior of the Super Aggressive instruction to require that the incoming Post Only Order that locks a resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction must be designated as a displayed order for an execution to occur. The Super Aggressive instruction is generally utilized for best execution purposes because it enables the order to immediately attempt to access displayed liquidity on another Trading Center that is either priced equal to or better than the order with a Super Aggressive instruction's limit price. The Super Aggressive instruction also enables the order to execute against an equally priced incoming Post Only Order that would otherwise not execute by being willing to act as the liquidity remover in such a scenario. Today, the incoming Post Only Order may either be a displayed order or a non-displayed order for it to engage in a liquidity swap with an order with a Super Aggressive instruction resting on the BZX Book.
Consistent with the Super Aggressive instruction to access liquidity displayed on other Trading Centers, the Exchange proposes to amend the Super Aggressive instruction such that an order with such instruction will execute against an equally priced incoming Post Only Order only when such order is to be displayed on the BZX Book. The order with a Super Aggressive instruction would continue to act as a liquidity remover in such a scenario. Should such an equally priced incoming Post Only Order not be designated as a displayed order, the resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction would remain on the BZX Book and await an execution where it may act as a liquidity provider. The incoming Post Only Order that is also designated as a non-displayed order would be posted to the BZX Book at its limit price, creating an internally locked non-displayed book. As is the case today, an execution would continue to occur where an incoming Post Only Order is priced more aggressively than the order with a Super Aggressive instruction resting on the BZX Book, regardless of whether the incoming Post Only Order was designated as a displayed order or a non-displayed order.
The Exchange notes that Users seeking to act as a liquidity remover once resting on the BZX Book in all cases (
The below examples illustrate the proposed behavior. Assume the National Best Bid and Offer (“NBBO”) is $10.00 by $10.10. An order to buy is displayed on the BZX Book at $10.00 with a Super Aggressive instruction. There are no other orders resting on the BZX Book. An order to sell at $10.00 with a Post Only that is designated as a displayed order is entered. The incoming order to sell would execute against the resting order to buy at $10.00, the locking price, because the incoming order was designated as a displayed order. The order to buy would act as the liquidity remover and the order to sell would act as the liquidity adder. However, no execution would occur if the incoming order to sell was designated as a non-displayed order. Instead, the incoming order to sell would be posted non-displayed to the BZX Book at $10.00, its limit price, causing the BZX Book to be internally locked.
Second, the Exchange proposes to enable a Post Only Order that is designated as a displayed order to execute against an equally priced non-displayed order with a Super Aggressive instruction where a non-displayed order without a Super Aggressive instruction maintains time priority over the Super Aggressive eligible order at that price. In such case, the non-displayed, non-Super Aggressive order seeks to remain a liquidity provider and would cede time priority to the order with a Super Aggressive instruction, which is willing to act as a liquidity remover to facilitate the execution. The Exchange proposes to effect this change by modifying language in the description of the Super Aggressive instruction to state that if an order
The Super Aggressive instruction is designed to facilitate executions that would otherwise not occur due to Post Only Order requirement to not remove liquidity. Users entering orders with the Super Aggressive instruction tend to be fee agnostic because an order with a Super Aggressive instruction is willing to route to an away Trading Center displaying an equally or better priced order (
The following example illustrates the operation of an order with a Super Aggressive instruction under the proposed rule change. Assume the NBBO is $10.00 by $10.04. There is a non-displayed Limit Order to buy resting on the BZX Book at $10.03 (“Order A”). A second non-displayed Limit Order to buy at $10.03 is then entered with a Super Aggressive instruction and has time priority behind the first Limit Order (“Order B”). A Post Only Order to sell priced at $10.03 is entered. Under current behavior, the incoming sell Post Only Order would not execute against Order A and would post to the BZX Book
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction are designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. The Super Aggressive instruction is an optional feature that is intended to reflect the order management practices of various market participants. The proposal to limit the execution of an order with a Super Aggressive instruction to execute against incoming Post Only Orders that also are designated as displayed orders promotes just and equitable principles of trade because it enables Users to elect an order instruction consistent with their intent to execute only against displayed orders, in part, for best execution purposes. The amended Super Aggressive instruction would ensure executions at the best available price displayed on another Trading Center or against an incoming order that would have been displayed on the BZX Book. Users seeking to act as a liquidity remover once resting on the BZX Book and execute against an incoming Post Only Order that is also designated as a non-displayed order may attach the NDS instruction to their order.
The proposed change to the Super Aggressive instruction also removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it
For the reasons set forth above, the Exchange believes the proposal removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, protects investors and the public interest.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. On the contrary, the proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction are intended to improve the usefulness of the instruction and to align its operation with the intention of the User, resulting in enhanced competition through increased usage and execution quality on the Exchange. Thus, to the extent the change is intended to improve functionality on the Exchange to encourage Users to direct their orders to the Exchange, the change is competitive, but the Exchange does not believe the proposed change will result in any burden on intermarket competition as it is a minor change to available functionality. The proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction also promote intramarket competition because they will facilitate the execution of orders that would otherwise remain unexecuted consistent with the intent of the User entering the order, thereby increasing the efficient functioning of the Exchange. Further, the Super Aggressive order instruction will remain available to all Users in the same way it is today. Thus, Users can continue to choose between various optional order instructions, including Super Aggressive, NDS, and others, depending on the order handling they prefer the Exchange to utilize. Therefore, the Exchange does not believe the proposed rule change will result in any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Form N-8B-2 (17 CFR 274.12) is the form used by unit investment trusts (“UITs”) other than separate accounts that are currently issuing securities, including UITs that are issuers of periodic payment plan certificates and UITs of which a management investment company is the sponsor or depositor, to comply with the filing and disclosure requirements imposed by section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-8(b)). Form N-8B-2 requires disclosure about the organization of a UIT, its securities, the personnel and affiliated persons of the depositor, the distribution and redemption of securities, the trustee or custodian, and financial statements. The Commission uses the information provided in the collection of information to determine compliance with section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act.
Each registrant subject to the Form N-8B-2 filing requirement files Form N-8B-2 for its initial filing and does not file post-effective amendments on Form N-8B-2.
Estimates of the burden hours are made solely for the purposes of the PRA and are not derived from a comprehensive or even a representative survey or study of the costs of SEC rules and forms. The information provided on Form N-8B-2 is mandatory. The information provided on Form N-8B-2 will not be kept confidential. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
Please direct your written comments to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Candace Kenner, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549; or send an email to:
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 24b-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a
There are 21 national securities exchanges that spend approximately one half hour each complying with this rule, for an aggregate total compliance burden of 10.5 hours per year. The staff estimates that the average cost per respondent is $65.18 per year, calculated as the costs of copying ($13.97) plus storage ($51.21), resulting in a total cost of compliance for the respondents of $1,368.78
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following website:
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Under Rule 17f-1(b) under the Exchange Act, approximately 10,000 entities in the securities industry are registered in the Lost and Stolen Securities Program (“Program”). Registration fulfills a statutory requirement that entities report and inquire about missing, lost, counterfeit, or stolen securities. Registration also allows entities in the securities industry to gain access to a confidential database that stores information for the Program.
The Commission staff estimates that 10 new entities will register in the Program each year. The staff estimates that the average number of hours necessary to comply with Rule 17f-1(b) is one-half hour. Accordingly, the staff estimates that total annual burden for all participants is 5 hours (10 × one-half hour). The Commission staff estimates that compliance staff work at subject entities results in an internal cost of compliance, at an estimated hourly wage of $283, of $141.50 per year per entity (.5 hours × $283 per hour = $141.50 per year). Therefore, the aggregate annual internal cost of compliance is approximately $1,415 ($141.50 × 10= $1,415).
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Please direct your written comments to: Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Candace Kenner, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, or send an email to:
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the operation of the Super Aggressive order instruction under paragraph (n)(2) of Exchange Rule 11.6.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the description of the Super Aggressive instruction under paragraph (n)(2) of Exchange Rule 11.6, Routing/Posting Instructions to: (i) Specify that an incoming order with a Post Only instruction that locks a resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction must include a Displayed instruction for the order with a Super Aggressive instruction to engage in a liquidity swap and execute against that incoming order; and (ii) modify language from the description of the Super Aggressive instruction that states if an order that does not contain a Super Aggressive instruction maintains higher priority than one or more Super Aggressive eligible orders, the Super Aggressive eligible order(s) with lower priority will not be converted and the incoming order with a Post Only instruction will be posted or cancelled in accordance with Exchange Rule 11.6(n)(4).
Super Aggressive is an optional order instruction that directs the System
First, the Exchange proposes to modify the behavior of the Super Aggressive instruction to require that the incoming order with a Post Only instruction that locks a resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction must include a Displayed instruction for an execution to occur. The Super Aggressive instruction is generally utilized for best execution purposes because it enables the order to immediately attempt to access displayed liquidity on another Trading Center that is either priced equal to or better than the order with a Super Aggressive instruction's limit price. The Super Aggressive instruction also enables the order to execute against an equally priced incoming order with a Post Only instruction that would otherwise not execute by being willing to act as the liquidity remover in such a scenario. Today, the incoming order with a Post Only instruction may include either a Displayed or Non-Displayed instruction for it to engage in a liquidity swap with an order with a Super Aggressive instruction resting on the EDGX Book.
Consistent with the Super Aggressive instruction to access liquidity displayed on other Trading Centers, the Exchange proposes to amend the Super Aggressive instruction such that an order with such instruction will execute against an equally priced incoming order with a Post Only instruction only when such order is to be displayed on the EDGX Book. The order with a Super Aggressive instruction would continue to act as a liquidity remover in such a scenario. Should such an equally priced incoming order with a Post Only instruction not include a Displayed instruction, the resting order with a Super Aggressive instruction would remain on the EDGX Book and await an execution where it may act as a liquidity provider. The incoming order with a Post Only instruction and a Non-Displayed instruction would be posted to the EDGX Book at its limit price, creating an internally locked non-displayed book. As is the case today, an execution would continue to occur where an incoming order with a Post Only instruction is priced more aggressively than the order with a Super Aggressive instruction resting on the EDGX Book, regardless of whether the incoming order included a Displayed or Non-Displayed instruction.
The Exchange notes that Users seeking to act as a liquidity remover once resting on the EDGX Book in all cases (
The below examples illustrate the proposed behavior. Assume the National Best Bid and Offer (“NBBO”) is $10.00 by $10.10. An order to buy is displayed on the EDGX Book at $10.00 with a Super Aggressive instruction. There are no other orders resting on the EDGX Book. An order to sell at $10.00 with a Post Only and Displayed instruction is entered. The incoming order to sell would execute against the resting order to buy at $10.00, the
Second, the Exchange proposes to enable an incoming order with a Post Only instruction and Displayed instruction to execute against an equally priced non-displayed order with a Super Aggressive instruction where a non-displayed order without a Super Aggressive instruction maintains time priority over the Super Aggressive eligible order at that price. In such case, the non-displayed, non-Super Aggressive order seeks to remain a liquidity provider and would cede time priority to the order with a Super Aggressive instruction, which is willing to act as a liquidity remover to facilitate the execution. The Exchange proposes to effect this change by modifying language in the description of the Super Aggressive instruction to state that if an order
The Super Aggressive instruction is designed to facilitate executions that would otherwise not occur due to the Post Only instruction requirement to not remove liquidity. Users entering orders with the Super Aggressive instruction tend to be fee agnostic because an order with a Super Aggressive instruction is willing to route to an away Trading Center displaying an equally or better priced order (
The following example illustrates the operation of an order with a Super Aggressive instruction under the proposed rule change. Assume the NBBO is $10.00 by $10.04. There is a non-displayed Limit Order to buy resting on the EDGX Book at $10.03 (“Order A”). A second non-displayed Limit Order to buy at $10.03 is then entered with a Super Aggressive instruction and has time priority behind the first Limit Order (“Order B”). An order to sell with a Post Only instruction priced at $10.03 is entered. Under current behavior, the incoming sell order with a Post Only instruction would not execute against Order A and would post to the EDGX Book
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction are designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. The Super Aggressive instruction is an optional feature that is intended to reflect the order management practices of various market participants. The proposal to limit the execution of an order with a Super Aggressive instruction to execute against incoming orders with a Post Only instruction that also contain a Displayed instruction promotes just and equitable principles of trade because it enables Users to elect an order instruction consistent with their intent to execute only against displayed orders, in part, for best execution
The proposed change to the Super Aggressive instruction also removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because it is designed to facilitate executions that would otherwise not occur due to the Post Only instruction requirement to not remove liquidity. The proposal enables non-displayed Super Aggressive orders to execute against an incoming order, regardless of whether another non-displayed order without a Super Aggressive instruction maintains priority consistent with the User's intent for both orders—one chooses to remain the liquidity provider and forgo the execution while the other is willing to execute irrespective of whether it is the liquidity provider or remover. The non-Super Aggressive order seeks to remain a liquidity provider and cede its time priority to the order with a Super Aggressive instruction, which is willing to act as a liquidity remover to facilitate the execution. It also enables an order without the Super Aggressive instruction to remain on the EDGX Book as a liquidity provider, consistent with the expected operation of their resting order. The Exchange notes that similar behavior occurs for orders utilizing the NDS
For the reasons set forth above, the Exchange believes the proposal removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, protects investors and the public interest.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. On the contrary, the proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction are intended to improve the usefulness of the instruction and to align its operation with the intention of the User, resulting in enhanced competition through increased usage and execution quality on the Exchange. Thus, to the extent the change is intended to improve functionality on the Exchange to encourage Users to direct their orders to the Exchange, the change is competitive, but the Exchange does not believe the proposed change will result in any burden on intermarket competition as it is a minor change to available functionality. The proposed changes to the Super Aggressive order instruction also promote intramarket competition because they will facilitate the execution of orders that would otherwise remain unexecuted consistent with the intent of the User entering the order, thereby increasing the efficient functioning of the Exchange. Further, the Super Aggressive order instruction will remain available to all Users in the same way it is today. Thus, Users can continue to choose between various optional order instructions, including Super Aggressive, NDS, and others, depending on the order handling they prefer the Exchange to utilize. Therefore, the Exchange does not believe the proposed rule change will result in any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On March 15, 2018, Investors Exchange LLC (the “Exchange” or “IEX”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Pursuant to Commission Rule of Practice 431,
Accordingly,
It is further
By the Commission.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 17Ac2-2 and Form TA-2 under the Exchange Act require transfer agents to file an annual report of their business activities with the Commission. These reporting requirements are designed to ensure that all registered transfer agents are providing the Commission with sufficient information on an annual basis about the transfer agent community and to permit the Commission to effectively monitor business activities of transfer agents.
The amount of time needed to comply with the requirements of amended Rule 17Ac2-2 and Form TA-2 varies. Of the total 373 registered transfer agents, approximately 9.2% (or 34 registrants)
This rule does not involve the collection of confidential information.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following website:
On January 8, 2018, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange” or “NYSE Arca”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change and the issues raised in the comment letters that have been submitted in connection therewith. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's transaction fees at Rule 7015(b) to provide for port connectivity [sic] the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Chicago, as described further below. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rules 7015(b) to establish fees for Financial Information Exchange or “FIX” Port connectivity to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Chicago (“FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago”). The FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago is a second iteration of the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility (now known as the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility Carteret or “FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Carteret”) that the Commission approved on June 29, 2018.
The proposal will amend Rule 7015(b), which presently charges a $500 per port per month fee for FIX Ports to connect to the “FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility, ORF, and TRACE.” The proposal will amend this provision of the Rule to: (i) Refer to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Facility by its new name, the “FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Carteret”; (ii) apply a $500 per port per month fee to FIX Ports to connect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago; and (3) waive this fee for FIX Port connections to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago until November 1, 2018 so as to encourage firms to test connectivity to the new facility and also to provide them with a transition period to adjust to the new fees. As of November 1, 2018, the same fee that the Exchange charges for FIX Ports to connect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Carteret will apply to FIX Port connections to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the Exchange's proposal to charge a fee for FIX Ports that connect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago is reasonable because the proposed fee accounts for the costs to the Exchange of developing and maintaining connectivity to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago. The proposed fee is also reasonable because it mirrors a fee that the Exchange already charges for connections to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Carteret, which is the sister facility to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago and to which the Chicago facility will be identical in all material respects.
The Exchange also believes that it is reasonable to waive the aforementioned fee for a brief transition period to allow participants to test and configure their connections to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago and also to facilitate an adjustment to the new fees.
The Exchange believes that the proposal is an equitable allocation and is not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will apply the same fee—and the same fee waiver—to all similarly situated members that choose to connect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago. It is also equitable to temporarily waive fees for connecting to the new facility because doing so will ease the burden of testing and configuring the connections.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
In this instance, the proposed changes do not impose a burden on competition because the proposed fee for connectivity to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago will be the same as that which the Exchange presently charges to connect to the Chicago facility's sister facility, the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Carteret. Moreover, use of and connection to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago is voluntary. If a firm does not wish to pay fees to connect to the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF Chicago, it may choose instead to connect to a competing trade reporting facility that charges lower fees.
Lastly, the proposed fee waiver does not burden competition because it will apply only for a brief transition period. Such transitional fee waivers are a commonly accepted means of facilitating the adoption, testing, and use of new functionalities and the attraction of new participants.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Form 1-E (17 CFR 239.200) under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a
The Commission uses the information provided in the notification on Form 1-E and the offering circular to determine whether an offering qualifies for the exemption under Regulation E. The Commission estimates that, each year, one issuer files one notification on Form 1-E, together with offering circulars, with the Commission.
Compliance with the information collection requirements of the rules is necessary to obtain the benefit of relying on the rules. The information provided on Form 1-E and in the offering circular will not be kept confidential. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view the background documentation for this information collection at the following website,
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the collections of information discussed below. The Commission plans to submit these existing collections of information to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for extension and approval.
Section 10(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a) (the “Act”) prohibits a registered investment company (“fund”) from purchasing any security during an underwriting or selling syndicate if the fund has certain relationships with a principal underwriter for the security.
Rule 10f-3 permits a fund to engage in a securities transaction that otherwise would violate section 10(f) if, among other things: (i) The fund's directors have approved procedures for purchases made in reliance on the rule, regularly review fund purchases to determine whether they comply with these procedures, and approve necessary changes to the procedures; and (ii) a written record of each transaction effected under the rule is maintained for six years, the first two of which in an easily accessible place.
Rule 10f-3 also conditionally allows managed portions of fund portfolios to purchase securities offered in otherwise off-limits primary offerings. To qualify for this exemption, rule 10f-3 requires that the subadviser that is advising the purchaser be contractually prohibited from providing investment advice to any other portion of the fund's portfolio and consulting with any other of the fund's advisers that is a principal underwriter or affiliated person of a principal underwriter concerning the fund's securities transactions.
These requirements provide a mechanism for fund boards to oversee compliance with the rule. The required recordkeeping facilitates the Commission staff's review of rule 10f-3 transactions during routine fund inspections and, when necessary, in connection with enforcement actions.
The staff estimates that approximately 236 funds engage in a total of approximately 2,928 rule 10f-3 transactions each year.
The funds also must maintain and preserve these transactional records in accordance with the rule's recordkeeping requirement, and the staff estimates that it takes a fund approximately 20 minutes per transaction and that annually, in the aggregate, funds spend approximately 976 hours
In addition, fund boards must, no less than quarterly, examine each of these transactions to ensure that they comply with the fund's policies and procedures. The information or materials upon which the board relied to come to this determination also must be maintained and the staff estimates that it takes a fund 1 hour per quarter and, in the aggregate, approximately 944 hours
The staff estimates that reviewing and revising as needed written procedures for rule 10f-3 transactions takes, on average for each fund, two hours of a compliance attorney's time per year.
Based on an analysis of fund filings, the staff estimates that approximately 299 fund portfolios enter into
The staff estimates, therefore, that rule 10f-3 imposes an information collection burden of 4,080 hours.
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burdens of the collections of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burdens of the collections of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
Please direct your written comments to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, C/O Candace Kenner, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549; or send an email to:
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Statement was issued by the Commission, together with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Office of Thrift Supervision (together, the “Agencies”), in May 2006. The Statement describes the types of internal controls and risk management procedures that the Agencies believe are particularly effective in assisting financial institutions to identify and address the reputational, legal, and other risks associated with elevated risk complex structured finance transactions.
The primary purpose of the Statement is to ensure that these transactions receive enhanced scrutiny by the institution and to ensure that the institution does not participate in illegal or inappropriate transactions.
The Commission estimates that approximately 5 registered broker-dealers or investment advisers will spend an average of approximately 25 hours per year complying with the Statement. Thus, the total compliance burden is estimated to be approximately 125 burden-hours per year.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following website,
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 12.3 by extending the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program through July 18, 2019.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
On February 2, 2011, the Commission approved the Exchange's proposal to establish a Credit Option Margin Pilot Program (“Program”).
On January 17, 2012, the Exchange filed a rule change to, among other things, decouple the Program with the FINRA program and to extend the expiration date of the Program to January 17, 2013.
Additionally, the Exchange believes that it is in the public interest to extend the expiration date of the Program because it will continue to allow the Exchange to list Credit Options for trading. As a result, the Exchange will remain competitive with the Over-the-Counter Market with respect to swaps and security-based swaps. In the future, if the Exchange proposes an additional extension of the Credit Option Margin Pilot Program or proposes to make the Program permanent, then the Exchange will submit a filing proposing such amendments to the Program.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will further the purposes of the Act because, consistent with the goals of the Commission at the initial adoption of the program, the margin requirements set forth by the proposed rule change will help to stabilize the financial markets. In addition, the proposed rule change is substantially similar to existing FINRA Rule 4240.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes that, by extending the expiration of the Program, the proposed rule change will allow for further analysis of the Program and a determination of how the Program shall be structured in the future. In doing so, the proposed rule change will also serve to promote regulatory clarity and consistency, thereby reducing burdens on the marketplace and facilitating investor protection.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not:
A. Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest;
B. impose any significant burden on competition; and
C. become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Exchange states that waiver of the 30-day operative delay will allow it to maintain the status quo, thereby reducing market disruption. The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, as it will allow the Program to continue uninterrupted, thereby avoiding investor confusion that could result from a temporary interruption of the Program. For this reason, the Commission designates the proposed rule change to be operative upon filing.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission will institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All submissions should refer to File Number SR-CBOE-2018-052 and should be submitted on or before August 15, 2018.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: I hereby determine that certain objects to be included in the exhibition “Islam and the Classical Heritage,” imported from abroad for temporary exhibition within the United States, are of cultural significance. The objects are imported pursuant to a loan agreement with the foreign owner or custodian. I also determine that the exhibition or display of the exhibit objects at the Fine Arts Museums of San Francisco, Legion of Honor, in San Francisco, California, from on or about August 25, 2018, until on or about January 27, 2019, and at possible additional exhibitions or venues yet to be determined, is in the national interest. I have ordered that Public Notice of these determinations be published in the
Julie Simpson, Attorney-Adviser, Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
The foregoing determinations were made pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), E.O. 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
Based upon a review of the Administrative Record assembled pursuant to Section 219(a)(4)(C) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended (8 U.S.C. 1189(a)(4)(C)) (“INA”), and in consultation with the Attorney General and the Secretary of the Treasury, I conclude that the circumstances that were the basis for the designation of the aforementioned organization as a Foreign Terrorist Organization have not changed in such a manner as to warrant revocation of the designation and that the national security of the United States does not warrant a revocation of the designation.
Therefore, I hereby determine that the designation of the aforementioned organization as a Foreign Terrorist
This determination shall be published in the
Based upon a review of the Administrative Record assembled pursuant to Section 219(a)(4)(C) of the Immigration and Nationality Act, as amended (8 U.S.C. 1189(a)(4)(C)) (“INA”), and in consultation with the Attorney General and the Secretary of the Treasury, I conclude that the circumstances that were the basis for the designation of the aforementioned organization as a Foreign Terrorist Organization have not changed in such a manner as to warrant revocation of the designation and that the national security of the United States does not warrant a revocation of the designation.
Therefore, I hereby determine that the designation of the aforementioned organization as a Foreign Terrorist Organization, pursuant to Section 219 of the INA (8 U.S.C. 1189), shall be maintained.
This determination shall be published in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The collection involves each passenger carrying air carrier operating under the Code of Federal Regulations to post on the internet website of the air carrier the maximum dimensions of a child safety seat that can be used on those aircraft. The information to be collected will be used to facilitate the use of child restraint systems onboard airplanes and is required by section 412 of the FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012.
Written comments should be submitted by September 24, 2018.
Send comments to the FAA at the following address: Barbara Hall, Federal Aviation Administration, ASP-110, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177.
Barbara Hall by email at:
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, this notice announces that FHWA will submit the collection of information described below to the
Please submit comments by August 24, 2018.
You may submit comments identified by DOT Docket ID Number FHWA 2018-0038, by any of the following methods:
Jim Sinnette, Office of Innovative Program Delivery, 202-366-1561,
The preparation of the project management plan, as required by 23 U.S.C. 106(h)(2), ensures that clearly defined roles, responsibilities, procedures and processes are in effect to provide timely information to the project decisionmakers to effectively manage the scope, costs, schedules, quality of, and the Federal requirements applicable to, the project. The project management plan serves as a guide for implementing the major project and documents assumptions and decisions regarding communication, management processes, execution and overall project control.
The preparation of the annual financial plan, as required by 23 U.S.C. 106(h)(3), ensures that the necessary financial resources are identified, available, and monitored throughout the life of the project. An annual financial plan is a comprehensive document that reflects the project's scope, schedule, cost estimate, and funding structure to provide reasonable assurance that there will be sufficient funding available to implement and complete the entire project, or a fundable phase of the project, as planned.
The project management plan is first submitted prior to the start of construction and then updated as significant changes to the project occur during construction.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended; and 49 CFR 1.48.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0119. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel INDECENT PROPOSAL IV is:
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
49 CFR 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55103, 46 U.S.C. 12121.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0115. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel CYNDERELLA is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2018-0115 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0118. Written comments may be submitted by
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel LA PEREGRINA is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2018-0118 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
(Authority: 49 CFR 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55103, 46 U.S.C. 12121.)
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0116. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel BUEN CAMINO is:
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0121. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel SCARLET is:
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0117. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel REEL NAUTI is:
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 24, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2018-0120. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel VINTAGE is:
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA); DOT.
Notice.
PHMSA is publishing this notice to seek public comments on a request for a special permit from a natural gas pipeline operator that seeks relief from compliance with certain requirements in the Federal pipeline safety regulations to operate at an alternative maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) of up to 80 percent of the pipe's specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) on an existing 24-inch diameter pipeline. At the conclusion of the 30-day comment period, PHMSA will review the comments received from this notice as part of its evaluation to grant or deny the special permit request.
Submit any comments regarding this special permit request by August 24, 2018.
Comments should reference the docket number for the specific special permit request and may be submitted in the following ways:
•
•
•
•
There is a privacy statement published on
Empire Pipeline, owned by National Fuel Gas Company, has requested a special permit for 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 192.112(c)(1) and (2), 192.112(f)(3), 192.328(a), and 192.328(e) for the Empire Connector Pipeline (ECP) to be able to operate at alternative MAOP of up to 80 percent SMYS of the pipe. To operate a natural gas pipeline at alternative MAOP, an operator must design, construct, and operate the pipeline in accordance with the Federal pipeline safety regulations of 49 CFR 192.112, 192.328, and 192.620.
Empire Pipeline is the operator of ECP. ECP is an interstate natural gas pipeline with 76.6 miles of 24-inch diameter pipe. The ECP runs north to south, from Victor to Coring, New York, through the counties of Ontario, Yates, Schuyler, Chemung and Steuben. The special permit requested segments of ECP total 69.8 miles and are in Class 1 and 2 locations and includes some high consequence areas. The ECP special permit segments are mostly in rural areas though agricultural fields, open pastures, wooden areas, and mostly flat to rolling terrain. The ECP construction began in 2007 and the line was placed in service on December 10, 2008. The ECP presently has a MAOP of 1,290 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) and has operated at, or below the MAOP for the life of the pipeline. ECP proposed to utilize alternative MAOP to allow increasing the pipeline MAOP from 1,290 psig up to 1,440 psig. The ECP has 6.5 miles of Class 3 locations that are designed for the alternative MAOP. The Class 3 locations will be required to meet the special permit conditions. The Class 3 locations are proposed to be included in the special permit for a total mileage of 76.6 miles.
A draft environmental assessment (DEA) and proposed special permit conditions for ECP's operations at alternative MAOP are provided in the docket at
We invite interested persons to participate by reviewing the special permit request, DEA, and proposed special permit conditions at
Before issuing a decision on the special permit request, PHMSA will evaluate all comments received on or before the comment closing date. Comments received after the closing date will be evaluated if it is possible to do so without incurring additional expense or delay. PHMSA will consider each relevant comment we receive in making our decision to grant or deny the request.
Department of the Treasury.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Board of Trustees of the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan, a multiemployer pension plan, has submitted an application to reduce benefits under the plan in accordance with the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA). The purpose of this notice is to announce that the application submitted by the Board of Trustees of the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan has been published on the website of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury), and to request public comments on the application from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan.
Comments must be received by September 10, 2018.
You may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Comments may also be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, MPRA Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Room 1224, Washington, DC 20220, Attn: Danielle Norris. Comments sent via facsimile or email will not be accepted.
For information regarding the application from the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan, please contact Treasury at (202) 622-1534 (not a toll-free number).
MPRA amended the Internal Revenue Code to
On June 25, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan submitted an application for approval to reduce benefits under the plan. As required by MPRA, that application has been published on Treasury's website at
Comments are requested from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Toledo Roofers Local No. 134 Pension Plan. Consideration will be given to any comments that are timely received by Treasury.
Department of the Treasury.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Board of Trustees of the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan, a multiemployer pension plan, has submitted an application to reduce benefits under the plan in accordance with the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA). The purpose of this notice is to announce that the application submitted by the Board of Trustees of the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan has been published on the website of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury), and to request public comments on the application from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan.
Comments must be received by September 10, 2018.
You may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Comments may also be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, MPRA Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Room 1224, Washington, DC 20220, Attn: Danielle Norris. Comments sent via facsimile or email will not be accepted.
For information regarding the application from the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan, please contact Treasury at (202) 622-1534 (not a toll-free number).
MPRA amended the Internal Revenue Code to permit a multiemployer plan that is projected to have insufficient funds to reduce pension benefits payable to participants and beneficiaries if certain conditions are satisfied. In order to reduce benefits, the plan sponsor is required to submit an application to the Secretary of the Treasury, which must be approved or denied in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and the Department of Labor.
On June 29, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan submitted an application for approval to reduce benefits under the plan. As required by MPRA, that application has been published on Treasury's website at
Comments are requested from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Southwest Ohio Regional Council of Carpenters Pension Plan. Consideration will be given to any comments that are timely received by Treasury.
Department of the Treasury.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Board of Trustees of the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan, a multiemployer pension plan, has submitted an application to reduce benefits under the plan in accordance with the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA). The purpose of this notice is to announce that the application submitted by the Board of Trustees of the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan has been published on the website of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury), and to request public comments on the application from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan.
Comments must be received by September 10, 2018.
You may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Comments may also be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, MPRA Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Room 1224, Washington, DC 20220, Attn: Danielle Norris. Comments sent via facsimile or email will not be accepted.
For information regarding the application from the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan, please contact Treasury at (202) 622-1534 (not a toll-free number).
MPRA amended the Internal Revenue Code to permit a multiemployer plan that is projected to have insufficient funds to reduce pension benefits payable to participants and beneficiaries if certain conditions are satisfied. In order to reduce benefits, the plan sponsor is required to submit an application to the Secretary of the Treasury, which must be approved or denied in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and the Department of Labor.
On June 29, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan submitted an application for approval to reduce benefits under the plan. As required by MPRA, that application has been published on Treasury's website at
Comments are requested from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Local 807 Labor-Management Pension Plan. Consideration will be given to any comments that are timely received by Treasury.
Department of the Treasury.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Board of Trustees of the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund, a multiemployer pension plan, has submitted an application to reduce benefits under the plan in accordance with the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA). The purpose of this notice is to announce that the application submitted by the Board of Trustees of the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund has been published on the website of the Department of the Treasury (Treasury), and to request public comments on the application from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund.
Comments must be received by September 10, 2018.
You may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Comments may also be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, MPRA Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Room 1224, Washington, DC 20220, Attn: Danielle Norris. Comments sent via facsimile or email will not be accepted.
For information regarding the application from the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund, please contact Treasury at (202) 622-1534 (not a toll-free number).
MPRA amended the Internal Revenue Code to permit a multiemployer plan that is projected to have insufficient funds to reduce pension benefits payable to participants and beneficiaries if certain conditions are satisfied. In order to reduce benefits, the plan sponsor is required to submit an application to the Secretary of the Treasury, which must be approved or denied in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and the Department of Labor.
On June 27, 2018, the Board of Trustees of the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund submitted an application for approval to reduce benefits under the plan. As required by MPRA, that application has been published on Treasury's website at
Comments are requested from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the Mid-Jersey Trucking Industry and Local No. 701 Pension Fund. Consideration will be given to any comments that are timely received by Treasury.
Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, HHS.
Notice.
This notice acknowledges the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services' (the Secretary) receipt and review of the National Quality Forum 2017 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary submitted by the consensus-based entity under contract with the Secretary in accordance with the Social Security Act. The Secretary has reviewed and is publishing the report in the
Sophia Chan, (410) 786-5050.
The United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has long recognized that a high functioning health care system that provides higher quality care requires accurate, valid, and reliable measurement of quality and efficiency. The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (MIPPA) (Pub. L. 110-275) added section 1890 of the Social Security Act (the Act), which requires the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) to contract with the consensus-based entity (CBE) to perform multiple duties designed to help improve performance measurement. Section 3014 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the Affordable Care Act) (Pub. L. 111-148) expanded the duties of the CBE to help in the identification of gaps in available measures and to improve the selection of measures used in health care programs.
HHS awarded a competitive contract to the National Quality Forum (NQF) in January 2009 to fulfill the requirements of section 1890 of the Act. A second, multi-year contract was awarded to NQF after an open competition in 2012. A third, multi-year contract was awarded again to NQF after an open competition in 2017. Section 1890(b) of the Act requires the following:
• The implementation of quality and efficiency measurement initiatives and the coordination of such initiatives with quality and efficiency initiatives implemented by other payers;
• Recommendations on an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement;
• Performance of the CBE's duties required under its contract with the Secretary;
• Gaps in endorsed quality and efficiency measures, including measures that are within priority areas identified by the Secretary under the national strategy established under section 399HH of the Public Health Service Act (National Quality Strategy), and where quality and efficiency measures are unavailable or inadequate to identify or address such gaps;
• Areas in which evidence is insufficient to support endorsement of quality and efficiency measures in priority areas identified by the Secretary under the National Quality Strategy, and where targeted research may address such gaps; and
• The convening of multi-stakeholder groups to provide input on: (1) The selection of quality and efficiency measures from among such measures that have been endorsed by the CBE and such measures that have not been considered for endorsement by the CBE but are used or proposed to be used by the Secretary for the collection or
The statutory requirements for the CBE to annually report to Congress and the Secretary of HHS also specify that the Secretary must review and publish the CBE's annual report in the
This
Once again, we thank NQF and the many stakeholders who participate in NQF projects for helping to advance the science and utility of health care quality measurement. As part of their annual recurring work to maintain a strong portfolio of endorsed measures for use across varied settings of care and health conditions, NQF reports that in 2017 it updated its measure portfolio by reviewing and endorsing or re-endorsing 120 measures and removing 109 measures. Endorsed measures are developed and implemented with input from numerous stakeholders. These measures undergo rigorous testing to ensure they are evidence-based, reliable, and valid. Continuous refinement of the measures portfolio through the measures maintenance process ensures that quality measures remain aligned with current field practices and health care goals. HHS, with the help of our partners, is committed to implementing measures that provide value to payers and actionable information that can be used to improve the health of patients.
NQF also undertook and continued a number of targeted projects dealing with difficult quality measurement issues. In particular, NQF has worked to help HHS address the unique challenges faced by rural communities. Nearly one in five Americans reside in rural communities.
In 2017, recognizing the need to strengthen representation of rural stakeholders in the pre-rulemaking process, HHS tasked NQF to establish a Measures Application Partnership (MAP) Rural Health Workgroup. The membership of the MAP Rural Health Workgroup, comprised of 18 organizational members, seven subject matter experts, and three federal liaisons, which reflects the diversity of rural providers and residents and allows for input from those most affected and most knowledgeable about rural measurement challenges and potential solutions. The MAP Rural Health Workgroup represents a continuation of HHS' effort to address rural health. With valuable input from our partners and stakeholders, HHS can continue to improve health care in rural America.
The MAP Rural Health Workgroup has focused on identifying a core set of the best available, “rural-relevant” measures to address the needs of the rural population. The MAP Rural Health Workgroup is also working to identify measurement gaps with respect to rural communities and provide recommendations regarding alignment and coordination of measurement efforts across both public and private programs, care settings, specialties, and sectors (both public and private). Additionally, the MAP Rural Health Workgroup provides guidance for the MAP to ensure that measures under consideration address rural provider and resident needs and challenges. The MAP Rural Health Workgroup's recommendations are also helping to address specific barriers to quality reporting faced by rural clinicians. Furthermore, the MAP Rural Health Workgroup has provided a space for rural clinicians to broadly share their valuable input. Rural physicians contribute unique and valuable perspectives critical to addressing national challenges, such as the opioid epidemic. However, rural physicians are often isolated from national discussions on relevant measures that could identify areas of need and gauge prevalence. Highlighting the valuable input from rural clinicians opens collaboration opportunities between rural providers and providers in other settings as HHS works to integrate new measures concerning the prevention and treatment of opioid and substance use disorders.
Addressing the needs of rural health communities is just one of many areas in which NQF partners with HHS in enhancing and protecting the health and well-being of all Americans. HHS greatly appreciates the ability to collaborate with diverse stakeholders and partners to help develop the strongest possible approaches to quality measurement as a key component to health care delivery system reform.
This document does not impose information collection requirements, that is, reporting, recordkeeping, or third-party disclosure requirements. Consequently, there is no need for review by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
In this Addendum, we are publishing the
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |